Sony VGN-BX560B, VGN-BX546BW, VGN-S560P, VGN-BX565B, VGN-TX651P, VGN-TX630P, VGN-TX690P, VGN-AX570G, VGN-BX540B, VGN-BX561B User guide

Sony VGN-BX560B, VGN-BX546BW, VGN-S560P, VGN-BX565B, VGN-TX651P, VGN-TX630P, VGN-TX690P, VGN-AX570G, VGN-BX540B, VGN-BX561B User guide
Introduction
Thank you very much for selecting the BluetoothTM Utility.
This Help facility will show you how to use the BluetoothTM Utility for configuring BluetoothTM wireless technology devices and how it can be used
in other convenient ways.
We hope that the Help facility will enable you to be able to make full use of the BluetoothTM Utility.

What is BluetoothTM wireless technology?

What you need to know about using BluetoothTM wireless technology

Varieties of BluetoothTM wireless technology devices you can use

Contents of the BluetoothTM Utility
Important
This Help is oriented towards PCs that are compatible with BluetoothTM wireless technology (whether onboard or via installed communications
cards or adapters), as supported by the BluetoothTM Utility. Some of the described functions may be impossible to use in your operating
environment.
The type or configuration of your PC may cause the POWER OFF ([POWER ON]) menu displayed from the Taskbar icon not to appear. In this
Help, the images and descriptions in the menu displayed from the Taskbar icon are based on the assumption that the POWER OFF (POWER ON)
function is supported on your PC.
[Trademark information]
(C) 2003, 2005 TOSHIBA Corporation All Rights Reserved
Page 1
What is Bluetooth™ wireless technology?
Bluetooth™ wireless technology is a global standard telecommunications format that enables data to be exchanged wirelessly between personal
computers, peripheral components, mobile telephones, and other electronic devices.
Registering devices having onboard Bluetooth™ wireless technology to let them communicate with one another will make it possible for data to be
readily exchanged between the devices.
A maximum of seven Bluetooth™ wireless technology devices may be connected together. By using Bluetooth™ wireless technology to connect
to a mouse, keyboard, modem, printer, or other device, you can do away with messy cabling and avoid any concerns about space restrictions,
which will allow you to work more comfortably.
Next
Page 2
What you need to know about using Bluetooth™™ wireless technology
Bluetooth™ wireless technology exchanges data using radio waves.
The following points are critical in order for Bluetooth devices to be configured and used correctly.

The devices must be Bluetooth™ wireless technology-compatible

The devices must be close enough to be able to communicate

The devices must be in a connectable state

No other radio wave-emitting devices should be operated nearby

The Bluetooth devices must be switched ON
The devices must be Bluetooth™ wireless technology-compatible
The hardware and software used in your PC and other devices must be Bluetooth™ wireless technology compatible.
Bluetooth™ wireless technology compatible products normally bear the following logo:
For further details, please refer to your local retailer or consult the product instruction manual.
Note

A Bluetooth™ wireless technology communication card, adapter, or other similar device (sold separately) needs to be installed in PCs or
PDAs (personal digital assistants) that do not have onboard Bluetooth™ wireless technology.
The Bluetooth™ wireless technology devices must be able to communicate with each other
Devices situated in locations beyond the reach of the radio waves will not recognize each other, which will make communication impossible.
In particular, please ensure that your devices are located close enough so that they can communicate with each other before you initially register
and configure them.
Note

PCs have a communication distance restriction of ten meters. Please refer to the instruction manuals for information on the communication
distance restrictions specific to each device.

Communication interference may occur if any obstructions are located between the devices. Devices may not communicate properly if they
have been located, for example, on the ground and first floors of a residence, despite their being within the acceptable distance.
The devices must be in a connectable state
The devices must recognize each other in order to be connectable for use.
In certain devices, simply turning on the power will not produce a connectable state. Moreover, the energy-saving feature may come into effect
after a certain amount of time, which will prevent the devices from being detected. Please refer to the specific product instruction manual for further
details.
No other radio wave-emitting devices should be operated nearby
Microwave ovens, wireless LANs, and other radio wave-emitting devices located nearby may affect Bluetooth™ wireless technology
communication.
Page 3
Please ensure that your devices have been accordingly situated, and that the above devices are not in use when you are operating your Bluetooth
device.
The Bluetooth™ wireless technology devices must be switched ON
Bluetooth™ wireless technology cannot be used if the devices have not been switched ON.
Some PCs and other components will have a Bluetooth™ wireless technology communication switch that is operated independently from the main
power. Bluetooth™ wireless technology cannot function if this switch has been turned off.

Using PCs with onboard Bluetooth™ wireless technology

When using a Bluetooth™ wireless technology USB adapter or SD card
Page 4
Varieties of BluetoothTM wireless technology devices you can use
It is important to understand the concepts of "services" and "profiles" in order to determine whether an intended function can be properly utilized
when you use a BluetoothTM wireless technology device.
What is a "profile"?
Examples of BluetoothTM wireless technology devices include mice and keyboards (input devices), printers (output devices), and wireless modems
(communication devices). Functions that can be utilized by such devices are called "services."
In order for these services to be used reliably, BluetoothTM wireless technology devices are provided with common specifications known as
"profiles."
For example, when a PC makes a connection to a device, it obtains the profile of the corresponding device and thereby ascertains which functions
(services) the device offers.
As an example, imagine someone who travels overseas.
The traveller is only able to converse properly with their counterpart if both speak a language (English, Japanese, Chinese, etc.) they both
understand.
However, no dialogue will occur if they do not share a common language.
In the above example, the traveller and his/her counterpart correspond to the devices, the languages to the profiles, and the dialogues between the
two people to the services. The former example refers to a situation where a service can be performed because the devices support a common
profile, whereas the latter example refers to a situation where a service cannot be performed because a common profile is not supported.
In other words, you will be able to use BluetoothTM wireless technology devices that have a profile supported by a PC (the BluetoothTM Utility in
this case).
If the profiles belonging to the device are not supported by the PC, the functions corresponding to those profiles will not be able to be utilized.
Also, a device can only be used if its profiles are supported by the PC.
Types of profiles
The following profiles are supported by the BluetoothTM Utility:
Term Definition
DUN Dial-Up Networking
Enables you to establish a dial-up BluetoothTM wireless technology connection to the Internet or other networks with a wireless modem station,
mobile telephone, or similar device.
FAX FAX
Enables you to establish a BluetoothTM wireless technology connection with a wireless modem station, mobile telephone, or similar device to send
or receive a fax.
Page 5
LAP LAN Access Profile
Enables you to establish a BluetoothTM wireless technology connection with a LAN access point to access the services of a LAN using PPP.
SPP Serial Port Profile
Enables communication with a device through a virtual serial port configured for a BluetoothTM wireless technology connection. This can be used
for printers and printer adapters with PDAs, using a different method from HCRP or ActiveSync.
HID Human Interface Device Profile
Allows connections to wireless mice, keyboards and other input devices.
HCRP Hardcopy Cable Replacement Profile
Enables printing with a printer driver.
FTP File Transfer Profile
Enables you to browse folders on a wireless device and transfer files to and from the local device.
OPP Object Push Profile
Allows business card data to be exchanged with a wireless device.
A2DP Advanced Audio Distribution Profile
Allows audio data to be exchanged between wireless headsets and other audio devices, as well as allowing high-quality music playback.
AVRCP
Audio/Video Remote Control Profile
A/V remote control functions such as play and stop. The BluetoothTM Utility supports remote control operation.
GAVDP
Generic Audio/Video Distribution Profile
Basic profile used to support A2DP, AVRCP and other protocols.
HSP Head Set Profile
Profile used for headsets.
Allows you to connect to a PC and communicate as well as connect to a mobile telephone.
PAN Personal Area Networking Profile
Supports IP base network. Allows connection to an ad-hoc or wired network via an access point.
BIP Basic Imaging Profile
Allows image files to be sent and received after having been converted to a size suitable for the destination. In addition to being able to transfer
image files, the BluetoothTM Utility allows camera shutters to be operated by remote control, as well as other offering other functionalities.
Page 6
Contents of the BluetoothTM Utility
The BluetoothTM Utility is a software tool used to configure a variety of settings once a connection has been established between the PC and the
BluetoothTM wireless technology device. It also facilitates the exchange of files between devices having onboard BluetoothTM wireless technology.
The BluetoothTM Utility comprises the following six tools. Descriptions are provided for the functions and the supported profiles for the respective
tools.

Bluetooth Settings

Bluetooth Manager

Bluetooth Information Exchanger

Remote Camera

Bluetooth Local COM

Wireless File Transfer
Bluetooth Settings
This program enables you to easily configure settings when you connect to a BluetoothTM wireless technology device for the first time. The
function of a configured and registered device is displayed on the main window as a connection icon.
As a rule, the device will be connected automatically after having been set up; however, a shortcut can be created for a manual connection, if so
required.
Bluetooth Manager
This program, which appears as a Taskbar icon, monitors and controls the power and operating status of BluetoothTM wireless technology devices.
It can be used to start the Bluetooth Setup Utility, add a new connection, disconnect from a remote device, and perform other tasks.
Page 7
Note
 The [POWER OFF] ([POWER ON]) menu will only be displayed if the software is supported in your PC's environment. The contents of all of the
Help menus for the BluetoothTM wireless technology icons in the Tasktray are based on the assumption that the POWER OFF (POWER ON)
function is supported in your PC's environment.
Bluetooth Information Exchanger
This program enables you to easily transfer files and images to or exchange business card data with a wireless device by selecting the icon of the
counterpart device, or using the right-click menu in Explorer. The wireless devices to which you are connecting must also support the same service
functions (FTP and OPP).
Related topics
→"Exchanging files with PCs and PDAs"
→"Sending images to mobile telephones"
→"Sending images to PCs or PDAs"
→"Exchanging business card data with PCs and PDAs"
Remote Camera
Once you connect to a BluetoothTM wireless technology-compatible digital camera, you will be able to operate it from the PC side and send captured
images to the PC.
Page 8
Related topics
→"Using a BluetoothTM wireless technology-compatible camera"
Bluetooth Local COM
This program, which is registered in the Control Panel, can create a virtual COM port for use with the BluetoothTM Utility. If you need to create a
client COM port with the Bluetooth Setup Utility, it can be created automatically without having to start the program.
↓
Related topics
→"Manually creating a virtual Bluetooth COM port"
Wireless File Transfer
You can send a file wirelessly to another device by right-clicking on the intended file and using the "Sending to Bluetooth Device" menu that
Page
appears.
9
Related topics
→"Exchanging files with PCs and PDAs"
Page 10
Using the BluetoothTM Utility
Actual examples of how to establish a connection to a BluetoothTM wireless technology device using the BluetoothTM Utility are described in this
section.
Also provided are descriptions of more convenient methods as well as detailed information on the BluetoothTM Utility functions.

Flow of operation

Basic settings

Making the most of your BluetoothTM wireless technology device

Using the features more effectively

BluetoothTM Utility functions in detail
Note

The BluetoothTM Utility operates under Windows XP and Windows 2000.
The descriptions in the examples mainly pertain to operation under Windows XP.
Windows XP: Microsoft® Windows® XP Operating System
Windows 2000: Microsoft® Windows® 2000 Operating System
Next
Page 11
Flow of operation
The procedure below is used to set up BluetoothTM wireless technology devices using the BluetoothTM Utility.
Note

It is assumed that the set-up is performed from the [Bluetooth Settings] window.
:
Enter Bluetooth passkey (PIN code), if required by the device.
:
During these stages of the set-up process, the BluetoothTM wireless technology device must be set to Connectability
mode.
* Simply turning the power on will activate Connectability mode in certain devices. Please refer to the device
instruction manual for further details.
Next
Page 12
Basic settings
Methods for registering new devices using the BluetoothTM Utility shall now be described.
As an example, a BluetoothTM wireless technology-compatible mouse shall be connected and configured using [Bluetooth Settings].
[Bluetooth Settings] provides two set-up methods: "Express Mode" and "Custom Mode."

Express Mode
[Bluetooth Settings] will automatically detect and register services. If several services (profiles) are supported by the device, the service that
has been set to the highest priority shall be selected and registered.
Express Mode is normally recommended for device set-up.

Custom Mode
After having been detected, the services supported by the device are displayed as a list, from which you can select the desired function(s).
Custom Mode must be used to set up a device if, for example, you wish to use a modem station to send a fax (because in Express Mode, the
DUN profile will be automatically selected since it has a higher priority than the FAX profile).
The differences between setting up the same device (a BluetoothTM wireless technology-compatible mouse) using Express Mode and Custom Mode
are described on the following pages.

Express Mode Set-up

Custom Mode Set-up
Page 13
Express Mode Set-up
The procedure for setting up the device using Express Mode shall now be described.
Starting Bluetooth Settings
Procedure
1.
Click [Start]→[All Programs]→[Bluetooth]→[Bluetooth Settings].
(Under Windows 2000, click [Start]→[Programs]→[Bluetooth]→[Bluetooth Settings].)
Note
o
The same result can be achieved by right-clicking on the BluetoothTM wireless technology icon in the task tray and selecting
[Bluetooth Settings] from the menu that appears.
The [Bluetooth Settings] window below will appear when other devices have already been registered.
Page 14
Please click the [New Connection] button to open the [Add New Connection Wizard] window. If no devices have been registered yet,
please proceed directly to "Detecting BluetoothTM wireless technology Devices."
(continued in "Detecting BluetoothTM wireless technology Devices"...)
Next
Page 15
Detecting BluetoothTM wireless technology devices
Procedure
(...continued from previous step)
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Welcome to the Add New Connection Wizard)] window will appear.
1.
Switch the mouse power ON to make it connectable.
Please refer to the mouse instruction manual for details on this procedure.
2.
Confirm that [Express Mode] has been selected in the [Add New Connection Wizard (Welcome to the Add New Connection Wizard)]
window, and click on the [Next] button.
Searching for devices will start.
Page 16
When the mouse has been detected, the name and address of the device will appear in the [Add New Connection Wizard (Select
Device)] window.
Note
o
If no device is found, please confirm that the device has been made connectable, and click on the [Update] button.
A further device search will be performed.
(→continued in [Detecting Services]...)
Next
Page 17
Detecting services
Procedure
(...continued from previous step)
When the mouse has been detected, the name and address of the device will appear in the [Add New Connection Wizard (Select Device)] window.
1.
Select the mouse device name from [Device List] and click on the [Next] button.
Searching for services will start.
Page 18
Note
o
If several services (profiles) are supported by the device, the service that has been set to the highest priority shall be
automatically selected and set up in Express Mode.
Please use Custom Mode if you wish to select desired services manually.
o
When a service has been detected, a window prompting you to enter the Bluetooth passkey (PIN code) may appear. Please enter
the passkey and click on the [OK] button.
Please refer to your device instruction manual for information on which passkey to use.
o
If you have not entered your Bluetooth passkey after a certain amount of time has passed, the connection process will be
cancelled for security reasons. Please perform the passkey entry process again.
A message will appear prompting you to prepare the device for connection.
2.
Click on the [OK] button
Note
o
When the settings information has been registered, a window prompting you to enter your Bluetooth passkey (PIN code) may
appear. Please enter your passkey and click on the [OK] button.
Please refer to your device instruction manual for information on which passkey to use.
Page 19
o
If you have not entered your Bluetooth passkey after a certain amount of time has passed, the connection process will be
cancelled for security reasons. Please perform the passkey entry process again.
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Connection Name Setup)] window will appear if a service has been properly detected.
3.
Select the type and name of the icon to be displayed once the device has been registered, and click on the [Next] button.
Note
o
If you wish to change the icon, please click on the [Change Icon] button and select your preferred icon from the list that appears.
(→ continued in [Registering Settings Information]...)
Next
Page 20
Registering settings information
Procedure
(...continued from previous step)
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Completing the Add New Connection Wizard)] window will appear.
1.
Click on the [Finish] button
The [Bluetooth Settings] window will appear.
The icons of the registered devices will appear, and the devices will be ready to use.
Page 21
Note

The connection icons and icon names can be changed.
Changing a connection icon name
Changing a connection icon
Page 22
Custom Mode Set-up
The procedure for setting up the device using Custom Mode shall now be described.
Starting Bluetooth Settings
Procedure
1.
Click [Start]→[All Programs]→[Bluetooth]→[Bluetooth Settings].
(Under Windows 2000, click [Start]→[Programs]→[Bluetooth]→[Bluetooth Settings].)
Note
o
The same result can be achieved by right-clicking on the BluetoothTM wireless technology icon in the task tray and selecting
[Bluetooth Settings] from the menu that appears.
The [Bluetooth Settings] window below will appear when other devices have already been registered.
Page 23
Please click the [New Connection] button to open the [Add New Connection Wizard] window. If no devices have been registered yet,
please proceed directly to "Detecting BluetoothTM wireless technology Devices".
(continued in "Detecting BluetoothTM wireless technology Devices"...)
Next
Page 24
Detecting BluetoothTM wireless technology devices
Procedure
(...continued from previous step)
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Welcome to the Add New Connection Wizard)] window will appear.
1.
Switch the mouse power ON to make it connectable.
Please refer to the mouse instruction manual for details on this procedure.
2.
Confirm that [Custom Mode] has been selected in the [Add New Connection Wizard (Welcome to the Add New Connection Wizard)]
window, and click on the [Next] button.
Searching for devices will start.
Page 25
When the mouse has been detected, the name and address of the device will appear in the [Add New Connection Wizard (Select
Device)] window.
Note
o
If no device is found, please confirm that the device has been made connectable, and click on the [Update] button.
A further device search will be performed.
(→continued in [Detecting Services]...)
Next
Page 26
Detecting services
Procedure
(...continued from previous step)
When the mouse has been detected, the name and address of the device will appear in the [Add New Connection Wizard (Select Device)] window.
1.
Select the mouse device name from [Device List] and click on the [Next] button
Searching for services will start.
Page 27
Note
o
When a service has been detected, a window prompting you to enter the Bluetooth passkey (PIN code) may appear. Please enter
the passkey and click on the [OK] button.
Please refer to your device instruction manual for information on which passkey to use.
o
If you have not entered your Bluetooth passkey after a certain amount of time has passed, the connection process will be
cancelled for security reasons. Please perform the passkey entry process again.
o
If you try to register a device that has already been registered, the following message will appear, and you will not be able to
proceed with further operation.
Please click on the [OK] button to close the message.
The services supported by the device will be displayed.
2.
Select the desired service and click on the [Next] button
Page 28
Note
o
When a device supports several services
If the device supports several services, you can use Custom Mode to manually select the services (profiles) you wish to use from
the list that appears under [Select Services].
Example: List of wireless modem station services
If Express Mode is used to perform the set-up, the highest-priority service in the device will be automatically selected and
configured.
3.
Click on the [OK] button.
Note
o
When the settings information has been registered, a window prompting you to enter the Bluetooth passkey (PIN code) may
appear. Please enter the passkey and click on the [OK] button.
Please refer to your device instruction manual for information on which passkey to use.
Page 29
o
If you have not entered your Bluetooth passkey after a certain amount of time has passed, the connection process will be
cancelled for security reasons. Please perform the passkey entry process again.
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Connection Name Setup)] window will appear if a service has been properly detected.
4.
Select the type and name of the icon to be displayed once the device has been registered, and click on the [Next] button.
Note
o
If you wish to change the icon, please click on the [Change Icon] button and select your preferred icon from the list that appears.
(→continued in [Registering Settings Information]...)
Next
Page 30
Registering settings information
Procedure
(...continued from previous step)
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Completing the Add New Connection Wizard)] window will appear.
1.
Click on the [Finish] button
The [Bluetooth Settings] window will appear.
The icons of the registered devices will appear, and the devices will be ready to use.
Page 31
Note
o
The connection icons and icon names can be changed.
Changing a connection icon name
Changing a connection icon
Page 32
Connecting to the Internet using a modem station [DUN]
You can use a BluetoothTM wireless modem to connect to the Internet via a telephone line.
→Setting up the modem station
→Connecting to the Internet
Important

In order to connect to the Internet, you must have already signed up with a provider and obtained a connection ID and password. Please
ensure you have confirmed the ID, password and telephone number of your provider's access point before you begin the set-up process.

Please refer to your instruction manual for information on connecting the modem station to a telephone line.

A Bluetooth passkey (PIN code) is required for you to connect to the modem station. Please make a note of your Bluetooth passkey before
you start the set-up process.
Setting up the modem station
Procedure
1.
Turn on the wireless modem station
2.
Right-click the BluetoothTM wireless technology icon in the task tray, and then click on [Add New Connection]
Note
o
Alternatively, click [Start]→[All Programs]→[Bluetooth]→[Bluetooth Settings], and then click on [New Connection] from the
active [Bluetooth Settings] window.
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Welcome to the Add New Connection Wizard)] window will appear.
3.
Confirm that [Express Mode] has been selected, and then click on the [Next] button
Page 33
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for devices)] window will appear.
4.
Select the device name of the wireless modem station from [Device List], and then click on the [Next] button
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for Services)] window will appear.
Page 34
Once a service has been detected successfully, connection to the device and COM port creation will be performed automatically, after
which the [Add New Connection Wizard (Modem Settings)] window will appear.
5.
If you are connecting to a wireless modem station for the first time, enter the passkey for the modem station under [Bluetooth
Passkey (PIN code)], and then click on the [OK] button
Once the program has finished searching for the devices, the [Add New Connection Wizard (Device Selection)] window will appear.
6.
Click on the [Next] button
Certain modems require you to configure initialization commands separately.
Please click on the [Additional initialization Command Settings] button, enter the initialization commands in the following window, and
then click on the [OK] button.
Page 35
Note
o
7.
Please refer to the modem or mobile phone instruction manual for further details on the initialization commands.
Enter the connection name (optional), telephone number (of your provider's access point), user name and password (as issued by your
provider), and then click on the [Finish] button.
Important
o
The sample entries shown in the window are provided solely for purpose of explanation. Please use your own telephone number,
ID and password according to the arrangement with your provider.
The settings will be registered, and an icon will appear in the [Bluetooth Settings] window.
Connecting to the Internet
You can connect to the Internet by following the procedure below if the connection destination registered when you configured the wireless
modem has been set as the default connection destination.
1.
Start your browser, e-mail application or other application
Important
Page 36
o
2.
Please enter the e-mail settings separately if you are going to use e-mail (the set-up method will vary with the application).
Enter the URL of the Web page you wish to display and then press the [Enter] key, or use the e-mail tool to send/receive items or
perform other activities.
The [Dial-up Connection] window will appear.
3.
Click on the [Connect] button
Important
o
A connection will be automatically established with the modem station if COM Auto Connect is available. If COM Auto Connect
is not available, please manually connect to the modem station.
The following message will appear once you have connected to the Internet.
4.
End the connection
The window below will appear if you double-click on the
icon in the task bar.
Please click on the [Disconnect] button when you want to disconnect from the Internet.
Alternatively, please right-click on the
icon, and then click on [Disconnect].
Page 37
Note

You can start an application to make an automatic connection to the Internet, but you can also make a manual connection using the
connection destination icon.
The procedure is described below.
1.
From the [Bluetooth Settings] window, right-click on the connection destination icon, and then click on [Connect] from the menu
that appears
A window indicating that the connection is being established will appear.
If the connection has been established successfully, the connection icon and task tray will appear as shown below.
You will be able to browse Web pages using your browser and send and receive e-mail.
Page 38
Important
o
2.
Please enter the e-mail settings separately if you are going to use e-mail (the set-up method will vary with the application).
End the connection
Right-click on the icon, and then click [Disconnect] to end the connection.
The following message will appear. Click on the [Yes] button.
When the icon appears as shown below, the connection will have ended.
Page 39
Connecting to the Internet using a mobile telephone [DUN]
This section describes how to connect to the Internet via a telephone line, using a mobile telephone.
→Configuring a mobile telephone for use as a modem
→Connecting to the Internet
Important

In order to connect to the Internet, you must have already signed up with a provider and obtained a connection ID and password. Please
ensure you have confirmed the ID, password and telephone number of your provider's access point before you begin the set-up process.

A Bluetooth passkey (PIN code) is required for you to connect to the mobile telephone. Please make a note of your Bluetooth passkey
before you start the set-up process.
Configuring a mobile telephone for use as a modem
Procedure
1.
Turn on the mobile telephone, and set it to be connectable
Note
o
2.
Please refer to the mobile telephone instruction manual for information on how to operate the device.
Right-click on the BluetoothTM wireless technology icon in the task tray, and then click on [Add New Connection]
Note
o
Alternatively, click [Start]→[All Programs]→[Bluetooth]→[Bluetooth Settings], and then click on [New Connection] from the
active [Bluetooth Settings] window.
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Welcome to the Add New Connection Wizard)] window will appear.
3.
Confirm that [Express Mode] has been selected, and then click on the [Next] button
Page 40
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for devices)] window will appear.
4.
Select the device name of the mobile telephone from [Device List], and then click on the [Next] button
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for Services)] window will appear.
Page 41
Once a service has been detected successfully, connection to the device and COM port creation will be performed automatically, after
which the [Add New Connection Wizard (Modem Settings)] window will appear.
5.
If you are connecting to a mobile telephone for the first time, enter the passkey for the wireless modem station under [Bluetooth
Passkey (PIN code)], and then click on the [OK] button
Once the program has finished searching for the devices, the [Add New Connection Wizard (Device Selection)] window will appear.
6.
Click on the [Next] button
Certain modems require you to configure initialization commands separately.
Please click on the [Additional Initialization Command Settings] button, enter the initialization commands in the following window, and
then click on the [OK] button.
Page 42
Note
o
7.
Please refer to the modem or mobile phone instruction manual for further details on the initialization commands.
Enter the connection name (optional), telephone number (of your provider's access point), user name and password (as issued by your
provider), and then click on the [Finish] button.
Important
o
The sample entries shown in the window are provided solely for purpose of explanation. Please use your own telephone number,
ID and password according to the arrangement with your provider.
The settings will be registered, and an icon will appear in the [Bluetooth Settings] window.
Connecting to the Internet
You can connect to the Internet by following the procedure below if the connection destination registered when you configured the mobile
telephone has been set as the default connection destination.
1.
Start your browser, e-mail application or other application
Important
Page 43
o
2.
Please enter the e-mail settings separately if you are going to use e-mail (the set-up method will vary with the application).
Enter the URL of the Web page you wish to display and then press the [Enter] key, or use the e-mail tool to send/receive items or
perform other activities.
The [Dial-up Connection] window will appear.
3.
Click on the [Connect] button
Important
o
A connection will be automatically established with the mobile telephone if COM Auto Connect is available. If COM Auto
Connect is not available, please manually connect to the mobile telephone.
The following message will appear once you have connected to the Internet.
4.
End the connection
The window below will appear if you double-click on the
icon in the task bar.
Please click on the [Disconnect] button when you want to disconnect from the Internet.
Alternatively, please right-click on the
icon, and then click on [Disconnect].
Page 44
Note

You can start an application to make an automatic connection to the Internet, but you can also make a manual connection using the
connection destination icon.
The procedure is described below.
1.
From the [Bluetooth Settings] window, right-click on the connection destination icon, and then click on [Connect] from the menu
that appears
A window indicating that the connection is being established will appear.
If the connection has been established successfully, the connection icon and task tray will appear as shown below.
You will be able to browse Web pages using your browser and send and receive e-mail.
Page 45
Important
o
2.
Please enter the e-mail settings separately if you are going to use e-mail (the set-up method will vary with the application).
End the connection
Right-click on the icon, and then click [Disconnect] to end a connection.
The following message will appear. Click on the [Yes] button.
When the icon appears as shown below, the connection will have been ended.
Page 46
Connecting to a LAN using an access point (LAP) [LAP]
This section describes how to connect to a network (for example, a company LAN or a personal home network) using a LAP profile-compatible
access point.
Please refer to "Using an access point (PAN) to connect to a LAN if you are using a PAN profile-compatible access point.
→Setting up the access point
→Connecting to a LAN (LAP)
Important

The access point must have been started and a normal connection already established to the network before the access point is set up.
Please refer to the access point instruction manual for information on how to set up the access point.

A Bluetooth passkey (PIN code) is required for you to connect to the access point. Please make a note of your Bluetooth passkey before
you start the set-up process.
Setting up the access point
Procedure
1.
Turn on the access point, and confirm that a connection has been established with the network
2.
Right-click the BluetoothTM wireless technology icon in the task tray, and then click on [Add New Connection]
Note
o
Alternatively, click [Start]→[All Programs]→[Bluetooth]→[Bluetooth Settings], and then click on [New Connection] from the
active [Bluetooth Settings] window.
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Welcome to the Add New Connection Wizard)] window will appear.
3.
Confirm that [Express Mode] has been selected, and then click on the [Next] button
Page 47
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for devices)] window will appear.
Once the program has finished searching for the devices, the [Add New Connection Wizard (Device Selection)] window will appear.
4.
Select the device name of the access point from [Device List], and then click on the [Next] button
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for Services)] window will appear.
Page 48
You will be asked for the Bluetooth passkey in the window that appears.
5.
Enter the passkey under [Bluetooth Passkey (PIN code)], and then click on the [OK] button
Service detection and COM port creation will be performed automatically.
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Create Connection Destination)] window will appear.
6.
Enter the connection name, user name and password, then click on the [Next] button
Note
o
The user name and password are entered here to allow you to connect to the access point.
Page 49
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Confirm Dial-up Settings)] window will appear.
7.
Click on the [Confirm Settings] button
The [Internet Options] window will appear.
8.
Configure the connection method, and then click on the [OK] button
Set the connection destination used for the LAN connection set up in (6) above as the default connection destination, and then select
"Always dial my default connection."
9.
Click on the [Next] button
Page 50
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Connection Name Settings)] window will appear.
10. Enter the type and name of the icon displayed after registration, and then click on the [Next] button
Please click on the [Next] button if you are satisfied with the settings.
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Completing the Add New Connection Wizard)] window will appear.
11. Click on the [Finish] button
The access point icon will be registered in the [Bluetooth Settings] window.
This will complete the access point set-up process.
→"Connecting to a LAN (LAP)"
Page 51
Connecting to a LAN (LAP)
Procedure
1.
Right-click on the connection icon in the [Bluetooth Settings] window, and then click on [Connect]
The [Dial-up Connection] window will appear.
2.
Confirm that "Direct connection" has been selected under [Connection Destination], and then click on the [Connect] button
A connection will be initiated.
Note
o
This is an example of what happens when you use "Direct connection" as a connection name under "Connect to access point." If
a name different from the connection name is used, that name will appear under [Connection Destination].
o
Please simply click on [Settings] if no user name or password have been entered (i.e., if those fields have been left blank)
o
Please change the connection destination if a different connection name (for a dial-up connection) appears in [Connection
Destination].
Related topic→"Changing the default connection destination"
Page 52
Once you connect to the network, Internet Explorer will start automatically, and you will be able to exchange data with other computers on
the network.
Note
o
Please follow the procedure below if you need to set up a proxy server to connect to the Internet (the following procedure is not
necessary if the PC you are going to use has already been set up as a proxy server).
1 Select [Internet Options...] from the [Tools] menu in Internet Explorer
The [Internet Options] window will appear.
2 Click on the [Connections] tab, and then click on the [Settings...] button
3 Enter the IP address and port number of the proxy server under [Proxy Server], and then click on the [OK] button
3.
End the connection
Right-click either on the connection icon under the [Bluetooth Settings] window or on the
[Disconnect].
icon in the task tray, and then click on
Page 53
Click on the "Yes" button in the disconnection confirmation dialog box that appears.
Page 54
Connecting to a LAN using an access point (PAN) [PAN]
This section describes how to connect to a network (for example, a company LAN or a personal home network) using a PAN profile-compatible
access point.
Please refer to "Using an access point (LAP) to connect to a LAN" if you are using a LAP profile-compatible access point.
→Setting up the access point
→Connecting to a LAN (PAN)
Important

The access point must be started and a normal connection already established to the network before the access point is set up. Please refer
to the access point instruction manual for information on how to set up the access point.

A Bluetooth passkey (PIN code) is required for you to connect to the access point. Please make a note of your Bluetooth passkey before
you start the set-up process.
Setting up the access point
Procedure
1.
Turn on the access point, and confirm that a connection has been established with the network
2.
Right-click the BluetoothTM wireless technology icon in the task tray, and then click on [Add New Connection]
Note
o
Alternatively, click [Start]→[All Programs]→[Bluetooth]→[Bluetooth Settings], and then click on [New Connection] from the
active [Bluetooth Settings] window.
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Welcome to the Add New Connection Wizard)] window will appear.
3.
Confirm that [Express Mode] has been selected, and then click on the [Next] button
Page 55
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for devices)] window will appear.
Once the program has finished searching for the devices, the [Add New Connection Wizard (Device Selection)] window will appear.
4.
Select the device name of the access point from [Device List], and then click on the [Next] button
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for Services)] window will appear.
Page 56
You will be asked for the Bluetooth passkey in the window that appears.
5.
Enter the passkey under [Bluetooth Passkey (PIN code)], and then click on the [OK] button
Service detection and COM port creation will be performed automatically.
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Connection Name Settings)] window will appear.
6.
Enter the type and name of the icon displayed after registration, and then click on the [Next] button
Please click on the [Next] button if you are satisfied with the settings.
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Completing the Add New Connection Wizard)] window will appear.
7.
Click on the [Finish] button
Page 57
The access point icon will be registered in the [Bluetooth Settings] window.
This will complete the access point set-up process.
→"Connecting to a LAN (PAN)"
Page 58
Connecting to a LAN (PAN)
Procedure
1.
Right-click on the connection icon in the [Bluetooth Settings] window, and then click on [Connect]
You will be asked for the Bluetooth passkey in the window that appears.
2.
Enter the passkey under [Bluetooth Passkey (PIN code)], and then click on the [OK] button
A connection will be initiated.
Once you have connected to the network, Internet Explorer will start automatically, and you will be able to exchange data with other
computers on the network.
Note
o
Please follow the procedure below if you need to set up a proxy server to connect to the Internet (the following procedure is not
necessary if the PC you are going to use has already been set up as a proxy server).
1 Select [Internet Options...] from the [Tools] menu in Internet Explorer
The [Internet Options] window will appear.
2 Click on the [Connections] tab, and then click on the [LAN Settings...] button
Page 59
3 Enter the IP address and port number of the proxy server under [Proxy Server], and then click on the [OK] button
3.
End the connection
Right-click either on the connection icon under the [Bluetooth Settings] window or on the
[Disconnect].
icon in the task tray, and then click on
Click on the "Yes" button in the disconnection confirmation dialog box that appears.
Page 60
Building a personal area network
[PAN]
You can use the PAN profile to build a network of Bluetooth wireless technology-enabled devices.
TM
→Operating as a server
→Operating as a client
A personal area network comprises a client-server architecture. The device to which other devices connect is called the "server", and a device that
connects to the server is called a "client."
The client-server relationship is not necessarily a fixed one. The first of two devices to establish a connection can be the server when one other
device is present, and can be the client in other instances.
Note

The maximum total number of devices that can be used to constitute a single personal area network is seven: one server and six clients.
A network comprising as many as seven devices could theoretically be built, but an operating environment that involves the use of other
BluetoothTM wireless technology devices, leaving aside other complications, might require the network to comprise fewer components..
By using the PAN profile, you will be able to build a network that uses the same TCP/IP protocol used in regular LANs. Accordingly, the machine
designated as the server can be used for configuration tasks that utilize DHCP, such as assigning IP addresses to clients.
In addition, you will be able to configure folder and file sharing, which will allow data to be browsed by other servers or clients on the network.
Page 61
Important

Please refer to Windows Help for further information on TCP/IP, DHCP and configurations for sharing.
Operating as a server
The following icon will appear in the tasktray when the PAN server function has been activated.
Should the icon not appear, please follow the procedure below to activate the PAN server function.
1.
Right-click the BluetoothTM wireless technology icon in the task tray and make sure the [service property] of Option [Use PAN
Group Ad-hoc Network] is checked.
A message will appear asking you to confirm whether you wish to activate the PAN group ad-hoc network.
2.
Click the [Yes] button
The PAN server will be activated, and an icon will accordingly appear in the tasktray. Other devices that use the PAN profile will now
be able to connect over the network.
Important

When using the device as the server, make sure that all user accounts have a password set for the security reasons.

The IP address of the server is automatically set up when it starts. Please do not change this IP address.

When the device starts as the server, it starts the DHCP server function. We recommend that you should use the IP addresses provided
from this DHCP server for the clients connected. Please do not change these IP addresses.
By clicking on the icon, the [Bluetooth PAN Server] window will appear.
In the graphic below, one client has established a connection.
Page 62
Note

When you try to connect to another server as a client, the task tray icon will disappear, and your machine will not be able to function as a
server in response to connection requests originating from other devices.

During server starting, it is not possible to stop the DHCP server.
Operating as a client
Connecting to a server as a client is performed from the [Bluetooth Settings] window, as described below.
Procedure
1.
Right-click on the BluetoothTM wireless technology icon in the task tray, and click on [Add New Connection]
Note
o
2.
Alternatively, click on [Start]→All Programs]→Bluetooth]→Bluetooth Settings], and then on [New Connection] from the
[Bluetooth Settings] window.
Confirm that [Express Mode] has been selected, and then click on the [Next] button
Page 63
3.
Click on the [Next] button in the advisory dialog box
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for devices)] window will appear.
Once the program has finished searching for the devices, the [Add New Connection Wizard (Device Selection)] window will appear.
4.
Select the name of the device designated as the server from [Device List], and then click on the [Next] button
Page 64
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for Services)] window will appear.
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Confirm Connection Name)] window will appear.
5.
Click on the [Next] button
The registered icon will appear in the [Bluetooth Settings] window.
■onnecting to a server
Procedure
1.
Right-click on the icon in the [Bluetooth Settings] window, and then click on [Connect]
Page 65
Once you have connected, the icon will change to indicate that the device is connected.
■nding a connection to a server
Procedure
1.
Right-click on the icon in the [Bluetooth Settings] window, and then click on [Disconnect]
A message confirming whether you wish to disconnect will appear. Click on the [Yes] button.
Once you have disconnected, the icon will change to indicate that the device is not connected.
Page 66
Page 67
Using a modem station for fax transmissions [FAX]
This section describes how to send a fax using a BluetoothTM wireless modem station.
→Setting up the modem station
→Setting fax information
→Sending a fax
→Receiving a fax
Important

Please refer to the modem station instruction manual for information on how to connect the station to a telephone line.

Please ensure that any drivers used to connect the PC to the modem have been installed.

A Bluetooth passkey (PIN code) is required for you to connect to the modem station. Please make a note of your Bluetooth passkey before
you start the set-up process.

A fax application is required for you to be able to send and receive faxes. The description below is based on a example using Microsoft Fax,
which is installed with Windows XP as standard.
If you are going to use a commercially available fax application, then please refer to the manual that came with the application for information
on how to send and receive faxes.
Setting up the modem station
Set up and register the modem station as a fax service.
Procedure
1.
Turn on the wireless modem station
2.
Right-click on the BluetoothTM wireless technology icon in the task tray, and then click on [Add New Connection]
Note
o
Alternatively, click [Start]→[All Programs]→[Bluetooth]→[Bluetooth Settings], and then click on [New Connection] from the
active [Bluetooth Settings] window.
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Welcome to the Add New Connection Wizard)] window will appear.
Page 68
3.
Select [Custom Mode], and then click on the [Next] button
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for devices)] window will appear.
Once the program has finished searching for the devices, the [Add New Connection Wizard (Select Device)] window will appear.
4.
Select the device name of the wireless modem station from [Device List], and then click on the [Next] button
Page 69
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for Services)] window will appear.
5.
If you are connecting to the wireless modem station for the first time, enter the passkey for the device from the [Bluetooth Passkey
(PIN Code)] window, and then click on the [OK] button
Once the program has finished searching for the services, the [Add New Connection Wizard (Select Service)] window will appear.
6.
Select "Fax" under [Select Service], and then click on the [Next] button
Page 70
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Connecting to Remote Device)] screen will appear.
The COM port and modem registration process will then be automatically performed.
Once the COM port and modem (standard 33600 bps type) registration is complete,
the [Add New Connection Wizard (Setting Connection Name)] screen will appear.
7.
Configure the type and name of the icon to appear after registration,
and click on the [Next] button.
Please click only on the [Next] button once you are satisfied with the configuration.
Page 71
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Completing the Add New Connection Wizard)] screen will appear.
8.
Click on the [Finish] button
The settings will be registered, and the icon will appear on the [Bluetooth Settings] screen.
Setting FAX information
Configure send/receive settings and register fax information.
Procedure
1.
Select [Start]→[Control Panel], and then double-click on the [Printers and Other Hardware] icon
Note
o
If the control panel is displayed in "Classic view", and you use Windows 2000, please start from Step (2).
2.
Double-click on the [Printers and Faxes] icon
The [Printers & Faxes] window will appear.
3.
Click on "Install a local fax printer" in the [Printers and Faxes] window
Page 72
A window showing installed programs will appear, and a Fax icon will have been created in the [Printers and Faxes] screen.
4.
Click on "Send a fax" under "Printer Tasks" on the left side of the window
If you have not yet configured a fax device, the [Fax Configuration Wizard] window will appear. In the window you can enter settings
pertaining to the sender (yourself).
Page 73
Note
o
5.
If the fax configuration information has already been registered, the [Send Fax Wizard] window, which can be viewed under "
Sending a fax" below, will appear instead of the [Fax Configuration Wizard] window.
Enter the sender information, and click on the [Next] button
Note
o
The sender information that you configure here will be automatically appended as header information when you send a fax.
The [Fax Configuration Wizard (Select Device for Sending or Receiving Faxes)] window will appear.
6.
Select a device to be used for fax transmissions, enable the device for sending or receiving, and then click on the [Next] button
Note
o
If [Enable Receive] is selected, the device will be on standby for receiving faxes even if it is not sending or receiving anything,
and therefore will be in continuous connection to the wireless modem (when COM Auto Connect is on).
Please decide whether to select this option based on the desired objective and/or frequency of transmission.
The [Fax Configuration Wizard (Transmitting Subscriber Identification (TSID))] window will appear.
7.
Click on the [Next] button
It is important that you do not change the transmitter subscriber identification.
Page 74
The [Fax Configuration Wizard (Completing the Fax Configuration Wizard)] window will appear.
8.
Click on the [Finish] button
The fax information will be have been registered, and the [Fax Console] window will appear.
This will complete the fax set-up process.
Related topics: "Sending a fax" and "Receiving a fax"
Page 75
Sending a fax
This section describes how to send a fax from the Fax Console.
Important

The Fax service must be enabled for sending in order for you to send a fax.
Please refer to "Using a wireless modem station" under "Troubleshooting" for how to change the send and receive settings once the
service has been configured.
Procedure
1.
Double-click on the [Fax] icon in the Control Panel
The [Fax Console] window will appear.
2.
In the [Fax Console] window, click [File]→[Send fax]
The [Send Fax Wizard (Starting the Send Fax Wizard)] window will appear.
3.
Click on the [Next] button
Page 76
The [Send Fax Wizard (Recipient Information)] window will appear.
4.
Enter the name and fax number of the destination party, and then click on the [Next] button
The [Send Fax Wizard (Preparing the Cover Page)] window will appear.
5.
Specify the cover page template, subject line, and note (body text), and then click on the [Next] button
Page 77
The [Send Fax Wizard (Schedule)] window will appear.
6.
If you wish to send the fax immediately, select "Now", and then click on the [Next] button
The [Send Fax Wizard (Completing the Send Fax Wizard)] window will appear.
7.
Confirm the destination information and transmission details, and then click on the [Finish] button
Page 78
The software will automatically dial the number and send the fax.
Once the fax has been sent, Fax Monitor will revert to standby mode.
Related topic: "Receiving a fax"
Page 79
Receiving a fax
This section describes what to do when a fax arrives after you have established a connection to a modem station.
Important

The Fax service must be enabled for receiving in order for you to receive a fax.
Please refer to "Using a wireless modem station" under "Troubleshooting" for information on how to change the send and receive settings
once the fax service has been configured.

Please ensure you have connected to a modem station before you receive a fax (the device will be connected to the modem if "Enable
Receive" has been selected or COM Auto Connect has been activated).
Procedure
1.
When a fax arrives, the Fax Monitor will start automatically as the fax is received
Once the fax has been received, the Fax Monitor will revert to standby mode.
Note
o
If you have enabled manual fax reception, the message below will appear when a fax arrives.
Click on the message with your mouse to receive the fax.
2.
Double-click on the [Fax] icon in the Control Panel
The [Fax Console] window will appear.
3.
In the [Fax Console] window, double-click on the fax that has arrived
Page 80
An image of the received fax will be displayed.
Related topic: "Sending a fax"
Page 81
Using a mobile telephone for fax transmissions [FAX]
This section describes how to send a fax using a mobile telephone as a modem.
→Setting up the mobile telephone
→Setting fax information
→Sending a fax
→Receiving a fax
Important

Please ensure that any drivers used to connect the PC to the mobile telephone have been installed.

A Bluetooth passkey (PIN code) is required for you to connect to the mobile telephone. Please make a note of your Bluetooth passkey before
you start the set-up process.

A fax application is required for you to be able to send and receive faxes. The description below is based on a example using Microsoft Fax,
which is installed with Windows XP as standard.
If you are going to use a commercially available fax application, then please refer to the manual that came with the application for information
on how to send and receive faxes.
Setting up the mobile telephone
Set up and register the mobile telephone as a fax service.
Procedure
1.
Turn on the mobile telephone, and set it to be connectable
Note
o
2.
Please refer to the instruction manual for information on how to operate the telephone.
Right-click on the BluetoothTM wireless technology icon in the task tray, and then click on [Add New Connection]
Note
o
Alternatively, click [Start]→[All Programs]→[Bluetooth]→[Bluetooth Settings], and then click on [New Connection] from the
active [Bluetooth Settings] window.
Page 82
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Welcome to the Add New Connection Wizard)] window will appear.
3.
Select [Custom Mode], and then click on the [Next] button
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for devices)] window will appear.
Once the program has finished searching for the devices, the [Add New Connection Wizard (Select Device)] window will appear.
4.
Select the device name of the mobile telephone from [Device List], and then click on the [Next] button
Page 83
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for Services)] window will appear.
5.
If you are connecting to the mobile telephone for the first time, enter the passkey for the device from the [Bluetooth Passkey (PIN
Code)] window, and then click on the [OK] button.
Once the program has finished searching for the services, the [Add New Connection Wizard (Select Service)] window will appear.
6.
Select "Fax" under [Select Service], and then click on the [Next] button
Page 84
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Connecting to Remote Device)] screen will appear.
The COM port and modem registration process will then be automatically performed.
Once the COM port and modem (standard 33600 bps type) registration is
complete,
the [Add New Connection Wizard (Setting Connection Name)] screen will appear.
7.
Configure the type and name of the icon to appear after registration, and click on the [Next] button.
Please click only on the [Next] button once you are satisfied with the configuration.
Page 85
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Completing the Add New Connection Wizard)] screen will appear.
8.
Click on the [Finish] button
The settings will be registered, and the icon will appear on the [Bluetooth Settings] screen.
Setting fax information
Configure send/receive settings and register fax information.
Procedure
1.
Select [Start]→Control Panel], and then double-click on the [Printers and Other Hardware] icon
Note
o
If the control panel is displayed in "Classic view", and you use Windows 2000, please start from Step (2).
2.
Double-click on the [Printers and Faxes] icon
The [Printers & Faxes] window will appear.
3.
Click on "Set up faxing" in the [Printers and Faxes] window
Page 86
A window showing installed programs will appear, and a Fax icon will have been created in the [Printers and Faxes] screen.
4.
Click on "Send a fax" under "Printer Tasks" on the left side of the window
If you have not yet configured a fax device, the [Fax Configuration Wizard] window will appear. In the window you can enter settings
pertaining to the sender (yourself).
Page 87
Note
o
5.
If the fax configuration information has already been registered, the [Send Fax Wizard] window, which can be viewed under "
Sending a fax" below, will appear instead of the [Fax Configuration Wizard] window.
Enter the sender information, and click on the [Next] button
Note
o
The sender information that you configure here will be automatically appended as header information when you send a fax.
The [Fax Configuration Wizard (Select Device for Sending or Receiving Faxes)] window will appear.
6.
Select a device to be used for fax transmissions, enable the device for sending or receiving, and then click on the [Next] button
Note
o
If [Enable Receive] is selected, the device will be on standby for receiving faxes even if it is not sending or receiving anything,
and therefore will be in continuous connection to the wireless modem (when COM Auto Connect is on).
Please decide whether to select this option based on to the desired objective and/or frequency of transmission.
The [Fax Configuration Wizard (Transmitting Subscriber Identification (TSID))] window will appear.
7.
Click on the [Next] button
It is important that you do not change the transmitter subscriber identification.
Page 88
The [Fax Configuration Wizard (Completing the Fax Configuration Wizard)] window will appear.
8.
Click on the [Finish] button
The fax information will be have been registered, and the [Fax Console] window will appear.
This will complete the fax set-up process.
Related topics: "Sending a fax" and "Receiving a fax"
Page 89
Sending a fax
This section describes how to send a fax from the Fax Console.
Important

The Fax service must be enabled for sending in order for you to send a fax.
Please refer to "Using a mobile telephone" under "Troubleshooting" for how to change the send and receive settings once the service has
been configured.""
Procedure
1.
Double-click on the [Fax] icon in the Control Panel
The [Fax Console] window will appear.
2.
In the [Fax Console] window, click [File]→[Send fax]
The [Send Fax Wizard (Starting the Send Fax Wizard)] window will appear.
3.
Click on the [Next] button
Page 90
The [Send Fax Wizard (Recipient Information)] window will appear.
4.
Enter the name and fax number of the destination party, and then click on the [Next] button
The [Send Fax Wizard (Preparing the Cover Page)] window will appear.
5.
Specify the cover page template, subject line, and note (body text), and then click on the [Next] button
Page 91
The [Send Fax Wizard (Schedule)] window will appear.
6.
If you wish to send the fax immediately, select "Now", and then click on the [Next] button
The [Send Fax Wizard (Completing the Send Fax Wizard)] window will appear.
7.
Confirm the destination information and transmission details, and then click on the [Finish] button
Page 92
The software will automatically dial the number and send the fax.
Once the fax has been sent, Fax Monitor will revert to standby mode.
Related topic: "Receiving a fax"
Page 93
Receiving a fax
This section describes what to do when a fax arrives after you have established a connection to a modem station.
Important

The Fax service must be enabled for receiving in order for you to receive a fax.
Please refer to "Using a mobile telephone" under "Troubleshooting" for information on how to change the send and receive settings once
the fax service has been configured.

Please ensure you have connected to a modem station before you receive a fax (the device will be connected to the modem if "Enable
Receive" has been selected or COM Auto Connect has been activated).
Procedure
1.
When a fax arrives, the Fax Monitor will start automatically as the fax is received
Once the fax has been received, the Fax Monitor will revert to standby mode.
Note
o
If you have enabled manual fax reception, the message below will appear when a fax arrives.
Click on the message with your mouse to receive the fax.
2.
Double-click on the [Fax] icon in the Control Panel
The [Fax Console] window will appear.
3.
In the [Fax Console] window, double-click on the fax that has arrived
Page 94
An image of the received fax will be displayed.
Related topic: "Sending a fax"
Page 95
Printing
This section describes how to use a BluetoothTM wireless technology-compatible printer for printing.
Types of printer functions
When printing using BluetoothTM wireless technology, the methods for configuring and using the printer will vary with the corresponding profile.
Profile
Bluetooth Settings
Operation
HCRP (*1)
You must register the printer in Bluetooth Settings
Allows you to print from various applications, as with ordinary
cable-connected printers.
→"Printing document and images"
SPP
OPP (*2)
Not required
Allows you to print business card data directly.
→"Printing business card data"
BIP
Not required
Allows you to print image data directly.
→"Printing images directly from a digital camera or other device"
Note

(*1) The majority of BluetoothTM wireless technology-compatible printers support HCRP.
If you have selected Express Mode, HCRP will be chosen as the default profile. If the printer does not support HCRP, then SPP will be the
next choice.

(*2) The printing of business cards using OPP complies exclusively with the business card (vCARD) standard.
Page 96
Printing documents and images [HCRP] [SPP]
This section describes how to print using a BluetoothTM wireless technology-compatible printer.
→Setting up the printer
→Printing
Important

Please ensure that any printer-specific drivers have been installed on the PC before you have established a BluetoothTM wireless
technology connection.

A Bluetooth passkey (PIN code) is required for you to connect to the printer. Please make a note of your Bluetooth passkey before you
start the set-up process.
Setting up the printer
Procedure
1.
Turn on the printer
2.
Right-click on the BluetoothTM wireless technology icon in the task tray, and then click on [Add New Connection]
Note
o
Alternatively, click [Start]→[All Programs]→[Bluetooth]→[Bluetooth Settings], and then click on [New Connection] from the
active [Bluetooth Settings] window.
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Welcome to the Add New Connection Wizard)] window will appear.
3.
Confirm that [Express Mode] has been selected, and then click on the [Next] button
Page 97
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for devices)] window will appear.
Once the program has finished searching for the devices, the [Add New Connection Wizard (Device Selection)] window will appear.
4.
Select the device name of the printer from [Device List], and then click on the [Next] button
Page 98
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for Services)] window will appear.
5.
If you are connecting to the printer for the first time, enter the passkey for the device from the [Bluetooth Passkey (PIN Code)]
window, and then click on the [OK] button.
Once the services have been detected successfully, connection to the device and creation of the HCRP port will be performed
automatically.
If you have not yet installed a printer, a message prompting you to install a printer will appear.
6.
Click on the [OK] button
The [Add Printer Wizard (Starting the Add Printer Wizard)] window will appear.
7.
Click on the [Next] button
Page 99
The [Add Printer Wizard (Local Printer or Network Printer)] window will appear.
8.
Select "Local printer attached to this computer", remove the check next to "Automatically detect and install my Plug and Play
printer", and then click on the [Next] button
The [Add Printer Wizard (Select Printer Port)] window will appear.
9.
Select the desired port, and then click on the [Next] button
Page 100
The [Add Printer Wizard (Install Printer Software)] window will appear.
10. Select the [Manufacturer] and [Printer] as pertains to the printer to be installed, or click on the [Use Device] button, and then
click on the [Next] button
Please install the printer according to the instructions in the windows that follow.
Once installation is complete, a message of confirmation will appear in the [Add New Connection Wizard (Printer Settings)]
window.
11. Click on [Next]
Page 101
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Connection Name Settings)] window will appear.
12. Enter the type and name of the icon displayed after registration, and then click on the [Next] button
Please click on the [Next] button if you are satisfied with the settings.
Note
o
You can change the connection icon and icon name.
→"Changing the connection icon name"
→"Changing the connection icon"
Printing
Try to print from the message pad.
1.
Click [File]→[Print]
The [Print] screen will appear.
2.
Select wireless printer from under [Select Printer], and then click on the [Print] button
Page 102
Printing will commence.
Note

If you have connected to a printer using HCRP or SPP profiles, all future BluetoothTM wireless technology connections to that printer
will be established automatically once you have printed a document from your PC.
Page 103
Printing images directly from a digital camera or other device [BIP]
If you have a printer that supports BIP (Basic Imaging Profile), you can send images directly to a printer to be printed out, without having to
perform any special set-up procedure.
→Printing image files on a printer (using icons)
→Printing image files on a printer (by right-clicking the mouse)
Note

Below is a list of file types (extensions) of images that can be printed out directly.
o
Bitmap (*.bmp)
o
JPEG (*.jpg; *.jpeg)
o
PNG (*.png)
Procedure
■Printing image files on a printer (using icons)
1.
Turn on the printer
2.
Click on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger icon on the Desktop
Note
o
Alternatively, open Explorer and click on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger folder for the same result.
Page 104
The [Bluetooth Information Exchanger] window will appear.
3.
Double-click on the [Image Transfer] icon
A list of devices will appear in the [Image Transfer] window.
Note
o
4.
If your desired printer does not appear in the list, please confirm that the printer has been turned on, and then click on [Bluetooth]
→[Search Devices]
A device search will be performed.
Drag and drop the file to be sent on top of the icon of the destination printer
The file will be sent to the printer.
If the file has been sent to the printer successfully, the message below will appear, and the image will be printed out. Please click on the
[OK] button.
Page 105
The message below will appear if the file transmission was unsuccessful. Please click on the [OK] button to close the message, and
repeat the printing procedure.
Note
o
If the printer does not support the BIP profile, the message below will appear.
■Printing image files to a printer (by right-clicking the mouse)
1.
Turn on the printer
2.
Right-click on the file to be sent, and then click on the destination printer under [to Bluetooth]
Note
o
If your desired device does not appear in the list, please confirm that the device has been turned on, and then click on [to
Bluetooth] →[Search Other Devices]
Once the device has been detected, the message below will appear. Please select the destination device, and click on the [Send]
button.
Page 106
A window indicating that the file is being sent to the printer will appear.
If the file has been sent to the printer successfully, the message below will appear, and the image will be printed out. Please click on the
[OK] button.
The message below will appear if the file transmission was unsuccessful. Please click on the [OK] button to close the message, and repeat
the printing procedure.
Note
o
If the printer does not support the BIP profile, the message below will appear.
Page 107
Printing business card data [OPP]
If you have a printer that supports OPP (Object Push Profile), you can directly send business card data that conforms to the "vCard" standard to a
printer and print it out.
→Printing business card data (using icons)
→Printing business card data (by right-clicking the mouse)
Procedure
■Printing business card data (using icons)
1.
Turn on the printer
2.
Click on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger icon on the Desktop
Note
o
Alternatively, open Explorer and click on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger folder for the same result.
The [Bluetooth Information Exchanger] window will appear.
3.
Double-click on the [Object Push] icon
A list of devices will appear in the [Object Push] window.
Page 108
Here, the image will be sent to the target printer.
Note
o
4.
If your desired printer does not appear in the list, please confirm that the printer has been turned on, and then click on [Bluetooth]
→[Search Devices]
A device search will be performed.
Drag and drop the business card data to be sent on top of the icon of the destination printer
Page 109
The business card will be sent to the printer.
If the business card has been sent to the printer successfully, the message below will appear, and the image will be printed out. Please
click on the [OK] button.
The message below will appear if the business card transmission was unsuccessful. Please click on the [OK] button to close the
message, and repeat the printing procedure.
■Printing business card data (by right-clicking the mouse)
1.
Turn on the printer
2.
Right-click on the business card data to be sent, and then click on the destination printer under [to Bluetooth]
Page 110
Note
o
If your desired device does not appear in the list, please confirm that the device has been turned on, and then click on [to
Bluetooth] →Search Other Devices]
Once the device has been detected, the message below will appear. Please select the destination device, and click on the [Send]
button.
The business card will be sent to the printer.
If the business card has been sent to the printer successfully, the message below will appear, and the image will be printed out. Please
click on the [OK] button.
The message below will appear if the business card transmission was unsuccessful. Please click on the [OK] button to close the message,
and repeat the printing procedure.
Page 111
Page 112
Listening to music using the stereo headphones 【 GAVDP】 【 A2DP】 【 AVRCP】
This section describes how to use the stereo headphones to listen to your favourite music or other audio files stored on your PC.
→Configuring the stereo headphones
→Connecting to the stereo headphones
→Listening to music or other audio files
→Playing music using remote control
→Copyright protection function
Configuring the stereo headphones
Procedure
1.
Right-click on the BluetoothTM wireless technology icon in the task tray, and click on [Add New Connection].
Note
o
Alternatively, click [Start]→All Programs]→Bluetooth]→Bluetooth Settings], and then click on [New Connection] from the
[Bluetooth Settings] screen that has opened.
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Welcome to the Add New Connection Wizard)] will appear.
2.
Switch ON the stereo headphones and activate "Discoverable" mode
Please refer to the user guide for the stereo headphones for further information on how to operate them.
3.
Confirm that [Express Mode] has been selected, and then click on the [Next] button
Page 113
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for Devices)] screen will appear.
Once the search for the devices has ended, the [Add New Connection Wizard (Select Device)] screen will appear.
4.
Select the device name of the stereo headphones from the list, and click on the [Next] button
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for Services)] screen will appear.
Page 114
5.
Configure the type and name of the icon to appear once registration is complete, and click on the [Next] button
Please click the [Next] button once you are satisfied with the configuration.
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Configure Connection Name)] screen will appear.
6.
Click on the [Finish] button
The settings will be registered, and the icon will appear on the [Bluetooth Settings] screen.
Connecting to the stereo headphones
You can connect to the stereo headphones from the icon registered in [Bluetooth Settings]. Please refer to the user guide for information on how to
make a connection from the stereo headphones.
Important

Please close the following audio applications before any connection is made between your stereo headphones and PC.
o
Music/video playback applications
o
e-Conferencing applications
o
Voice-recognition applications
Please finish connecting the stereo headphones before launching any of these applications.
Listening to music or other audio files
1.
Playing music or other audio files on your PC
Important
o
Please confirm the points below if you are unable to hear anything despite having properly connected the stereo headphones.
Click [Start]→All Programs]→Accessories]→Entertainment]→Volume Control].
Remove the tick next to [Mute] if it has been ticked. If the volume is at its lowest setting, please adjust it to an appropriate level.
o
Music playback may be interrupted if other BluetoothTM wireless technology devices are currently connected to your PC. When
you are listening to music, it is recommended that the stereo headphones be the only connected device.
o
115
Music playback may be interrupted if you are some distance away from the PC, or if there are any obstructions betweenPage
you and
the PC.
o
If you are unable to hear any sound out of your stereo headphones while music or audio is currently playing in a related
application, please stop the files being played, open [Sounds and Audio Devices] from the Control Panel, and change the default
device to "Toshiba Bluetooth Wave."
If you are still unable to hear any sound from the stereo headphones even after having set "Toshiba Bluetooth Wave" as the
default device, please re-launch the application.
2.
Finishing listening to music and disconnecting
o
Right-click on the icon for the currently connected mode from [Bluetooth Settings] on your PC, and click on "Disconnect."
A message confirming the disconnection may appear.
o
Click on the "Yes" button after having followed the instructions in the message.
The icon will indicate that the device has been disconnected.
Important
o
Please close the following audio applications before you disconnect the stereo headphones from your PC:

Music/video playback applications

e-Conferencing applications

Voice-recognition applications
Please completely disconnect the stereo headphones before launching any of these applications.
Please refer to the user guide for information on terminating a connection from the stereo headphones.
Playing music using remote control
Music applications and video playback applications installed on your PC (e.g.,"Windows Media Player 9" and "InterVideo WinDVD") may be
operated with the remote control button/switch on your stereo headphones.
The remote control used with the stereo headphones must be compliant with the BluetoothTM wireless technology AVRCP profile. Please refer to
the headphones user guide for further information.
You can configure the application to be operated using the switch/button according to the following procedure.
Procedure
1.
Double-click on the BluetoothTM wireless technology icon in the taskbar
Launches "Bluetooth Settings."
2.
Click on [Bluetooth]→Select AV Player] from the menu bar
The [Select AV Player] screen will appear.
Page 116
3.
Select the application, and click on the [OK] button
The functions and switch/button that can be operated may differ depending on the application used for music/video playback as well as the
version.
The procedure below can be performed in order to change the position where the receive command is displayed or to not have the command
displayed.
Procedure
1.
Double-click on the BluetoothTM wireless technology icon in the taskbar
Launches "Bluetooth Settings."
2.
Click on [Bluetooth]→Select AV Player] from the menu bar.
The [Select AV Player] screen will appear.
3.
Select the appropriate item from the pull-down menu of positions where the receive command is to be displayed, and
then click on the [OK] button.
If the receive command appears but does not function properly, sometimes the problem may be rectified by changing the setting to "Do not
display."
The commands supported by this application are shown below. Please refer to the headphone user guide for commands that are supported by the
stereo headphones. Problems with operation may be encountered with certain versions of "Windows Media Player 9" and "InterVideo WinDVD."
[Windows Media Player 9]

Play

Stop

Pause

Next

Previous

Fast forward

Rewind
[InterVideo WinDVD]

Play

Stop

Pause

Next chapter

Previous chapter

Fast Forward

Fast Backward

Up

Down

Left

Right

Select

Root menu

Angle
Page 117
Copyright protection function
A copyright protection function is supported according to the SCMS-T format as defined in the BluetoothTM wireless technology specifications.
You can only connect to devices that support this function.
Procedure
1.
Double-click on the BluetoothTM wireless technology icon in the task tray.
Launches"Bluetooth Settings."
2.
Select [Bluetooth] from the menu, and click on [Copyright Protection Setting].
The copyright protection dialog will appear.
3.
Tick the box next to "Only connect to devices that are copyright-protected under the SCMS-T format," and click on the OK
button.
Page 118
Using a wireless keyboard [HID]
This section describes how to connect a BluetoothTM wireless technology-compatible keyboard to a PC.
Setting up the wireless keyboard
Procedure
1.
Right-click on the BluetoothTM wireless technology icon in the task tray, and then click on [Add New Connection]
Note
o
Alternatively, click [Start]→[All Programs]→[Bluetooth]→[Bluetooth Settings], and then click on [New Connection] from the
active [Bluetooth Settings] window.
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Welcome to the Add New Connection Wizard)] window will appear.
2.
Confirm that [Express Mode] has been selected, and then click on the [Next] button
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for devices)] window will appear.
Page 119
Once the program has finished searching for the devices, the [Add New Connection Wizard (Device Selection)] window will appear.
3.
Select the device name of the keyboard from [Device List], and then click on the [Next] button
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for Services)] window will appear.
4.
Use the wireless keyboard to enter the numbers that appear in [Bluetooth Passkey (PIN Code)], and then hit the [Enter] key
Page 120
Once the program has detected the services successfully, connection to the device and registration of settings information will be
performed automatically.
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Connection Name Settings)] window will appear.
5.
Enter the type and name of the icon displayed after registration, and then click on the [Next] button
Please click on the [Next] button if you are satisfied with the settings.
Note
o
You can change the connection icon and icon name.
→"Changing a connection icon name"
→"Changing a connection icon"
Page 121
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Completing the Add New Connection Wizard)] window will appear.
6.
Click on the [Finish] button
The settings information will be registered, and an icon will appear in the [Bluetooth Settings] window.
Note

Pressing any key on the wireless keyboard will automatically connect it to the PC thereafter.
Please connect manually if automatic connection is unsuccessful.
Page 122
Using a wireless mouse [HID]
This section describes how to connect a BluetoothTM wireless technology-compatible mouse to a PC.
Setting up the wireless mouse
Procedure
1.
Turn on the wireless mouse, and set it to be connectable
Please refer to the instruction manual for details on how to operate the mouse.
Note
o
2.
If the security mode on your PC has been set to "Enable Link-Level Security," then any mouse not ordinarily requiring a passkey
will require one. If your mouse's user guide does not contain any passkey-related information, please consult the outlet where
you purchased your mouse or the relevant support center.
Right-click on the BluetoothTM wireless technology icon in the task tray, and then click on [Add New Connection]
Note
o
Alternatively, click [Start]→[All Programs]→[Bluetooth]→[Bluetooth Settings], and then click on [New Connection] from the
active [Bluetooth Settings] window.
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Welcome to the Add New Connection Wizard)] window will appear.
3.
Confirm that [Express Mode] has been selected, and then click on the [Next] button
Page 123
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for devices)] window will appear.
Once the program has finished searching for the devices, the [Add New Connection Wizard (Device Selection)] window will appear.
4.
Select the device name of the mouse from [Device List], and then click on the [Next] button
Page 124
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for Services)] window will appear.
A message confirming a device connection will appear.
5.
Click on the [OK] button
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Connection Name Settings)] window will appear.
6.
Enter the type and name of the icon displayed after registration, and then click on the [Next] button
Please click on the [Next] button if you are satisfied with the settings.
Note
o
Please use this window to change the connection name and icon.
- Changing the connection icon name
- Changing the connection icon
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Completing the Add New Connection Wizard)] window will appear.
7.
Click on the [Finish] button
The settings information will be have been registered, and an icon will appear in the [Bluetooth Settings] window.
Page 125
Note
o
Clicking on one of the mouse buttons or otherwise operating it will automatically connect it to the PC thereafter. Please connect
manually if automatic connection is unsuccessful.
Page 126
Exchanging files with a PC or PDA [FTP]
You can send and receive files other than business card data with a PC or PDA that has onboard BluetoothTM wireless technology.
Use "File transfer" in the Bluetooth Information Exchanger to exchange files.
Note

The same operations will be valid as long as the PC and PDA support the FTP profile.

"File transfer" cannot be used to send or receive business card data. Please instead use "Object Push" to perform these activities.
→Sending files to a PC or PDA (using icons)
→Sending files to a PC or PDA (by right-clicking the mouse)
→Receiving files from a PC or PDA
Procedure
■Sending files to a PC or PDA (using icons)
1.
Turn on the PC or PDA
2.
Double-click on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger icon on the Desktop
Note
o
Alternatively, opening Explorer and clicking on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger folder will produce the same result.
Page 127
The [Bluetooth Information Exchanger] window will appear.
3.
Double-click on the [File transfer] icon
A list of devices will appear in the [File transfer] window.
Note
4.
o
If the desired device does not appear in the list, please confirm that the device has been turned on, and then select [Bluetooth]→
[Search Devices].
A device search will be performed.
o
You can also use "Image transfer" when sending individual image files.
Use the mouse to drag and drop the file you wish to send over the destination icon
In this case, the file will be sent to a PC named "PC-1".
Note
o
5.
When using "File transfer", you can send individual files as well as entire folders.
Confirm that the file is being sent
The file will be sent to the PC.
Note
o
When sending files using "File transfer", a message requesting permission to receive the files may appear on the destination
Page 128
(receiving) device. The content of the message will vary with the software that supports the BluetoothTM wireless technology
function on the destination device, so please be sure to follow the instructions provided.
If you are using the BluetoothTM Utility, a message similar to the one below will appear.
If the file has been sent successfully, the message below will appear.
Please click on the [OK] button.
The message below will appear if the file transmission was unsuccessful.
Please click on the [OK] button to close the message, and repeat the procedure.
Note
o
Files that have been sent will be saved in a file transfer shared folder on the destination device.
o
Additionally, with "File transfer", you can open the shared folder on the destination device using Explorer, specify a subfolder,
and then send the file there.
o
You can use Properties in the Bluetooth Information Exchanger to change the location of the "Shared folder" on the hard drive.
■Sending files to a PC or PDA (by right-clicking the mouse)
1.
Turn on the PC or PDA
Confirm that a connection has been enabled before proceeding to the next step.
Page 129
2.
Right-click on the file you wish to send, and then select its destination from [to Bluetooth]
Note
o
If the desired device does not appear in the list, please confirm that the device has been turned on, and then select [to Bluetooth]
→[Search other devices].
Once the devices have been detected, the message below will appear. Please select the destination device, and then click on the
[Send] button.
3.
Confirm that the file is being sent
The file will be sent to the PC.
Note
Page 130
o
When sending files using "File transfer," a message requesting permission to receive the files may appear on the destination
(receiving) device. The content of the message will vary with the software installed on the destination device, so please be sure to
follow the instructions provided.
If you are using the BluetoothTM Utility, a message similar to the one below will appear.
If the file has been sent successfully, the message below will appear.
Please click on the [OK] button.
The message below will appear if the file transmission was unsuccessful.
Please click on the [OK] button to close the message, and then repeat the procedure.
Note
o
Files that have been sent will be saved in a file transfer shared folder on the destination device.
■Receiving files from a PC or PDA
Your PC is able to receive files that have been saved in the shared folder on the destination PC or PDA. Received files will be saved in the shared
folder under "File transfer".
1.
Turn on the PC or PDA
Confirm that a BluetoothTM wireless technology connection has been enabled before proceeding to the next step.
2.
Double-click on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger icon on the Desktop
Note
o
Alternatively, opening Explorer and clicking on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger folder will produce the same result.
Page 131
The [Bluetooth Information Exchanger] window will appear.
3.
Double-click on the [File transfer] icon
A list of devices will appear in the [File transfer] window.
In this case, the file will be received from the PDA named "My Mobile".
4.
Double-click on the [PDA-1] icon
The file saved in the shared folder in "My Mobile" will appear.
5.
Right-click on the file you wish to receive, and then select "Receive file".
Page 132
The file will be received from a PDA.
Note
o
With "File transfer", you can send individual files as well as entire folders.
Please right-click on the folder you wish to receive, and select "Receive folder".
Subsequent operations should be performed in the same manner as when receiving individual files.
If the file has been received successfully, the message below will appear.
Please click on the [OK] button.
The message below will appear if the file transmission was unsuccessful. Please click on the [OK] button to close the message, and repeat
the procedure.
Note
o
The received file will be saved in the "Shared folder" under "File transfer" in the Bluetooth Information Exchanger
Page 133
You can use Properties under the Bluetooth Information Exchanger to specify the location of the "Shared folder" on the hard
drive.
Page 134
Sending images to a mobile telephone [BIP]
You can send image data to a BluetoothTM wireless technology-compatible mobile telephone.
Large images will be automatically reduced to fit on the telephone display screen.
Images are sent using "Image transfer" under Bluetooth Information Exchanger.
Note

The mobile telephone must support the BIP profile.

The following image file formats can be sent and received using "Image transfer":
o
Bitmap (*.bmp)
o
JPEG (*.jpg, *.jpeg)
o
PNG (*.png)
→Sending images to a mobile telephone (using icons)
→Sending images to a mobile telephone (by right-clicking the mouse)
Procedure
■Sending images to a mobile telephone (using icons)
1.
Turn on the PC or PDA
Confirm that a BluetoothTM wireless technology connection has been enabled before proceeding.
2.
Double-click on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger icon on the Desktop
Note
o
Alternatively, opening Explorer and clicking on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger folder will produce the same result.
Page 135
The [Bluetooth Information Exchanger] window will appear.
3.
Double-click on the [Image transfer] icon
A list of devices will appear in the [Image transfer] window.
Note
o
4.
If the desired device does not appear in the list, please confirm that the device has been turned on, and then select [Bluetooth]→
[Search Devices].
A device search will be performed.
Drag and drop the file you wish to send over the destination icon
In this case, the image will be sent to a mobile telephone named "BT-Phone-1".
Page 136
The image will be sent.
If the image has been sent successfully, the message below will appear.
Please click on the [OK] button.
The message below will appear if the image transmission was unsuccessful.
Please click on the [OK] button to close the message, and repeat the procedure.
■Sending images to a mobile telephone (by right-clicking the mouse)
1.
Turn on the mobile telephone
Confirm that a BluetoothTM wireless technology connection has been enabled before proceeding.
2.
Right-click on the file you wish to send, and then click on its destination from [to Bluetooth]
Page 137
Note
o
If the desired device does not appear in the list, please confirm that the device has been turned on, and then select [to Bluetooth]
→[Search other devices].
Once the devices have been detected, the message below will appear. Please select the destination device, and then click on the
[Send] button.
The image will be sent.
If the image has been sent successfully, the message below will appear.
Please click on the [OK] button.
The message below will appear if the image transmission was unsuccessful.
Page 138
Please click on the [OK] button to close the message, and repeat the procedure.
Page 139
Sending images to a PC or PDA [BIP]
You can send image data to a BluetoothTM wireless technology-enabled PC or PDA.
Images are sent using "Image transfer" under Bluetooth Information Exchanger.
Note

The following image file formats can be sent and received using "Image transfer":
o
Bitmap (*.bmp)
o
JPEG (*.jpg, *.jpeg)
o
PNG (*.png)
→Sending images to a PC or PDA (using icons)
→Sending images to a PC or PDA (by right-clicking the mouse)
Procedure
■Sending images to a PC or PDA (using icons)
1.
Turn on the PC or PDA
Confirm that a BluetoothTM wireless technology connection has been enabled before proceeding.
2.
Double-click on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger icon on the Desktop
Note
o
Alternatively, opening Explorer and clicking on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger folder will produce the same result.
Page 140
The [Bluetooth Information Exchanger] window will appear.
3.
Double-click on the [Image transfer] icon
A list of devices will appear in the [Image transfer] window.
Note
o
4.
If the desired device does not appear in the list, please confirm that the device has been turned on, and then select [Bluetooth]→
[Search Devices].
A device search will be performed.
Drag and drop the file you wish to send over the destination icon
In this case, the image will be sent to a PC named "PC-1".
Page 141
The image will be sent.
If the image has been sent successfully, the message below will appear.
Please click on the [OK] button.
The message below will appear if the image transmission was unsuccessful.
Please click on the [OK] button to close the message, and repeat the procedure.
Note
o
Images that have been sent will be saved in an image transfer folder on the destination device.
o
Images received using "Image transfer" in the Bluetooth Information Exchanger will be saved in the "Image Box" in "Image
transfer".
Page 142
o
You can use Properties under the Bluetooth Information Exchanger to change the location of the "Image Box" folder on the hard
drive.
■Sending images to a PC or PDA (by right-clicking the mouse)
1.
Turn on the PC or PDA
Confirm that a BluetoothTM wireless technology connection has been enabled before proceeding
2.
Right-click on the file you wish to send, and then click on its destination from [to Bluetooth]
Note
o
If the desired device does not appear in the list, please confirm that the device has been turned on, and then select [to Bluetooth]
→[Search other devices].
Once the devices have been detected, the message below will appear. Please select the destination device, and then click on the
[Send] button.
Page 143
The image will be sent.
If the image has been sent successfully, the message below will appear.
Please click on the [OK] button.
The message below will appear if the image transmission was unsuccessful.
Please click on the [OK] button to close the message, and repeat the procedure.
Note
o
When you send images by right-clicking the mouse, the image data that has been sent will be saved in the image transfer shared
folder on the destination device. This is also the case when you send images using icons.
Page 144
Exchanging business card data with a PC or PDA [OPP]
You can exchange business card data with a BluetoothTM wireless technology-enabled PC or PDA.
Business card data are exchanged using "Object Push" under Bluetooth Information Exchanger.
Note

Data compliant with the "vCARD" standard are the only type of business card data able to be sent and received with "Object Push".
Business card data can be used by applications such as Microsoft Outlook.

Business card data can be created in vCARD format by Microsoft Outlook and other similar applications.
→"Creating business card data in the vCARD format"

You can send business card data directly from Microsoft Outlook.
→"Sending business card data from Outlook"

The OPP profile must be supported by the PC or PDA of the other party.
→Selecting a business card and sending it to a PC or PDA (using icons)
→Selecting a business card and sending it to a PC or PDA (by right-clicking the mouse)
→Sending your personal business card
→Receiving a business card from another party
→Exchanging business cards
Procedure
■Selecting a business card and sending it to a PC or PDA (using icons)
Select a business card you wish to send from among all the business card data you have already received through exchanges with your business
or other contacts, and then send it to another party.
1.
Turn on the PC or PDA
Confirm that a BluetoothTM wireless technology connection has been enabled before proceeding.
2.
Double-click on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger icon on the Desktop
Note
o
Alternatively, opening Explorer and clicking on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger folder will produce the same result.
Page 145
The [Bluetooth Information Exchanger] window will appear.
3.
Double-click on the [Object Push] icon
A list of devices will appear in the [Object Push] window.
Note
o
4.
If the desired device does not appear in the list, please confirm that the device has been turned on, and then select [Bluetooth]→
[Search Devices].
A device search will be performed.
Use the mouse to drag and drop the business card you wish to send over the destination icon
In this case, the business card will be sent to a PC named "PC-1".
Page 146
The business card will be sent.
Note
o
When you try to send a business card, a message requesting permission to receive the card may appear on the device belonging
to the other party (i.e., on the receiving end). The content of the message will vary with the software installed on the destination
device, so please be sure to follow the instructions provided. If you are using the BluetoothTM Utility, a message similar to the one
below will appear.
If the business card has been sent successfully, the message below will appear.
Please click on the [OK] button.
The message below will appear if the business card transmission was unsuccessful.
Please click on the [OK] button to close the message, and repeat the procedure.
Memo
o
Data that have been sent will be saved in a folder for exchanged business cards on the destination device.
o
You can configure an associated application (Microsoft Outlook etc) to start automatically when you have received a business
card, allowing you to view the card details.
Page 147
You can use Properties under Bluetooth Information Exchanger to configure whether or not you would like such an application to
start automatically.
■Selecting a business card and sending it to a PC or PDA (by right-clicking the mouse)
1.
Turn on the PC or PDA
Confirm that a BluetoothTM wireless technology connection has been enabled before proceeding.
2.
Right-click on the business card you wish to send, and then click on its destination from [to Bluetooth]
Note
o
If the desired device does not appear in the list, please confirm that the device has been turned on, and then select [to Bluetooth]
→[Search other devices].
Once the devices have been detected, the message below will appear. Please select the destination device, and then click on the
[Send] button.
Page 148
The business card will be sent.
Note
o
When you try to send a business card, a message requesting permission to receive the files may appear on the device belonging
to the other party (i.e., on the receiving end). The content of the message will vary with the software installed on the destination
device, so please be sure to follow the instructions provided.
If you are using the BluetoothTM Utility, a message similar to the one below will appear.
If the business card has been sent successfully, the message below will appear.
Please click on the [OK] button.
The message below will appear if the business card transmission was unsuccessful.
Please click on the [OK] button to close the message, and repeat the procedure.
Note
o
Data that have been sent will be saved in a folder for exchanged business cards on the destination device.
Page 149
■Sending your personal business card
You can prepare a business card bearing your name and other details such as your company and telephone numbers, and then send it to another
party.
Note

Please use Properties under Bluetooth Information Exchanger beforehand to configure which data to use for your own business card.

You can only have one business card registered as your own that is able to be sent.
1.
Turn on the PC or PDA
Confirm that a BluetoothTM wireless technology connection has been enabled before proceeding
2.
Double-click on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger icon on the Desktop
Note
o
Alternatively, opening Explorer and clicking on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger folder will produce the same result.
The [Bluetooth Information Exchanger] window will appear.
3.
Double-click on the [Object Push] icon
A list of devices will appear in the [Object Push] window.
Page 150
Note
o
4.
If the desired device does not appear in the list, please confirm that the device has been turned on, and then select [Bluetooth]→
[Search Devices].
A device search will be performed.
Right-click on the destination icon, and then click on [Send business card To]
In this case, your personal business card will be sent to a PC named "PC-1".
The business card will be sent.
Note
o
When you try to send a business card, a message requesting permission to receive the files may appear on the device belonging
to the other party (i.e., on the receiving end). The content of the message will vary with the software installed on the destination
device, so please be sure to follow the instructions provided. If you are using the BluetoothTMUtility, a message similar to the one
below will appear.
Page 151
o
Business cards that have been sent will be saved in the Inbox of the destination party.
If your business card has been sent successfully, the message below will appear.
Please click on the [OK] button.
The message below will appear if the business card transmission was unsuccessful. Please click on the [OK] button to close the message,
and repeat the procedure.
Note
o
Data that has been sent will be saved in a folder for exchanged business cards on the destination device.
■Acquiring a business card from another party
You can use your PC to acquire a business card from a party containing their details.
1.
Turn on the PC or PDA
Confirm that a BluetoothTM wireless technology connection has been enabled before proceeding
2.
Double-click on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger icon on the Desktop
Note
o
Alternatively, opening Explorer and clicking on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger folder will produce the same result.
Page 152
The [Bluetooth Information Exchanger] window will appear.
3.
Double-click on the [Object Push] icon
A list of devices will appear in the [Object Push] window.
Note
o
4.
If the desired device does not appear in the list, please confirm that the device has been turned on, and then select [Bluetooth]→
Search Devices].
A device search will be performed.
Right-click on the icon of the party whose card you wish to acquire, and then click on [Receive business card]
In this case, the business card of the other party will be acquired from a PC named "PC-1".
The business card will be received.
Note
o
When you try to acquire a business card, a message requesting permission to send the files may appear on the device belonging
to the other party (i.e., on the sending end). The content of the message will vary with the software installed on the destination
device, so please be sure to follow the instructions provided.
If you are using the BluetoothTM Utility, a message similar to the one below will appear.
Page 153
If the business card has been received successfully, the message below will appear.
Please click on the [OK] button.
The message below will appear if the business card was unsuccessfully received.
Please click on the [OK] button to close the message, and repeat the procedure.
Note
o
Business card data that have been received will be saved in the Inbox under "Object Push".
You can use Properties under the Bluetooth Information Exchanger to set the location of the Inbox on the hard drive.
■Exchanging business cards
Simultaneously exchange your business card with one belonging to another party.
1.
Turn on the PC or PDA
Confirm that a BluetoothTM wireless technology connection has been enabled before proceeding.
2.
Double-click on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger icon on the Desktop
Note
o
Alternatively, opening Explorer and clicking on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger folder will produce the same result.
Page 154
The [Bluetooth Information Exchanger] window will appear.
3.
Double-click on the [Object Push] icon
A list of devices will appear in the [Object Push] window.
Note
o
4.
If the desired device does not appear in the list, please confirm that the device has been turned on, and then select [Bluetooth]→
Search Devices].
A device search will be performed.
Right-click on the icon of the party with whom you wish to exchange business cards, and then click on [Object Push]
In this case, the business cards will be exchanged with a PC named "PC-1".
Page 155
The business card from the party who executed the "Exchange business cards" command will be sent first.
Note
o
When you try to send a business card, a message requesting permission to receive the files may appear on the device belonging
to the other party (i.e., on the receiving end). The content of the message will vary with the software installed on the destination
device, so please be sure to follow the instructions provided.
If you are using the BluetoothTM Utility, a message similar to the one below will appear.
A message of confirmation will appear if the card has been successfully sent.
Note
o
Business cards that have been sent will be saved in the Inbox of the destination party.
Once your business card has finished being sent, the program will start receiving the business card belonging to the other party.
Note
o
When a business card is to be received, a message such as the one below may appear on the device belonging to the other party.
Please click on the [Yes] button if you give permission for the business card to be sent.
A message of confirmation will appear if the card has been successfully received.
Note
o
Business cards that have been received will be saved in the "Inbox" under "Object Push".
You can use Properties under the Bluetooth Information Exchanger to set the location of the Inbox on the hard drive.
Page 156
Page 157
Using a BluetoothTM wireless technology-compatible camera [BIP]
By connecting a BluetoothTM wireless technology-compatible digital camera to your PC, you will be able to operate the camera shutter from the PC
and transmit captured images to it as well.
→Connecting the camera
→Taking pictures
→Viewing images saved on your PC
Connecting the camera
Use the "Remote Camera" tool in the BluetoothTM Utility to connect the camera to your PC.
Procedure
1.
Click on [Start ]→[All Programs]→[Bluetooth]→[Remote Camera]
Note
o
2.
In Windows 2000, click on [Start]→[Programs]→[Bluetooth]→[Remote Camera].
Turn on the camera, and set it to be connectable via BluetoothTM wireless technology
Note
o
3.
Different cameras are operated in different ways, depending on the manufacturer and model used. Please refer to the instruction
manual for further details on how to operate your camera.
Click on the [Camera Search...] button
The camera will be detected and its icon displayed.
Page 158
4.
Right-click on the camera icon, and select [Connect]
The camera will be connected, and images from the camera will appear on-screen.
Taking pictures
By placing the mouse cursor over the on-screen image, the camera's operating window will appear.
You can operate the camera from this window.
Procedure
■Taking a single picture
Page 159
1.
Click on the
button in the operating window.
A single image will be captured and sent to the PC.
■Taking several consecutive frames
1.
Click on the
button in the operating window
A succession of images will be captured and sent to the PC.
Note
1.
o
The remote camera shutter cannot be operated while the camera is connected to the PC.
o
The number of consecutive pictures taken can be set to anywhere between 2 and 16
In the [Remote Camera] window, click on [Bluetooth]→[Properties]→[Consecutive Image Settings]
The [Change number of consecutive images] dialog box will appear
2.
Click on the [<][>] buttons to select the number of consecutive images to be captured
Page 160
Important
o
Images are not only sent to the PC, but are stored in the camera's on-board memory as well.
Please be aware of the remaining memory capacity when you are taking a large number of pictures.
o
Large file sizes are common for high-resolution images, and may take some time to be transferred to the PC.
Viewing images saves on your PC
A "Remote Camera" folder will be created in the "Bluetooth" folder under "My Documents" during initial set-up. A folder bearing the same name as
the camera will be created in it, and images will be saved in this folder.
Click the [Explorer] button in the [Remote Camera] window to display the folder where the images have been saved.
Note

This window is an example showing pictures when [Filmstrip] has been selected from the [View] menu in Explorer.
Page 161
Synchronising information using ActiveSync [SPP]
This section describes how to synchronize information on your PDA (calendars, contacts, inboxes etc) with your PC using Microsoft ActiveSync.
When you connect via BluetoothTM wireless technology instead of with a standard cable, you will always be able to synchronise your data without
the hassle of having to connect the cable.
→Connecting using ActiveSync
→Establishing a partnership between ActiveSync and a PDA
→Finishing an ActiveSync connection
→Cancelling a partnership
Important

Please use ActiveSync v.3.7 or higher. Also please establish a partnership between the devices using a USB or infrared link before you
connect via BluetoothTM wireless technology.

Please refer to the ActiveSync Help or other manuals for information on how to use the application.

Microsoft Outlook 2002 or another schedule management tool must also be installed on the PC.
Connecting using ActiveSync
Both the PC and PDA must be set up in order for a connection to be established.
■Preparing the PC
Procedure
1.
On the PC, click on [Start]→[All Programs]→[Microsoft ActiveSync]
The initial ActiveSync set-up window will appear.
It is assumed in the explanation below that no ActiveSync connections have been established with other devices.
2.
Click [File]→[Connection Settings]
Page 162
The [Connection Settings] window will appear.
3.
Place a check next to [Allow serial cable or infrared connection to this COM port], and then select "COM7".
Note
o
In the standard set-up, the port is configured to "COM7" (refer to Steps (3) and (4) under "Preparing the PDA" below). When
using a different port, please also change the port number selected in this window.
■Preparing the PDA
Procedure
1.
Tap on the BluetoothTM wireless technology icon in the bottom right of the screen
Page 163
Important
o
The graphic above shows an example of a PDA operating window.
The connection procedure may be different depending on the manufacturer or model of PDA you use. Please refer to the product
instruction manuals for further details.
The [Bluetooth Settings] window will open.
The message "Connection not registered" will appear if no BluetoothTM wireless technology device has been registered.
Please tap on [OK] to close the message.
2.
Double click on [Tools]→[Search for peripheral components]
Page 164
The application searches for nearby devices.
3.
Tap and hold on the destination PC icon, and then select [Update Services]
A search for services will be carried out, and then a list of service names and their connection status will appear as list in the lower
window.
4.
Tap and hold on "COM7" from the list of service names, and then select "Register ActiveSync".
Page 165
5.
Tap [OK] in the confirmation message window
An ActiveSync connection will be initiated.
Establishing a partnership between ActiveSync and a PDA
Once a connection has been successfully established with a PDA, the procedure for establishing a partnership with the PDA will be started by the
ActiveSync application on the PC.
Performing this set-up procedure will enable data to be synchronised between your PC and PDA.
Procedure
1.
In the [New Partnership (Set Up a Partnership)] window, select "Standard partnership", and then click on the [Next] button
Page 166
The [New Partnership (Specify Data Synchronisation Method)] window will appear.
2.
Select "Synchronise with this PC", and then click on the [Next] button
The [New Partnership (Select Synchronisation Settings)] window will appear.
3.
Select the type of information to be synchronised between your PC and PDA, and then click on the [Next] button
Page 167
The [New Partnership (Completing Setup)] window will appear.
4.
Click on the [Finish] button
When you click on the [Finish] button, ActiveSync will begin to synchronise your information.
[Confirming changes]
↓
↓
(Synchronisation process)
Page 168
[Synchronisation complete]
While the ActiveSync connection is active, synchronisation will be performed whenever information is changed on either the PC or the
PDA.
Once a partnership has been established, every time you start your PC (and PDA) thereafter, a BluetoothTM wireless technology
connection will be opened and ActiveSync will synchronise your information.
Finishing an ActiveSync connection
Follow the procedure below on your PDA if you want to end an ActiveSync connection manually.
Procedure
1.
Tap and hold on "COM7" in the [Bluetooth Settings] window, and select [ActiveSync Release]
Cancelling a partnership
Follow the procedure below from the ActiveSync window on the PC if you want to cancel the partnership between your PC and PDA.
Procedure
1.
Click on [File]→Delete partnership"
Page 169
Click on the [Yes] button when the confirmation message appears.
Note
o
If you wish to create another ActiveSync connection, you will have to repeat the above procedure to re-establish a partnership.
Page 170
Using a headset to communicate [HSP]
This section provides a description of how to use a BluetoothTM wireless technology-compatible wireless headset to communicate (chat) using
Microsoft NetMeeting or other software.
→Registering the headset
→Making a connection to the headset
→Disconnecting from the headset
Registering the headset
Procedure
1.
Right-click on the BluetoothTM wireless technology icon in the tasktray, then click on [Add New Connection Wizard]
Note
o
Alternatively, you can click on [Start]>[All Programs]>[Bluetooth]>[Bluetooth Settings], then click on [New Connection] in the
[Bluetooth Settings] screen that has opened.
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Welcome to the Add New Connection Wizard)] screen will appear.
2.
Turn the headset power on
Once you have turned on the headset, set the mode to enable a connection.
Important
o
3.
The procedure for operating the headset may differ depending on the manufacturer and model.
Please consult your user guide for a detailed description of how to operate the unit.
Confirm that [Express Mode] has been selected, then click on the [Next] button
Page 171
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for Devices)] screen will appear.
Once the device search has been completed, the [Add New Connection Wizard (Select a Device)] screen will appear.
4.
Select the name of the headset device from the list, then click on the [Next] button
Page 172
5.
Answering with the headset
If the service has been properly detected, a screen will appear indicating that the headset is being called, and a tone will accordingly
sound in the headset.
Please press the headset switch.
Important
o
The procedure for operating the headset may differ depending on the manufacturer and model.
Please consult your user guide for a detailed description of how to operate the unit.
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Configuring (Connecting to Voice Circuit))] screen will appear, and device configuration will be
performed.
Note
o
If you are connecting to the headset for the first time, or if another audio device has not yet been registered, the following [Found
New Hardware Wizard] screen will appear, from which you can proceed to install the driver.
If another audio device has already been registered (i.e., the driver has been installed), you can proceed to Step 9 without having
to install the driver.
6.
Click on the [Next] button
The [Install Hardware] screen will appear.
7.
Click on the [Continue Anyway] button
The following screen will appear automatically. You may disregard it and click on the [Continue Anyway] button.
Page 173
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Completing the Found New Hardware Wizard)] screen, which is the final screen of the installation
wizard, will appear.
8.
Click on the [Finish] button
Once driver installation is complete, the [Add New Connection Wizard (Enter Connection Name)] will appear.
9.
Confirm the information you have entered, and click on the [Next] button
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Completing the Add New Connection Wizard)] screen will appear.
Page 174
10. Click on the [Finish] button
The configuration information will be registered, and an icon will be displayed in the [Bluetooth Settings] screen.
Making a connection to the headset
You can make a connection to the headset from an icon that has been registered in [Bluetooth Settings].
Important

Before making a connection to the headset, please check that you have turned on the headset's power, and that it has been enabled for a
BluetoothTM wireless technology connection.
Please ensure that the following audio-related applications have been closed before you connect the headset to your PC.
o
Windows Media Player, BeatJam, InterVideo WinDVD and other music/audio playback software
o
Windows Messenger and other e-conferencing software
If you wish to use these applications, please terminate the headset connection before you launch them.
Procedure
1.
Right-click on the headset icon, then click on [Connect].
2.
Answer with the headset
A screen will appear indicating that the headset is being called, and a tone will accordingly sound in the headset.
Please press the headset switch.
If the connection has been properly established, the icon's appearance will change to indicate a connected state.
Page 175
You may now launch conferencing and voice-recognition software and use the headset.
Disconnecting from the headset
Please follow the steps below to disconnect from the headset.
Procedure
1.
Right-click on the headset icon in the [Bluetooth Settings] screen, then click on [Disconnect].
A message will appear, requesting confirmation that you wish to disconnect. Click on the [Yes] button.
The icon on the [Bluetooth Settings] screen will appear as shown below, indicating that the device has been disconnected.
Page 176
Connecting to the Internet using a modem station [DUN]
You can use a BluetoothTM wireless modem to connect to the Internet via a telephone line.
→Setting up the modem station
→Connecting to the Internet
Important

In order to connect to the Internet, you must have already signed up with a provider and obtained a connection ID and password. Please
ensure you have confirmed the ID, password and telephone number of your provider's access point before you begin the set-up process.

Please refer to your instruction manual for information on connecting the modem station to a telephone line.

A Bluetooth passkey (PIN code) is required for you to connect to the modem station. Please make a note of your Bluetooth passkey before
you start the set-up process.
Setting up the modem station
Procedure
1.
Turn on the wireless modem station
2.
Right-click the BluetoothTM wireless technology icon in the task tray, and then click on [Add New Connection]
Note
o
Alternatively, click [Start]→[All Programs]→[Bluetooth]→[Bluetooth Settings], and then click on [New Connection] from the
active [Bluetooth Settings] window.
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Welcome to the Add New Connection Wizard)] window will appear.
3.
Confirm that [Express Mode] has been selected, and then click on the [Next] button
Page 177
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for devices)] window will appear.
4.
Select the device name of the wireless modem station from [Device List], and then click on the [Next] button
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for Services)] window will appear.
Page 178
Once a service has been detected successfully, connection to the device and COM port creation will be performed automatically, after
which the [Add New Connection Wizard (Modem Settings)] window will appear.
5.
If you are connecting to a wireless modem station for the first time, enter the passkey for the modem station under [Bluetooth
Passkey (PIN code)], and then click on the [OK] button
Once the program has finished searching for the devices, the [Add New Connection Wizard (Device Selection)] window will appear.
6.
Click on the [Next] button
Certain modems require you to configure initialization commands separately.
Please click on the [Additional initialization Command Settings] button, enter the initialization commands in the following window, and
then click on the [OK] button.
Page 179
Note
o
7.
Please refer to the modem or mobile phone instruction manual for further details on the initialization commands.
Enter the connection name (optional), telephone number (of your provider's access point), user name and password (as issued by your
provider), and then click on the [Finish] button.
Important
o
The sample entries shown in the window are provided solely for purpose of explanation. Please use your own telephone number,
ID and password according to the arrangement with your provider.
The settings will be registered, and an icon will appear in the [Bluetooth Settings] window.
Connecting to the Internet
You can connect to the Internet by following the procedure below if the connection destination registered when you configured the wireless
modem has been set as the default connection destination.
1.
Start your browser, e-mail application or other application
Important
Page 180
o
2.
Please enter the e-mail settings separately if you are going to use e-mail (the set-up method will vary with the application).
Enter the URL of the Web page you wish to display and then press the [Enter] key, or use the e-mail tool to send/receive items or
perform other activities.
The [Dial-up Connection] window will appear.
3.
Click on the [Connect] button
Important
o
A connection will be automatically established with the modem station if COM Auto Connect is available. If COM Auto Connect
is not available, please manually connect to the modem station.
The following message will appear once you have connected to the Internet.
4.
End the connection
The window below will appear if you double-click on the
icon in the task bar.
Please click on the [Disconnect] button when you want to disconnect from the Internet.
Alternatively, please right-click on the
icon, and then click on [Disconnect].
Page 181
Note

You can start an application to make an automatic connection to the Internet, but you can also make a manual connection using the
connection destination icon.
The procedure is described below.
1.
From the [Bluetooth Settings] window, right-click on the connection destination icon, and then click on [Connect] from the menu
that appears
A window indicating that the connection is being established will appear.
If the connection has been established successfully, the connection icon and task tray will appear as shown below.
You will be able to browse Web pages using your browser and send and receive e-mail.
Page 182
Important
o
2.
Please enter the e-mail settings separately if you are going to use e-mail (the set-up method will vary with the application).
End the connection
Right-click on the icon, and then click [Disconnect] to end the connection.
The following message will appear. Click on the [Yes] button.
When the icon appears as shown below, the connection will have ended.
Page 183
Using a modem station for fax transmissions [FAX]
This section describes how to send a fax using a BluetoothTM wireless modem station.
→Setting up the modem station
→Setting fax information
→Sending a fax
→Receiving a fax
Important

Please refer to the modem station instruction manual for information on how to connect the station to a telephone line.

Please ensure that any drivers used to connect the PC to the modem have been installed.

A Bluetooth passkey (PIN code) is required for you to connect to the modem station. Please make a note of your Bluetooth passkey before
you start the set-up process.

A fax application is required for you to be able to send and receive faxes. The description below is based on a example using Microsoft Fax,
which is installed with Windows XP as standard.
If you are going to use a commercially available fax application, then please refer to the manual that came with the application for information
on how to send and receive faxes.
Setting up the modem station
Set up and register the modem station as a fax service.
Procedure
1.
Turn on the wireless modem station
2.
Right-click on the BluetoothTM wireless technology icon in the task tray, and then click on [Add New Connection]
Note
o
Alternatively, click [Start]→[All Programs]→[Bluetooth]→[Bluetooth Settings], and then click on [New Connection] from the
active [Bluetooth Settings] window.
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Welcome to the Add New Connection Wizard)] window will appear.
Page 184
3.
Select [Custom Mode], and then click on the [Next] button
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for devices)] window will appear.
Once the program has finished searching for the devices, the [Add New Connection Wizard (Select Device)] window will appear.
4.
Select the device name of the wireless modem station from [Device List], and then click on the [Next] button
Page 185
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for Services)] window will appear.
5.
If you are connecting to the wireless modem station for the first time, enter the passkey for the device from the [Bluetooth Passkey
(PIN Code)] window, and then click on the [OK] button
Once the program has finished searching for the services, the [Add New Connection Wizard (Select Service)] window will appear.
6.
Select "Fax" under [Select Service], and then click on the [Next] button
Page 186
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Connecting to Remote Device)] screen will appear.
The COM port and modem registration process will then be automatically performed.
Once the COM port and modem (standard 33600 bps type) registration is complete,
the [Add New Connection Wizard (Setting Connection Name)] screen will appear.
7.
Configure the type and name of the icon to appear after registration,
and click on the [Next] button.
Please click only on the [Next] button once you are satisfied with the configuration.
Page 187
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Completing the Add New Connection Wizard)] screen will appear.
8.
Click on the [Finish] button
The settings will be registered, and the icon will appear on the [Bluetooth Settings] screen.
Setting FAX information
Configure send/receive settings and register fax information.
Procedure
1.
Select [Start]→[Control Panel], and then double-click on the [Printers and Other Hardware] icon
Note
o
If the control panel is displayed in "Classic view", and you use Windows 2000, please start from Step (2).
2.
Double-click on the [Printers and Faxes] icon
The [Printers & Faxes] window will appear.
3.
Click on "Install a local fax printer" in the [Printers and Faxes] window
Page 188
A window showing installed programs will appear, and a Fax icon will have been created in the [Printers and Faxes] screen.
4.
Click on "Send a fax" under "Printer Tasks" on the left side of the window
If you have not yet configured a fax device, the [Fax Configuration Wizard] window will appear. In the window you can enter settings
pertaining to the sender (yourself).
Page 189
Note
o
5.
If the fax configuration information has already been registered, the [Send Fax Wizard] window, which can be viewed under "
Sending a fax" below, will appear instead of the [Fax Configuration Wizard] window.
Enter the sender information, and click on the [Next] button
Note
o
The sender information that you configure here will be automatically appended as header information when you send a fax.
The [Fax Configuration Wizard (Select Device for Sending or Receiving Faxes)] window will appear.
6.
Select a device to be used for fax transmissions, enable the device for sending or receiving, and then click on the [Next] button
Note
o
If [Enable Receive] is selected, the device will be on standby for receiving faxes even if it is not sending or receiving anything,
and therefore will be in continuous connection to the wireless modem (when COM Auto Connect is on).
Please decide whether to select this option based on the desired objective and/or frequency of transmission.
The [Fax Configuration Wizard (Transmitting Subscriber Identification (TSID))] window will appear.
7.
Click on the [Next] button
It is important that you do not change the transmitter subscriber identification.
Page 190
The [Fax Configuration Wizard (Completing the Fax Configuration Wizard)] window will appear.
8.
Click on the [Finish] button
The fax information will be have been registered, and the [Fax Console] window will appear.
This will complete the fax set-up process.
Related topics: "Sending a fax" and "Receiving a fax"
Page 191
Sending a fax
This section describes how to send a fax from the Fax Console.
Important

The Fax service must be enabled for sending in order for you to send a fax.
Please refer to "Using a wireless modem station" under "Troubleshooting" for how to change the send and receive settings once the
service has been configured.
Procedure
1.
Double-click on the [Fax] icon in the Control Panel
The [Fax Console] window will appear.
2.
In the [Fax Console] window, click [File]→[Send fax]
The [Send Fax Wizard (Starting the Send Fax Wizard)] window will appear.
3.
Click on the [Next] button
Page 192
The [Send Fax Wizard (Recipient Information)] window will appear.
4.
Enter the name and fax number of the destination party, and then click on the [Next] button
The [Send Fax Wizard (Preparing the Cover Page)] window will appear.
5.
Specify the cover page template, subject line, and note (body text), and then click on the [Next] button
Page 193
The [Send Fax Wizard (Schedule)] window will appear.
6.
If you wish to send the fax immediately, select "Now", and then click on the [Next] button
The [Send Fax Wizard (Completing the Send Fax Wizard)] window will appear.
7.
Confirm the destination information and transmission details, and then click on the [Finish] button
Page 194
The software will automatically dial the number and send the fax.
Once the fax has been sent, Fax Monitor will revert to standby mode.
Related topic: "Receiving a fax"
Page 195
Receiving a fax
This section describes what to do when a fax arrives after you have established a connection to a modem station.
Important

The Fax service must be enabled for receiving in order for you to receive a fax.
Please refer to "Using a wireless modem station" under "Troubleshooting" for information on how to change the send and receive settings
once the fax service has been configured.

Please ensure you have connected to a modem station before you receive a fax (the device will be connected to the modem if "Enable
Receive" has been selected or COM Auto Connect has been activated).
Procedure
1.
When a fax arrives, the Fax Monitor will start automatically as the fax is received
Once the fax has been received, the Fax Monitor will revert to standby mode.
Note
o
If you have enabled manual fax reception, the message below will appear when a fax arrives.
Click on the message with your mouse to receive the fax.
2.
Double-click on the [Fax] icon in the Control Panel
The [Fax Console] window will appear.
3.
In the [Fax Console] window, double-click on the fax that has arrived
Page 196
An image of the received fax will be displayed.
Related topic: "Sending a fax"
Page 197
Connecting to the Internet using a mobile telephone [DUN]
This section describes how to connect to the Internet via a telephone line, using a mobile telephone.
→Configuring a mobile telephone for use as a modem
→Connecting to the Internet
Important

In order to connect to the Internet, you must have already signed up with a provider and obtained a connection ID and password. Please
ensure you have confirmed the ID, password and telephone number of your provider's access point before you begin the set-up process.

A Bluetooth passkey (PIN code) is required for you to connect to the mobile telephone. Please make a note of your Bluetooth passkey
before you start the set-up process.
Configuring a mobile telephone for use as a modem
Procedure
1.
Turn on the mobile telephone, and set it to be connectable
Note
o
2.
Please refer to the mobile telephone instruction manual for information on how to operate the device.
Right-click on the BluetoothTM wireless technology icon in the task tray, and then click on [Add New Connection]
Note
o
Alternatively, click [Start]→[All Programs]→[Bluetooth]→[Bluetooth Settings], and then click on [New Connection] from the
active [Bluetooth Settings] window.
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Welcome to the Add New Connection Wizard)] window will appear.
3.
Confirm that [Express Mode] has been selected, and then click on the [Next] button
Page 198
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for devices)] window will appear.
4.
Select the device name of the mobile telephone from [Device List], and then click on the [Next] button
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for Services)] window will appear.
Page 199
Once a service has been detected successfully, connection to the device and COM port creation will be performed automatically, after
which the [Add New Connection Wizard (Modem Settings)] window will appear.
5.
If you are connecting to a mobile telephone for the first time, enter the passkey for the wireless modem station under [Bluetooth
Passkey (PIN code)], and then click on the [OK] button
Once the program has finished searching for the devices, the [Add New Connection Wizard (Device Selection)] window will appear.
6.
Click on the [Next] button
Certain modems require you to configure initialization commands separately.
Please click on the [Additional Initialization Command Settings] button, enter the initialization commands in the following window, and
then click on the [OK] button.
Page 200
Note
o
7.
Please refer to the modem or mobile phone instruction manual for further details on the initialization commands.
Enter the connection name (optional), telephone number (of your provider's access point), user name and password (as issued by your
provider), and then click on the [Finish] button.
Important
o
The sample entries shown in the window are provided solely for purpose of explanation. Please use your own telephone number,
ID and password according to the arrangement with your provider.
The settings will be registered, and an icon will appear in the [Bluetooth Settings] window.
Connecting to the Internet
You can connect to the Internet by following the procedure below if the connection destination registered when you configured the mobile
telephone has been set as the default connection destination.
1.
Start your browser, e-mail application or other application
Important
Page 201
o
2.
Please enter the e-mail settings separately if you are going to use e-mail (the set-up method will vary with the application).
Enter the URL of the Web page you wish to display and then press the [Enter] key, or use the e-mail tool to send/receive items or
perform other activities.
The [Dial-up Connection] window will appear.
3.
Click on the [Connect] button
Important
o
A connection will be automatically established with the mobile telephone if COM Auto Connect is available. If COM Auto
Connect is not available, please manually connect to the mobile telephone.
The following message will appear once you have connected to the Internet.
4.
End the connection
The window below will appear if you double-click on the
icon in the task bar.
Please click on the [Disconnect] button when you want to disconnect from the Internet.
Alternatively, please right-click on the
icon, and then click on [Disconnect].
Page 202
Note

You can start an application to make an automatic connection to the Internet, but you can also make a manual connection using the
connection destination icon.
The procedure is described below.
1.
From the [Bluetooth Settings] window, right-click on the connection destination icon, and then click on [Connect] from the menu
that appears
A window indicating that the connection is being established will appear.
If the connection has been established successfully, the connection icon and task tray will appear as shown below.
You will be able to browse Web pages using your browser and send and receive e-mail.
Page 203
Important
o
2.
Please enter the e-mail settings separately if you are going to use e-mail (the set-up method will vary with the application).
End the connection
Right-click on the icon, and then click [Disconnect] to end a connection.
The following message will appear. Click on the [Yes] button.
When the icon appears as shown below, the connection will have been ended.
Page 204
Using a mobile telephone for fax transmissions [FAX]
This section describes how to send a fax using a mobile telephone as a modem.
→Setting up the mobile telephone
→Setting fax information
→Sending a fax
→Receiving a fax
Important

Please ensure that any drivers used to connect the PC to the mobile telephone have been installed.

A Bluetooth passkey (PIN code) is required for you to connect to the mobile telephone. Please make a note of your Bluetooth passkey before
you start the set-up process.

A fax application is required for you to be able to send and receive faxes. The description below is based on a example using Microsoft Fax,
which is installed with Windows XP as standard.
If you are going to use a commercially available fax application, then please refer to the manual that came with the application for information
on how to send and receive faxes.
Setting up the mobile telephone
Set up and register the mobile telephone as a fax service.
Procedure
1.
Turn on the mobile telephone, and set it to be connectable
Note
o
2.
Please refer to the instruction manual for information on how to operate the telephone.
Right-click on the BluetoothTM wireless technology icon in the task tray, and then click on [Add New Connection]
Note
o
Alternatively, click [Start]→[All Programs]→[Bluetooth]→[Bluetooth Settings], and then click on [New Connection] from the
active [Bluetooth Settings] window.
Page 205
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Welcome to the Add New Connection Wizard)] window will appear.
3.
Select [Custom Mode], and then click on the [Next] button
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for devices)] window will appear.
Once the program has finished searching for the devices, the [Add New Connection Wizard (Select Device)] window will appear.
4.
Select the device name of the mobile telephone from [Device List], and then click on the [Next] button
Page 206
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for Services)] window will appear.
5.
If you are connecting to the mobile telephone for the first time, enter the passkey for the device from the [Bluetooth Passkey (PIN
Code)] window, and then click on the [OK] button.
Once the program has finished searching for the services, the [Add New Connection Wizard (Select Service)] window will appear.
6.
Select "Fax" under [Select Service], and then click on the [Next] button
Page 207
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Connecting to Remote Device)] screen will appear.
The COM port and modem registration process will then be automatically performed.
Once the COM port and modem (standard 33600 bps type) registration is
complete,
the [Add New Connection Wizard (Setting Connection Name)] screen will appear.
7.
Configure the type and name of the icon to appear after registration, and click on the [Next] button.
Please click only on the [Next] button once you are satisfied with the configuration.
Page 208
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Completing the Add New Connection Wizard)] screen will appear.
8.
Click on the [Finish] button
The settings will be registered, and the icon will appear on the [Bluetooth Settings] screen.
Setting fax information
Configure send/receive settings and register fax information.
Procedure
1.
Select [Start]→Control Panel], and then double-click on the [Printers and Other Hardware] icon
Note
o
If the control panel is displayed in "Classic view", and you use Windows 2000, please start from Step (2).
2.
Double-click on the [Printers and Faxes] icon
The [Printers & Faxes] window will appear.
3.
Click on "Set up faxing" in the [Printers and Faxes] window
Page 209
A window showing installed programs will appear, and a Fax icon will have been created in the [Printers and Faxes] screen.
4.
Click on "Send a fax" under "Printer Tasks" on the left side of the window
If you have not yet configured a fax device, the [Fax Configuration Wizard] window will appear. In the window you can enter settings
pertaining to the sender (yourself).
Page 210
Note
o
5.
If the fax configuration information has already been registered, the [Send Fax Wizard] window, which can be viewed under "
Sending a fax" below, will appear instead of the [Fax Configuration Wizard] window.
Enter the sender information, and click on the [Next] button
Note
o
The sender information that you configure here will be automatically appended as header information when you send a fax.
The [Fax Configuration Wizard (Select Device for Sending or Receiving Faxes)] window will appear.
6.
Select a device to be used for fax transmissions, enable the device for sending or receiving, and then click on the [Next] button
Note
o
If [Enable Receive] is selected, the device will be on standby for receiving faxes even if it is not sending or receiving anything,
and therefore will be in continuous connection to the wireless modem (when COM Auto Connect is on).
Please decide whether to select this option based on to the desired objective and/or frequency of transmission.
The [Fax Configuration Wizard (Transmitting Subscriber Identification (TSID))] window will appear.
7.
Click on the [Next] button
It is important that you do not change the transmitter subscriber identification.
Page 211
The [Fax Configuration Wizard (Completing the Fax Configuration Wizard)] window will appear.
8.
Click on the [Finish] button
The fax information will be have been registered, and the [Fax Console] window will appear.
This will complete the fax set-up process.
Related topics: "Sending a fax" and "Receiving a fax"
Page 212
Sending a fax
This section describes how to send a fax from the Fax Console.
Important

The Fax service must be enabled for sending in order for you to send a fax.
Please refer to "Using a mobile telephone" under "Troubleshooting" for how to change the send and receive settings once the service has
been configured.""
Procedure
1.
Double-click on the [Fax] icon in the Control Panel
The [Fax Console] window will appear.
2.
In the [Fax Console] window, click [File]→[Send fax]
The [Send Fax Wizard (Starting the Send Fax Wizard)] window will appear.
3.
Click on the [Next] button
Page 213
The [Send Fax Wizard (Recipient Information)] window will appear.
4.
Enter the name and fax number of the destination party, and then click on the [Next] button
The [Send Fax Wizard (Preparing the Cover Page)] window will appear.
5.
Specify the cover page template, subject line, and note (body text), and then click on the [Next] button
Page 214
The [Send Fax Wizard (Schedule)] window will appear.
6.
If you wish to send the fax immediately, select "Now", and then click on the [Next] button
The [Send Fax Wizard (Completing the Send Fax Wizard)] window will appear.
7.
Confirm the destination information and transmission details, and then click on the [Finish] button
Page 215
The software will automatically dial the number and send the fax.
Once the fax has been sent, Fax Monitor will revert to standby mode.
Related topic: "Receiving a fax"
Page 216
Receiving a fax
This section describes what to do when a fax arrives after you have established a connection to a modem station.
Important

The Fax service must be enabled for receiving in order for you to receive a fax.
Please refer to "Using a mobile telephone" under "Troubleshooting" for information on how to change the send and receive settings once
the fax service has been configured.

Please ensure you have connected to a modem station before you receive a fax (the device will be connected to the modem if "Enable
Receive" has been selected or COM Auto Connect has been activated).
Procedure
1.
When a fax arrives, the Fax Monitor will start automatically as the fax is received
Once the fax has been received, the Fax Monitor will revert to standby mode.
Note
o
If you have enabled manual fax reception, the message below will appear when a fax arrives.
Click on the message with your mouse to receive the fax.
2.
Double-click on the [Fax] icon in the Control Panel
The [Fax Console] window will appear.
3.
In the [Fax Console] window, double-click on the fax that has arrived
Page 217
An image of the received fax will be displayed.
Related topic: "Sending a fax"
Page 218
Sending images to a mobile telephone [BIP]
You can send image data to a BluetoothTM wireless technology-compatible mobile telephone.
Large images will be automatically reduced to fit on the telephone display screen.
Images are sent using "Image transfer" under Bluetooth Information Exchanger.
Note

The mobile telephone must support the BIP profile.

The following image file formats can be sent and received using "Image transfer":
o
Bitmap (*.bmp)
o
JPEG (*.jpg, *.jpeg)
o
PNG (*.png)
→Sending images to a mobile telephone (using icons)
→Sending images to a mobile telephone (by right-clicking the mouse)
Procedure
■Sending images to a mobile telephone (using icons)
1.
Turn on the PC or PDA
Confirm that a BluetoothTM wireless technology connection has been enabled before proceeding.
2.
Double-click on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger icon on the Desktop
Note
o
Alternatively, opening Explorer and clicking on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger folder will produce the same result.
Page 219
The [Bluetooth Information Exchanger] window will appear.
3.
Double-click on the [Image transfer] icon
A list of devices will appear in the [Image transfer] window.
Note
o
4.
If the desired device does not appear in the list, please confirm that the device has been turned on, and then select [Bluetooth]→
[Search Devices].
A device search will be performed.
Drag and drop the file you wish to send over the destination icon
In this case, the image will be sent to a mobile telephone named "BT-Phone-1".
Page 220
The image will be sent.
If the image has been sent successfully, the message below will appear.
Please click on the [OK] button.
The message below will appear if the image transmission was unsuccessful.
Please click on the [OK] button to close the message, and repeat the procedure.
■Sending images to a mobile telephone (by right-clicking the mouse)
1.
Turn on the mobile telephone
Confirm that a BluetoothTM wireless technology connection has been enabled before proceeding.
2.
Right-click on the file you wish to send, and then click on its destination from [to Bluetooth]
Page 221
Note
o
If the desired device does not appear in the list, please confirm that the device has been turned on, and then select [to Bluetooth]
→[Search other devices].
Once the devices have been detected, the message below will appear. Please select the destination device, and then click on the
[Send] button.
The image will be sent.
If the image has been sent successfully, the message below will appear.
Please click on the [OK] button.
The message below will appear if the image transmission was unsuccessful.
Page 222
Please click on the [OK] button to close the message, and repeat the procedure.
Page 223
Connecting to a LAN using an access point (LAP) [LAP]
This section describes how to connect to a network (for example, a company LAN or a personal home network) using a LAP profile-compatible
access point.
Please refer to "Using an access point (PAN) to connect to a LAN if you are using a PAN profile-compatible access point.
→Setting up the access point
→Connecting to a LAN (LAP)
Important

The access point must have been started and a normal connection already established to the network before the access point is set up.
Please refer to the access point instruction manual for information on how to set up the access point.

A Bluetooth passkey (PIN code) is required for you to connect to the access point. Please make a note of your Bluetooth passkey before
you start the set-up process.
Setting up the access point
Procedure
1.
Turn on the access point, and confirm that a connection has been established with the network
2.
Right-click the BluetoothTM wireless technology icon in the task tray, and then click on [Add New Connection]
Note
o
Alternatively, click [Start]→[All Programs]→[Bluetooth]→[Bluetooth Settings], and then click on [New Connection] from the
active [Bluetooth Settings] window.
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Welcome to the Add New Connection Wizard)] window will appear.
3.
Confirm that [Express Mode] has been selected, and then click on the [Next] button
Page 224
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for devices)] window will appear.
Once the program has finished searching for the devices, the [Add New Connection Wizard (Device Selection)] window will appear.
4.
Select the device name of the access point from [Device List], and then click on the [Next] button
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for Services)] window will appear.
Page 225
You will be asked for the Bluetooth passkey in the window that appears.
5.
Enter the passkey under [Bluetooth Passkey (PIN code)], and then click on the [OK] button
Service detection and COM port creation will be performed automatically.
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Create Connection Destination)] window will appear.
6.
Enter the connection name, user name and password, then click on the [Next] button
Note
o
The user name and password are entered here to allow you to connect to the access point.
Page 226
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Confirm Dial-up Settings)] window will appear.
7.
Click on the [Confirm Settings] button
The [Internet Options] window will appear.
8.
Configure the connection method, and then click on the [OK] button
Set the connection destination used for the LAN connection set up in (6) above as the default connection destination, and then select
"Always dial my default connection."
9.
Click on the [Next] button
Page 227
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Connection Name Settings)] window will appear.
10. Enter the type and name of the icon displayed after registration, and then click on the [Next] button
Please click on the [Next] button if you are satisfied with the settings.
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Completing the Add New Connection Wizard)] window will appear.
11. Click on the [Finish] button
The access point icon will be registered in the [Bluetooth Settings] window.
This will complete the access point set-up process.
→"Connecting to a LAN (LAP)"
Page 228
Connecting to a LAN (LAP)
Procedure
1.
Right-click on the connection icon in the [Bluetooth Settings] window, and then click on [Connect]
The [Dial-up Connection] window will appear.
2.
Confirm that "Direct connection" has been selected under [Connection Destination], and then click on the [Connect] button
A connection will be initiated.
Note
o
This is an example of what happens when you use "Direct connection" as a connection name under "Connect to access point." If
a name different from the connection name is used, that name will appear under [Connection Destination].
o
Please simply click on [Settings] if no user name or password have been entered (i.e., if those fields have been left blank)
o
Please change the connection destination if a different connection name (for a dial-up connection) appears in [Connection
Destination].
Related topic→"Changing the default connection destination"
Page 229
Once you connect to the network, Internet Explorer will start automatically, and you will be able to exchange data with other computers on
the network.
Note
o
Please follow the procedure below if you need to set up a proxy server to connect to the Internet (the following procedure is not
necessary if the PC you are going to use has already been set up as a proxy server).
1 Select [Internet Options...] from the [Tools] menu in Internet Explorer
The [Internet Options] window will appear.
2 Click on the [Connections] tab, and then click on the [Settings...] button
3 Enter the IP address and port number of the proxy server under [Proxy Server], and then click on the [OK] button
3.
End the connection
Right-click either on the connection icon under the [Bluetooth Settings] window or on the
[Disconnect].
icon in the task tray, and then click on
Page 230
Click on the "Yes" button in the disconnection confirmation dialog box that appears.
Page 231
Connecting to a LAN using an access point (PAN) [PAN]
This section describes how to connect to a network (for example, a company LAN or a personal home network) using a PAN profile-compatible
access point.
Please refer to "Using an access point (LAP) to connect to a LAN" if you are using a LAP profile-compatible access point.
→Setting up the access point
→Connecting to a LAN (PAN)
Important

The access point must be started and a normal connection already established to the network before the access point is set up. Please refer
to the access point instruction manual for information on how to set up the access point.

A Bluetooth passkey (PIN code) is required for you to connect to the access point. Please make a note of your Bluetooth passkey before
you start the set-up process.
Setting up the access point
Procedure
1.
Turn on the access point, and confirm that a connection has been established with the network
2.
Right-click the BluetoothTM wireless technology icon in the task tray, and then click on [Add New Connection]
Note
o
Alternatively, click [Start]→[All Programs]→[Bluetooth]→[Bluetooth Settings], and then click on [New Connection] from the
active [Bluetooth Settings] window.
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Welcome to the Add New Connection Wizard)] window will appear.
3.
Confirm that [Express Mode] has been selected, and then click on the [Next] button
Page 232
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for devices)] window will appear.
Once the program has finished searching for the devices, the [Add New Connection Wizard (Device Selection)] window will appear.
4.
Select the device name of the access point from [Device List], and then click on the [Next] button
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for Services)] window will appear.
Page 233
You will be asked for the Bluetooth passkey in the window that appears.
5.
Enter the passkey under [Bluetooth Passkey (PIN code)], and then click on the [OK] button
Service detection and COM port creation will be performed automatically.
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Connection Name Settings)] window will appear.
6.
Enter the type and name of the icon displayed after registration, and then click on the [Next] button
Please click on the [Next] button if you are satisfied with the settings.
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Completing the Add New Connection Wizard)] window will appear.
7.
Click on the [Finish] button
Page 234
The access point icon will be registered in the [Bluetooth Settings] window.
This will complete the access point set-up process.
→"Connecting to a LAN (PAN)"
Page 235
Connecting to a LAN (PAN)
Procedure
1.
Right-click on the connection icon in the [Bluetooth Settings] window, and then click on [Connect]
You will be asked for the Bluetooth passkey in the window that appears.
2.
Enter the passkey under [Bluetooth Passkey (PIN code)], and then click on the [OK] button
A connection will be initiated.
Once you have connected to the network, Internet Explorer will start automatically, and you will be able to exchange data with other
computers on the network.
Note
o
Please follow the procedure below if you need to set up a proxy server to connect to the Internet (the following procedure is not
necessary if the PC you are going to use has already been set up as a proxy server).
1 Select [Internet Options...] from the [Tools] menu in Internet Explorer
The [Internet Options] window will appear.
2 Click on the [Connections] tab, and then click on the [LAN Settings...] button
Page 236
3 Enter the IP address and port number of the proxy server under [Proxy Server], and then click on the [OK] button
3.
End the connection
Right-click either on the connection icon under the [Bluetooth Settings] window or on the
[Disconnect].
icon in the task tray, and then click on
Click on the "Yes" button in the disconnection confirmation dialog box that appears.
Page 237
Printing
This section describes how to use a BluetoothTM wireless technology-compatible printer for printing.
Types of printer functions
When printing using BluetoothTM wireless technology, the methods for configuring and using the printer will vary with the corresponding profile.
Profile
Bluetooth Settings
Operation
HCRP (*1)
You must register the printer in Bluetooth Settings
Allows you to print from various applications, as with ordinary
cable-connected printers.
→"Printing document and images"
SPP
OPP (*2)
Not required
Allows you to print business card data directly.
→"Printing business card data"
BIP
Not required
Allows you to print image data directly.
→"Printing images directly from a digital camera or other device"
Note

(*1) The majority of BluetoothTM wireless technology-compatible printers support HCRP.
If you have selected Express Mode, HCRP will be chosen as the default profile. If the printer does not support HCRP, then SPP will be the
next choice.

(*2) The printing of business cards using OPP complies exclusively with the business card (vCARD) standard.
Page 238
Printing documents and images [HCRP] [SPP]
This section describes how to print using a BluetoothTM wireless technology-compatible printer.
→Setting up the printer
→Printing
Important

Please ensure that any printer-specific drivers have been installed on the PC before you have established a BluetoothTM wireless
technology connection.

A Bluetooth passkey (PIN code) is required for you to connect to the printer. Please make a note of your Bluetooth passkey before you
start the set-up process.
Setting up the printer
Procedure
1.
Turn on the printer
2.
Right-click on the BluetoothTM wireless technology icon in the task tray, and then click on [Add New Connection]
Note
o
Alternatively, click [Start]→[All Programs]→[Bluetooth]→[Bluetooth Settings], and then click on [New Connection] from the
active [Bluetooth Settings] window.
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Welcome to the Add New Connection Wizard)] window will appear.
3.
Confirm that [Express Mode] has been selected, and then click on the [Next] button
Page 239
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for devices)] window will appear.
Once the program has finished searching for the devices, the [Add New Connection Wizard (Device Selection)] window will appear.
4.
Select the device name of the printer from [Device List], and then click on the [Next] button
Page 240
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for Services)] window will appear.
5.
If you are connecting to the printer for the first time, enter the passkey for the device from the [Bluetooth Passkey (PIN Code)]
window, and then click on the [OK] button.
Once the services have been detected successfully, connection to the device and creation of the HCRP port will be performed
automatically.
If you have not yet installed a printer, a message prompting you to install a printer will appear.
6.
Click on the [OK] button
The [Add Printer Wizard (Starting the Add Printer Wizard)] window will appear.
7.
Click on the [Next] button
Page 241
The [Add Printer Wizard (Local Printer or Network Printer)] window will appear.
8.
Select "Local printer attached to this computer", remove the check next to "Automatically detect and install my Plug and Play
printer", and then click on the [Next] button
The [Add Printer Wizard (Select Printer Port)] window will appear.
9.
Select the desired port, and then click on the [Next] button
Page 242
The [Add Printer Wizard (Install Printer Software)] window will appear.
10. Select the [Manufacturer] and [Printer] as pertains to the printer to be installed, or click on the [Use Device] button, and then
click on the [Next] button
Please install the printer according to the instructions in the windows that follow.
Once installation is complete, a message of confirmation will appear in the [Add New Connection Wizard (Printer Settings)]
window.
11. Click on [Next]
Page 243
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Connection Name Settings)] window will appear.
12. Enter the type and name of the icon displayed after registration, and then click on the [Next] button
Please click on the [Next] button if you are satisfied with the settings.
Note
o
You can change the connection icon and icon name.
→"Changing the connection icon name"
→"Changing the connection icon"
Printing
Try to print from the message pad.
1.
Click [File]→[Print]
The [Print] screen will appear.
2.
Select wireless printer from under [Select Printer], and then click on the [Print] button
Page 244
Printing will commence.
Note

If you have connected to a printer using HCRP or SPP profiles, all future BluetoothTM wireless technology connections to that printer
will be established automatically once you have printed a document from your PC.
Page 245
Printing images directly from a digital camera or other device [BIP]
If you have a printer that supports BIP (Basic Imaging Profile), you can send images directly to a printer to be printed out, without having to
perform any special set-up procedure.
→Printing image files on a printer (using icons)
→Printing image files on a printer (by right-clicking the mouse)
Note

Below is a list of file types (extensions) of images that can be printed out directly.
o
Bitmap (*.bmp)
o
JPEG (*.jpg; *.jpeg)
o
PNG (*.png)
Procedure
■Printing image files on a printer (using icons)
1.
Turn on the printer
2.
Click on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger icon on the Desktop
Note
o
Alternatively, open Explorer and click on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger folder for the same result.
Page 246
The [Bluetooth Information Exchanger] window will appear.
3.
Double-click on the [Image Transfer] icon
A list of devices will appear in the [Image Transfer] window.
Note
o
4.
If your desired printer does not appear in the list, please confirm that the printer has been turned on, and then click on [Bluetooth]
→[Search Devices]
A device search will be performed.
Drag and drop the file to be sent on top of the icon of the destination printer
The file will be sent to the printer.
If the file has been sent to the printer successfully, the message below will appear, and the image will be printed out. Please click on the
[OK] button.
Page 247
The message below will appear if the file transmission was unsuccessful. Please click on the [OK] button to close the message, and
repeat the printing procedure.
Note
o
If the printer does not support the BIP profile, the message below will appear.
■Printing image files to a printer (by right-clicking the mouse)
1.
Turn on the printer
2.
Right-click on the file to be sent, and then click on the destination printer under [to Bluetooth]
Note
o
If your desired device does not appear in the list, please confirm that the device has been turned on, and then click on [to
Bluetooth] →[Search Other Devices]
Once the device has been detected, the message below will appear. Please select the destination device, and click on the [Send]
button.
Page 248
A window indicating that the file is being sent to the printer will appear.
If the file has been sent to the printer successfully, the message below will appear, and the image will be printed out. Please click on the
[OK] button.
The message below will appear if the file transmission was unsuccessful. Please click on the [OK] button to close the message, and repeat
the printing procedure.
Note
o
If the printer does not support the BIP profile, the message below will appear.
Page 249
Printing business card data [OPP]
If you have a printer that supports OPP (Object Push Profile), you can directly send business card data that conforms to the "vCard" standard to a
printer and print it out.
→Printing business card data (using icons)
→Printing business card data (by right-clicking the mouse)
Procedure
■Printing business card data (using icons)
1.
Turn on the printer
2.
Click on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger icon on the Desktop
Note
o
Alternatively, open Explorer and click on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger folder for the same result.
The [Bluetooth Information Exchanger] window will appear.
3.
Double-click on the [Object Push] icon
A list of devices will appear in the [Object Push] window.
Page 250
Here, the image will be sent to the target printer.
Note
o
4.
If your desired printer does not appear in the list, please confirm that the printer has been turned on, and then click on [Bluetooth]
→[Search Devices]
A device search will be performed.
Drag and drop the business card data to be sent on top of the icon of the destination printer
Page 251
The business card will be sent to the printer.
If the business card has been sent to the printer successfully, the message below will appear, and the image will be printed out. Please
click on the [OK] button.
The message below will appear if the business card transmission was unsuccessful. Please click on the [OK] button to close the
message, and repeat the printing procedure.
■Printing business card data (by right-clicking the mouse)
1.
Turn on the printer
2.
Right-click on the business card data to be sent, and then click on the destination printer under [to Bluetooth]
Page 252
Note
o
If your desired device does not appear in the list, please confirm that the device has been turned on, and then click on [to
Bluetooth] →Search Other Devices]
Once the device has been detected, the message below will appear. Please select the destination device, and click on the [Send]
button.
The business card will be sent to the printer.
If the business card has been sent to the printer successfully, the message below will appear, and the image will be printed out. Please
click on the [OK] button.
The message below will appear if the business card transmission was unsuccessful. Please click on the [OK] button to close the message,
and repeat the printing procedure.
Page 253
Page 254
Listening to music using the stereo headphones 【 GAVDP】 【 A2DP】 【 AVRCP】
This section describes how to use the stereo headphones to listen to your favourite music or other audio files stored on your PC.
→Configuring the stereo headphones
→Connecting to the stereo headphones
→Listening to music or other audio files
→Playing music using remote control
→Copyright protection function
Configuring the stereo headphones
Procedure
1.
Right-click on the BluetoothTM wireless technology icon in the task tray, and click on [Add New Connection].
Note
o
Alternatively, click [Start]→All Programs]→Bluetooth]→Bluetooth Settings], and then click on [New Connection] from the
[Bluetooth Settings] screen that has opened.
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Welcome to the Add New Connection Wizard)] will appear.
2.
Switch ON the stereo headphones and activate "Discoverable" mode
Please refer to the user guide for the stereo headphones for further information on how to operate them.
3.
Confirm that [Express Mode] has been selected, and then click on the [Next] button
Page 255
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for Devices)] screen will appear.
Once the search for the devices has ended, the [Add New Connection Wizard (Select Device)] screen will appear.
4.
Select the device name of the stereo headphones from the list, and click on the [Next] button
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for Services)] screen will appear.
Page 256
5.
Configure the type and name of the icon to appear once registration is complete, and click on the [Next] button
Please click the [Next] button once you are satisfied with the configuration.
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Configure Connection Name)] screen will appear.
6.
Click on the [Finish] button
The settings will be registered, and the icon will appear on the [Bluetooth Settings] screen.
Connecting to the stereo headphones
You can connect to the stereo headphones from the icon registered in [Bluetooth Settings]. Please refer to the user guide for information on how to
make a connection from the stereo headphones.
Important

Please close the following audio applications before any connection is made between your stereo headphones and PC.
o
Music/video playback applications
o
e-Conferencing applications
o
Voice-recognition applications
Please finish connecting the stereo headphones before launching any of these applications.
Listening to music or other audio files
1.
Playing music or other audio files on your PC
Important
o
Please confirm the points below if you are unable to hear anything despite having properly connected the stereo headphones.
Click [Start]→All Programs]→Accessories]→Entertainment]→Volume Control].
Remove the tick next to [Mute] if it has been ticked. If the volume is at its lowest setting, please adjust it to an appropriate level.
o
Music playback may be interrupted if other BluetoothTM wireless technology devices are currently connected to your PC. When
you are listening to music, it is recommended that the stereo headphones be the only connected device.
o
257
Music playback may be interrupted if you are some distance away from the PC, or if there are any obstructions betweenPage
you and
the PC.
o
If you are unable to hear any sound out of your stereo headphones while music or audio is currently playing in a related
application, please stop the files being played, open [Sounds and Audio Devices] from the Control Panel, and change the default
device to "Toshiba Bluetooth Wave."
If you are still unable to hear any sound from the stereo headphones even after having set "Toshiba Bluetooth Wave" as the
default device, please re-launch the application.
2.
Finishing listening to music and disconnecting
o
Right-click on the icon for the currently connected mode from [Bluetooth Settings] on your PC, and click on "Disconnect."
A message confirming the disconnection may appear.
o
Click on the "Yes" button after having followed the instructions in the message.
The icon will indicate that the device has been disconnected.
Important
o
Please close the following audio applications before you disconnect the stereo headphones from your PC:

Music/video playback applications

e-Conferencing applications

Voice-recognition applications
Please completely disconnect the stereo headphones before launching any of these applications.
Please refer to the user guide for information on terminating a connection from the stereo headphones.
Playing music using remote control
Music applications and video playback applications installed on your PC (e.g.,"Windows Media Player 9" and "InterVideo WinDVD") may be
operated with the remote control button/switch on your stereo headphones.
The remote control used with the stereo headphones must be compliant with the BluetoothTM wireless technology AVRCP profile. Please refer to
the headphones user guide for further information.
You can configure the application to be operated using the switch/button according to the following procedure.
Procedure
1.
Double-click on the BluetoothTM wireless technology icon in the taskbar
Launches "Bluetooth Settings."
2.
Click on [Bluetooth]→Select AV Player] from the menu bar
The [Select AV Player] screen will appear.
Page 258
3.
Select the application, and click on the [OK] button
The functions and switch/button that can be operated may differ depending on the application used for music/video playback as well as the
version.
The procedure below can be performed in order to change the position where the receive command is displayed or to not have the command
displayed.
Procedure
1.
Double-click on the BluetoothTM wireless technology icon in the taskbar
Launches "Bluetooth Settings."
2.
Click on [Bluetooth]→Select AV Player] from the menu bar.
The [Select AV Player] screen will appear.
3.
Select the appropriate item from the pull-down menu of positions where the receive command is to be displayed, and
then click on the [OK] button.
If the receive command appears but does not function properly, sometimes the problem may be rectified by changing the setting to "Do not
display."
The commands supported by this application are shown below. Please refer to the headphone user guide for commands that are supported by the
stereo headphones. Problems with operation may be encountered with certain versions of "Windows Media Player 9" and "InterVideo WinDVD."
[Windows Media Player 9]

Play

Stop

Pause

Next

Previous

Fast forward

Rewind
[InterVideo WinDVD]

Play

Stop

Pause

Next chapter

Previous chapter

Fast Forward

Fast Backward

Up

Down

Left

Right

Select

Root menu

Angle
Page 259
Copyright protection function
A copyright protection function is supported according to the SCMS-T format as defined in the BluetoothTM wireless technology specifications.
You can only connect to devices that support this function.
Procedure
1.
Double-click on the BluetoothTM wireless technology icon in the task tray.
Launches"Bluetooth Settings."
2.
Select [Bluetooth] from the menu, and click on [Copyright Protection Setting].
The copyright protection dialog will appear.
3.
Tick the box next to "Only connect to devices that are copyright-protected under the SCMS-T format," and click on the OK
button.
Page 260
Using a wireless keyboard [HID]
This section describes how to connect a BluetoothTM wireless technology-compatible keyboard to a PC.
Setting up the wireless keyboard
Procedure
1.
Right-click on the BluetoothTM wireless technology icon in the task tray, and then click on [Add New Connection]
Note
o
Alternatively, click [Start]→[All Programs]→[Bluetooth]→[Bluetooth Settings], and then click on [New Connection] from the
active [Bluetooth Settings] window.
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Welcome to the Add New Connection Wizard)] window will appear.
2.
Confirm that [Express Mode] has been selected, and then click on the [Next] button
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for devices)] window will appear.
Page 261
Once the program has finished searching for the devices, the [Add New Connection Wizard (Device Selection)] window will appear.
3.
Select the device name of the keyboard from [Device List], and then click on the [Next] button
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for Services)] window will appear.
4.
Use the wireless keyboard to enter the numbers that appear in [Bluetooth Passkey (PIN Code)], and then hit the [Enter] key
Page 262
Once the program has detected the services successfully, connection to the device and registration of settings information will be
performed automatically.
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Connection Name Settings)] window will appear.
5.
Enter the type and name of the icon displayed after registration, and then click on the [Next] button
Please click on the [Next] button if you are satisfied with the settings.
Note
o
You can change the connection icon and icon name.
→"Changing a connection icon name"
→"Changing a connection icon"
Page 263
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Completing the Add New Connection Wizard)] window will appear.
6.
Click on the [Finish] button
The settings information will be registered, and an icon will appear in the [Bluetooth Settings] window.
Note

Pressing any key on the wireless keyboard will automatically connect it to the PC thereafter.
Please connect manually if automatic connection is unsuccessful.
Page 264
Using a wireless mouse [HID]
This section describes how to connect a BluetoothTM wireless technology-compatible mouse to a PC.
Setting up the wireless mouse
Procedure
1.
Turn on the wireless mouse, and set it to be connectable
Please refer to the instruction manual for details on how to operate the mouse.
Note
o
2.
If the security mode on your PC has been set to "Enable Link-Level Security," then any mouse not ordinarily requiring a passkey
will require one. If your mouse's user guide does not contain any passkey-related information, please consult the outlet where
you purchased your mouse or the relevant support center.
Right-click on the BluetoothTM wireless technology icon in the task tray, and then click on [Add New Connection]
Note
o
Alternatively, click [Start]→[All Programs]→[Bluetooth]→[Bluetooth Settings], and then click on [New Connection] from the
active [Bluetooth Settings] window.
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Welcome to the Add New Connection Wizard)] window will appear.
3.
Confirm that [Express Mode] has been selected, and then click on the [Next] button
Page 265
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for devices)] window will appear.
Once the program has finished searching for the devices, the [Add New Connection Wizard (Device Selection)] window will appear.
4.
Select the device name of the mouse from [Device List], and then click on the [Next] button
Page 266
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for Services)] window will appear.
A message confirming a device connection will appear.
5.
Click on the [OK] button
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Connection Name Settings)] window will appear.
6.
Enter the type and name of the icon displayed after registration, and then click on the [Next] button
Please click on the [Next] button if you are satisfied with the settings.
Note
o
Please use this window to change the connection name and icon.
- Changing the connection icon name
- Changing the connection icon
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Completing the Add New Connection Wizard)] window will appear.
7.
Click on the [Finish] button
The settings information will be have been registered, and an icon will appear in the [Bluetooth Settings] window.
Page 267
Note
o
Clicking on one of the mouse buttons or otherwise operating it will automatically connect it to the PC thereafter. Please connect
manually if automatic connection is unsuccessful.
Page 268
Exchanging files with a PC or PDA [FTP]
You can send and receive files other than business card data with a PC or PDA that has onboard BluetoothTM wireless technology.
Use "File transfer" in the Bluetooth Information Exchanger to exchange files.
Note

The same operations will be valid as long as the PC and PDA support the FTP profile.

"File transfer" cannot be used to send or receive business card data. Please instead use "Object Push" to perform these activities.
→Sending files to a PC or PDA (using icons)
→Sending files to a PC or PDA (by right-clicking the mouse)
→Receiving files from a PC or PDA
Procedure
■Sending files to a PC or PDA (using icons)
1.
Turn on the PC or PDA
2.
Double-click on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger icon on the Desktop
Note
o
Alternatively, opening Explorer and clicking on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger folder will produce the same result.
Page 269
The [Bluetooth Information Exchanger] window will appear.
3.
Double-click on the [File transfer] icon
A list of devices will appear in the [File transfer] window.
Note
4.
o
If the desired device does not appear in the list, please confirm that the device has been turned on, and then select [Bluetooth]→
[Search Devices].
A device search will be performed.
o
You can also use "Image transfer" when sending individual image files.
Use the mouse to drag and drop the file you wish to send over the destination icon
In this case, the file will be sent to a PC named "PC-1".
Note
o
5.
When using "File transfer", you can send individual files as well as entire folders.
Confirm that the file is being sent
The file will be sent to the PC.
Note
o
When sending files using "File transfer", a message requesting permission to receive the files may appear on the destination
Page 270
(receiving) device. The content of the message will vary with the software that supports the BluetoothTM wireless technology
function on the destination device, so please be sure to follow the instructions provided.
If you are using the BluetoothTM Utility, a message similar to the one below will appear.
If the file has been sent successfully, the message below will appear.
Please click on the [OK] button.
The message below will appear if the file transmission was unsuccessful.
Please click on the [OK] button to close the message, and repeat the procedure.
Note
o
Files that have been sent will be saved in a file transfer shared folder on the destination device.
o
Additionally, with "File transfer", you can open the shared folder on the destination device using Explorer, specify a subfolder,
and then send the file there.
o
You can use Properties in the Bluetooth Information Exchanger to change the location of the "Shared folder" on the hard drive.
■Sending files to a PC or PDA (by right-clicking the mouse)
1.
Turn on the PC or PDA
Confirm that a connection has been enabled before proceeding to the next step.
Page 271
2.
Right-click on the file you wish to send, and then select its destination from [to Bluetooth]
Note
o
If the desired device does not appear in the list, please confirm that the device has been turned on, and then select [to Bluetooth]
→[Search other devices].
Once the devices have been detected, the message below will appear. Please select the destination device, and then click on the
[Send] button.
3.
Confirm that the file is being sent
The file will be sent to the PC.
Note
Page 272
o
When sending files using "File transfer," a message requesting permission to receive the files may appear on the destination
(receiving) device. The content of the message will vary with the software installed on the destination device, so please be sure to
follow the instructions provided.
If you are using the BluetoothTM Utility, a message similar to the one below will appear.
If the file has been sent successfully, the message below will appear.
Please click on the [OK] button.
The message below will appear if the file transmission was unsuccessful.
Please click on the [OK] button to close the message, and then repeat the procedure.
Note
o
Files that have been sent will be saved in a file transfer shared folder on the destination device.
■Receiving files from a PC or PDA
Your PC is able to receive files that have been saved in the shared folder on the destination PC or PDA. Received files will be saved in the shared
folder under "File transfer".
1.
Turn on the PC or PDA
Confirm that a BluetoothTM wireless technology connection has been enabled before proceeding to the next step.
2.
Double-click on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger icon on the Desktop
Note
o
Alternatively, opening Explorer and clicking on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger folder will produce the same result.
Page 273
The [Bluetooth Information Exchanger] window will appear.
3.
Double-click on the [File transfer] icon
A list of devices will appear in the [File transfer] window.
In this case, the file will be received from the PDA named "My Mobile".
4.
Double-click on the [PDA-1] icon
The file saved in the shared folder in "My Mobile" will appear.
5.
Right-click on the file you wish to receive, and then select "Receive file".
Page 274
The file will be received from a PDA.
Note
o
With "File transfer", you can send individual files as well as entire folders.
Please right-click on the folder you wish to receive, and select "Receive folder".
Subsequent operations should be performed in the same manner as when receiving individual files.
If the file has been received successfully, the message below will appear.
Please click on the [OK] button.
The message below will appear if the file transmission was unsuccessful. Please click on the [OK] button to close the message, and repeat
the procedure.
Note
o
The received file will be saved in the "Shared folder" under "File transfer" in the Bluetooth Information Exchanger
Page 275
You can use Properties under the Bluetooth Information Exchanger to specify the location of the "Shared folder" on the hard
drive.
Page 276
Sending images to a PC or PDA [BIP]
You can send image data to a BluetoothTM wireless technology-enabled PC or PDA.
Images are sent using "Image transfer" under Bluetooth Information Exchanger.
Note

The following image file formats can be sent and received using "Image transfer":
o
Bitmap (*.bmp)
o
JPEG (*.jpg, *.jpeg)
o
PNG (*.png)
→Sending images to a PC or PDA (using icons)
→Sending images to a PC or PDA (by right-clicking the mouse)
Procedure
■Sending images to a PC or PDA (using icons)
1.
Turn on the PC or PDA
Confirm that a BluetoothTM wireless technology connection has been enabled before proceeding.
2.
Double-click on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger icon on the Desktop
Note
o
Alternatively, opening Explorer and clicking on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger folder will produce the same result.
Page 277
The [Bluetooth Information Exchanger] window will appear.
3.
Double-click on the [Image transfer] icon
A list of devices will appear in the [Image transfer] window.
Note
o
4.
If the desired device does not appear in the list, please confirm that the device has been turned on, and then select [Bluetooth]→
[Search Devices].
A device search will be performed.
Drag and drop the file you wish to send over the destination icon
In this case, the image will be sent to a PC named "PC-1".
Page 278
The image will be sent.
If the image has been sent successfully, the message below will appear.
Please click on the [OK] button.
The message below will appear if the image transmission was unsuccessful.
Please click on the [OK] button to close the message, and repeat the procedure.
Note
o
Images that have been sent will be saved in an image transfer folder on the destination device.
o
Images received using "Image transfer" in the Bluetooth Information Exchanger will be saved in the "Image Box" in "Image
transfer".
Page 279
o
You can use Properties under the Bluetooth Information Exchanger to change the location of the "Image Box" folder on the hard
drive.
■Sending images to a PC or PDA (by right-clicking the mouse)
1.
Turn on the PC or PDA
Confirm that a BluetoothTM wireless technology connection has been enabled before proceeding
2.
Right-click on the file you wish to send, and then click on its destination from [to Bluetooth]
Note
o
If the desired device does not appear in the list, please confirm that the device has been turned on, and then select [to Bluetooth]
→[Search other devices].
Once the devices have been detected, the message below will appear. Please select the destination device, and then click on the
[Send] button.
Page 280
The image will be sent.
If the image has been sent successfully, the message below will appear.
Please click on the [OK] button.
The message below will appear if the image transmission was unsuccessful.
Please click on the [OK] button to close the message, and repeat the procedure.
Note
o
When you send images by right-clicking the mouse, the image data that has been sent will be saved in the image transfer shared
folder on the destination device. This is also the case when you send images using icons.
Page 281
Exchanging business card data with a PC or PDA [OPP]
You can exchange business card data with a BluetoothTM wireless technology-enabled PC or PDA.
Business card data are exchanged using "Object Push" under Bluetooth Information Exchanger.
Note

Data compliant with the "vCARD" standard are the only type of business card data able to be sent and received with "Object Push".
Business card data can be used by applications such as Microsoft Outlook.

Business card data can be created in vCARD format by Microsoft Outlook and other similar applications.
→"Creating business card data in the vCARD format"

You can send business card data directly from Microsoft Outlook.
→"Sending business card data from Outlook"

The OPP profile must be supported by the PC or PDA of the other party.
→Selecting a business card and sending it to a PC or PDA (using icons)
→Selecting a business card and sending it to a PC or PDA (by right-clicking the mouse)
→Sending your personal business card
→Receiving a business card from another party
→Exchanging business cards
Procedure
■Selecting a business card and sending it to a PC or PDA (using icons)
Select a business card you wish to send from among all the business card data you have already received through exchanges with your business
or other contacts, and then send it to another party.
1.
Turn on the PC or PDA
Confirm that a BluetoothTM wireless technology connection has been enabled before proceeding.
2.
Double-click on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger icon on the Desktop
Note
o
Alternatively, opening Explorer and clicking on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger folder will produce the same result.
Page 282
The [Bluetooth Information Exchanger] window will appear.
3.
Double-click on the [Object Push] icon
A list of devices will appear in the [Object Push] window.
Note
o
4.
If the desired device does not appear in the list, please confirm that the device has been turned on, and then select [Bluetooth]→
[Search Devices].
A device search will be performed.
Use the mouse to drag and drop the business card you wish to send over the destination icon
In this case, the business card will be sent to a PC named "PC-1".
Page 283
The business card will be sent.
Note
o
When you try to send a business card, a message requesting permission to receive the card may appear on the device belonging
to the other party (i.e., on the receiving end). The content of the message will vary with the software installed on the destination
device, so please be sure to follow the instructions provided. If you are using the BluetoothTM Utility, a message similar to the one
below will appear.
If the business card has been sent successfully, the message below will appear.
Please click on the [OK] button.
The message below will appear if the business card transmission was unsuccessful.
Please click on the [OK] button to close the message, and repeat the procedure.
Memo
o
Data that have been sent will be saved in a folder for exchanged business cards on the destination device.
o
You can configure an associated application (Microsoft Outlook etc) to start automatically when you have received a business
card, allowing you to view the card details.
Page 284
You can use Properties under Bluetooth Information Exchanger to configure whether or not you would like such an application to
start automatically.
■Selecting a business card and sending it to a PC or PDA (by right-clicking the mouse)
1.
Turn on the PC or PDA
Confirm that a BluetoothTM wireless technology connection has been enabled before proceeding.
2.
Right-click on the business card you wish to send, and then click on its destination from [to Bluetooth]
Note
o
If the desired device does not appear in the list, please confirm that the device has been turned on, and then select [to Bluetooth]
→[Search other devices].
Once the devices have been detected, the message below will appear. Please select the destination device, and then click on the
[Send] button.
Page 285
The business card will be sent.
Note
o
When you try to send a business card, a message requesting permission to receive the files may appear on the device belonging
to the other party (i.e., on the receiving end). The content of the message will vary with the software installed on the destination
device, so please be sure to follow the instructions provided.
If you are using the BluetoothTM Utility, a message similar to the one below will appear.
If the business card has been sent successfully, the message below will appear.
Please click on the [OK] button.
The message below will appear if the business card transmission was unsuccessful.
Please click on the [OK] button to close the message, and repeat the procedure.
Note
o
Data that have been sent will be saved in a folder for exchanged business cards on the destination device.
Page 286
■Sending your personal business card
You can prepare a business card bearing your name and other details such as your company and telephone numbers, and then send it to another
party.
Note

Please use Properties under Bluetooth Information Exchanger beforehand to configure which data to use for your own business card.

You can only have one business card registered as your own that is able to be sent.
1.
Turn on the PC or PDA
Confirm that a BluetoothTM wireless technology connection has been enabled before proceeding
2.
Double-click on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger icon on the Desktop
Note
o
Alternatively, opening Explorer and clicking on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger folder will produce the same result.
The [Bluetooth Information Exchanger] window will appear.
3.
Double-click on the [Object Push] icon
A list of devices will appear in the [Object Push] window.
Page 287
Note
o
4.
If the desired device does not appear in the list, please confirm that the device has been turned on, and then select [Bluetooth]→
[Search Devices].
A device search will be performed.
Right-click on the destination icon, and then click on [Send business card To]
In this case, your personal business card will be sent to a PC named "PC-1".
The business card will be sent.
Note
o
When you try to send a business card, a message requesting permission to receive the files may appear on the device belonging
to the other party (i.e., on the receiving end). The content of the message will vary with the software installed on the destination
device, so please be sure to follow the instructions provided. If you are using the BluetoothTMUtility, a message similar to the one
below will appear.
Page 288
o
Business cards that have been sent will be saved in the Inbox of the destination party.
If your business card has been sent successfully, the message below will appear.
Please click on the [OK] button.
The message below will appear if the business card transmission was unsuccessful. Please click on the [OK] button to close the message,
and repeat the procedure.
Note
o
Data that has been sent will be saved in a folder for exchanged business cards on the destination device.
■Acquiring a business card from another party
You can use your PC to acquire a business card from a party containing their details.
1.
Turn on the PC or PDA
Confirm that a BluetoothTM wireless technology connection has been enabled before proceeding
2.
Double-click on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger icon on the Desktop
Note
o
Alternatively, opening Explorer and clicking on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger folder will produce the same result.
Page 289
The [Bluetooth Information Exchanger] window will appear.
3.
Double-click on the [Object Push] icon
A list of devices will appear in the [Object Push] window.
Note
o
4.
If the desired device does not appear in the list, please confirm that the device has been turned on, and then select [Bluetooth]→
Search Devices].
A device search will be performed.
Right-click on the icon of the party whose card you wish to acquire, and then click on [Receive business card]
In this case, the business card of the other party will be acquired from a PC named "PC-1".
The business card will be received.
Note
o
When you try to acquire a business card, a message requesting permission to send the files may appear on the device belonging
to the other party (i.e., on the sending end). The content of the message will vary with the software installed on the destination
device, so please be sure to follow the instructions provided.
If you are using the BluetoothTM Utility, a message similar to the one below will appear.
Page 290
If the business card has been received successfully, the message below will appear.
Please click on the [OK] button.
The message below will appear if the business card was unsuccessfully received.
Please click on the [OK] button to close the message, and repeat the procedure.
Note
o
Business card data that have been received will be saved in the Inbox under "Object Push".
You can use Properties under the Bluetooth Information Exchanger to set the location of the Inbox on the hard drive.
■Exchanging business cards
Simultaneously exchange your business card with one belonging to another party.
1.
Turn on the PC or PDA
Confirm that a BluetoothTM wireless technology connection has been enabled before proceeding.
2.
Double-click on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger icon on the Desktop
Note
o
Alternatively, opening Explorer and clicking on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger folder will produce the same result.
Page 291
The [Bluetooth Information Exchanger] window will appear.
3.
Double-click on the [Object Push] icon
A list of devices will appear in the [Object Push] window.
Note
o
4.
If the desired device does not appear in the list, please confirm that the device has been turned on, and then select [Bluetooth]→
Search Devices].
A device search will be performed.
Right-click on the icon of the party with whom you wish to exchange business cards, and then click on [Object Push]
In this case, the business cards will be exchanged with a PC named "PC-1".
Page 292
The business card from the party who executed the "Exchange business cards" command will be sent first.
Note
o
When you try to send a business card, a message requesting permission to receive the files may appear on the device belonging
to the other party (i.e., on the receiving end). The content of the message will vary with the software installed on the destination
device, so please be sure to follow the instructions provided.
If you are using the BluetoothTM Utility, a message similar to the one below will appear.
A message of confirmation will appear if the card has been successfully sent.
Note
o
Business cards that have been sent will be saved in the Inbox of the destination party.
Once your business card has finished being sent, the program will start receiving the business card belonging to the other party.
Note
o
When a business card is to be received, a message such as the one below may appear on the device belonging to the other party.
Please click on the [Yes] button if you give permission for the business card to be sent.
A message of confirmation will appear if the card has been successfully received.
Note
o
Business cards that have been received will be saved in the "Inbox" under "Object Push".
You can use Properties under the Bluetooth Information Exchanger to set the location of the Inbox on the hard drive.
Page 293
Page 294
Building a personal area network
[PAN]
You can use the PAN profile to build a network of Bluetooth wireless technology-enabled devices.
TM
→Operating as a server
→Operating as a client
A personal area network comprises a client-server architecture. The device to which other devices connect is called the "server", and a device that
connects to the server is called a "client."
The client-server relationship is not necessarily a fixed one. The first of two devices to establish a connection can be the server when one other
device is present, and can be the client in other instances.
Note

The maximum total number of devices that can be used to constitute a single personal area network is seven: one server and six clients.
A network comprising as many as seven devices could theoretically be built, but an operating environment that involves the use of other
BluetoothTM wireless technology devices, leaving aside other complications, might require the network to comprise fewer components..
By using the PAN profile, you will be able to build a network that uses the same TCP/IP protocol used in regular LANs. Accordingly, the machine
designated as the server can be used for configuration tasks that utilize DHCP, such as assigning IP addresses to clients.
In addition, you will be able to configure folder and file sharing, which will allow data to be browsed by other servers or clients on the network.
Page 295
Important

Please refer to Windows Help for further information on TCP/IP, DHCP and configurations for sharing.
Operating as a server
The following icon will appear in the tasktray when the PAN server function has been activated.
Should the icon not appear, please follow the procedure below to activate the PAN server function.
1.
Right-click the BluetoothTM wireless technology icon in the task tray and make sure the [service property] of Option [Use PAN
Group Ad-hoc Network] is checked.
A message will appear asking you to confirm whether you wish to activate the PAN group ad-hoc network.
2.
Click the [Yes] button
The PAN server will be activated, and an icon will accordingly appear in the tasktray. Other devices that use the PAN profile will now
be able to connect over the network.
Important

When using the device as the server, make sure that all user accounts have a password set for the security reasons.

The IP address of the server is automatically set up when it starts. Please do not change this IP address.

When the device starts as the server, it starts the DHCP server function. We recommend that you should use the IP addresses provided
from this DHCP server for the clients connected. Please do not change these IP addresses.
By clicking on the icon, the [Bluetooth PAN Server] window will appear.
In the graphic below, one client has established a connection.
Page 296
Note

When you try to connect to another server as a client, the task tray icon will disappear, and your machine will not be able to function as a
server in response to connection requests originating from other devices.

During server starting, it is not possible to stop the DHCP server.
Operating as a client
Connecting to a server as a client is performed from the [Bluetooth Settings] window, as described below.
Procedure
1.
Right-click on the BluetoothTM wireless technology icon in the task tray, and click on [Add New Connection]
Note
o
2.
Alternatively, click on [Start]→All Programs]→Bluetooth]→Bluetooth Settings], and then on [New Connection] from the
[Bluetooth Settings] window.
Confirm that [Express Mode] has been selected, and then click on the [Next] button
Page 297
3.
Click on the [Next] button in the advisory dialog box
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for devices)] window will appear.
Once the program has finished searching for the devices, the [Add New Connection Wizard (Device Selection)] window will appear.
4.
Select the name of the device designated as the server from [Device List], and then click on the [Next] button
Page 298
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for Services)] window will appear.
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Confirm Connection Name)] window will appear.
5.
Click on the [Next] button
The registered icon will appear in the [Bluetooth Settings] window.
■onnecting to a server
Procedure
1.
Right-click on the icon in the [Bluetooth Settings] window, and then click on [Connect]
Page 299
Once you have connected, the icon will change to indicate that the device is connected.
■nding a connection to a server
Procedure
1.
Right-click on the icon in the [Bluetooth Settings] window, and then click on [Disconnect]
A message confirming whether you wish to disconnect will appear. Click on the [Yes] button.
Once you have disconnected, the icon will change to indicate that the device is not connected.
Page 300
Page 301
Exchanging files with a PC or PDA [FTP]
You can send and receive files other than business card data with a PC or PDA that has onboard BluetoothTM wireless technology.
Use "File transfer" in the Bluetooth Information Exchanger to exchange files.
Note

The same operations will be valid as long as the PC and PDA support the FTP profile.

"File transfer" cannot be used to send or receive business card data. Please instead use "Object Push" to perform these activities.
→Sending files to a PC or PDA (using icons)
→Sending files to a PC or PDA (by right-clicking the mouse)
→Receiving files from a PC or PDA
Procedure
■Sending files to a PC or PDA (using icons)
1.
Turn on the PC or PDA
2.
Double-click on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger icon on the Desktop
Note
o
Alternatively, opening Explorer and clicking on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger folder will produce the same result.
Page 302
The [Bluetooth Information Exchanger] window will appear.
3.
Double-click on the [File transfer] icon
A list of devices will appear in the [File transfer] window.
Note
4.
o
If the desired device does not appear in the list, please confirm that the device has been turned on, and then select [Bluetooth]→
[Search Devices].
A device search will be performed.
o
You can also use "Image transfer" when sending individual image files.
Use the mouse to drag and drop the file you wish to send over the destination icon
In this case, the file will be sent to a PC named "PC-1".
Note
o
5.
When using "File transfer", you can send individual files as well as entire folders.
Confirm that the file is being sent
The file will be sent to the PC.
Note
o
When sending files using "File transfer", a message requesting permission to receive the files may appear on the destination
Page 303
(receiving) device. The content of the message will vary with the software that supports the BluetoothTM wireless technology
function on the destination device, so please be sure to follow the instructions provided.
If you are using the BluetoothTM Utility, a message similar to the one below will appear.
If the file has been sent successfully, the message below will appear.
Please click on the [OK] button.
The message below will appear if the file transmission was unsuccessful.
Please click on the [OK] button to close the message, and repeat the procedure.
Note
o
Files that have been sent will be saved in a file transfer shared folder on the destination device.
o
Additionally, with "File transfer", you can open the shared folder on the destination device using Explorer, specify a subfolder,
and then send the file there.
o
You can use Properties in the Bluetooth Information Exchanger to change the location of the "Shared folder" on the hard drive.
■Sending files to a PC or PDA (by right-clicking the mouse)
1.
Turn on the PC or PDA
Confirm that a connection has been enabled before proceeding to the next step.
Page 304
2.
Right-click on the file you wish to send, and then select its destination from [to Bluetooth]
Note
o
If the desired device does not appear in the list, please confirm that the device has been turned on, and then select [to Bluetooth]
→[Search other devices].
Once the devices have been detected, the message below will appear. Please select the destination device, and then click on the
[Send] button.
3.
Confirm that the file is being sent
The file will be sent to the PC.
Note
Page 305
o
When sending files using "File transfer," a message requesting permission to receive the files may appear on the destination
(receiving) device. The content of the message will vary with the software installed on the destination device, so please be sure to
follow the instructions provided.
If you are using the BluetoothTM Utility, a message similar to the one below will appear.
If the file has been sent successfully, the message below will appear.
Please click on the [OK] button.
The message below will appear if the file transmission was unsuccessful.
Please click on the [OK] button to close the message, and then repeat the procedure.
Note
o
Files that have been sent will be saved in a file transfer shared folder on the destination device.
■Receiving files from a PC or PDA
Your PC is able to receive files that have been saved in the shared folder on the destination PC or PDA. Received files will be saved in the shared
folder under "File transfer".
1.
Turn on the PC or PDA
Confirm that a BluetoothTM wireless technology connection has been enabled before proceeding to the next step.
2.
Double-click on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger icon on the Desktop
Note
o
Alternatively, opening Explorer and clicking on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger folder will produce the same result.
Page 306
The [Bluetooth Information Exchanger] window will appear.
3.
Double-click on the [File transfer] icon
A list of devices will appear in the [File transfer] window.
In this case, the file will be received from the PDA named "My Mobile".
4.
Double-click on the [PDA-1] icon
The file saved in the shared folder in "My Mobile" will appear.
5.
Right-click on the file you wish to receive, and then select "Receive file".
Page 307
The file will be received from a PDA.
Note
o
With "File transfer", you can send individual files as well as entire folders.
Please right-click on the folder you wish to receive, and select "Receive folder".
Subsequent operations should be performed in the same manner as when receiving individual files.
If the file has been received successfully, the message below will appear.
Please click on the [OK] button.
The message below will appear if the file transmission was unsuccessful. Please click on the [OK] button to close the message, and repeat
the procedure.
Note
o
The received file will be saved in the "Shared folder" under "File transfer" in the Bluetooth Information Exchanger
Page 308
You can use Properties under the Bluetooth Information Exchanger to specify the location of the "Shared folder" on the hard
drive.
Page 309
Sending images to a PC or PDA [BIP]
You can send image data to a BluetoothTM wireless technology-enabled PC or PDA.
Images are sent using "Image transfer" under Bluetooth Information Exchanger.
Note

The following image file formats can be sent and received using "Image transfer":
o
Bitmap (*.bmp)
o
JPEG (*.jpg, *.jpeg)
o
PNG (*.png)
→Sending images to a PC or PDA (using icons)
→Sending images to a PC or PDA (by right-clicking the mouse)
Procedure
■Sending images to a PC or PDA (using icons)
1.
Turn on the PC or PDA
Confirm that a BluetoothTM wireless technology connection has been enabled before proceeding.
2.
Double-click on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger icon on the Desktop
Note
o
Alternatively, opening Explorer and clicking on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger folder will produce the same result.
Page 310
The [Bluetooth Information Exchanger] window will appear.
3.
Double-click on the [Image transfer] icon
A list of devices will appear in the [Image transfer] window.
Note
o
4.
If the desired device does not appear in the list, please confirm that the device has been turned on, and then select [Bluetooth]→
[Search Devices].
A device search will be performed.
Drag and drop the file you wish to send over the destination icon
In this case, the image will be sent to a PC named "PC-1".
Page 311
The image will be sent.
If the image has been sent successfully, the message below will appear.
Please click on the [OK] button.
The message below will appear if the image transmission was unsuccessful.
Please click on the [OK] button to close the message, and repeat the procedure.
Note
o
Images that have been sent will be saved in an image transfer folder on the destination device.
o
Images received using "Image transfer" in the Bluetooth Information Exchanger will be saved in the "Image Box" in "Image
transfer".
Page 312
o
You can use Properties under the Bluetooth Information Exchanger to change the location of the "Image Box" folder on the hard
drive.
■Sending images to a PC or PDA (by right-clicking the mouse)
1.
Turn on the PC or PDA
Confirm that a BluetoothTM wireless technology connection has been enabled before proceeding
2.
Right-click on the file you wish to send, and then click on its destination from [to Bluetooth]
Note
o
If the desired device does not appear in the list, please confirm that the device has been turned on, and then select [to Bluetooth]
→[Search other devices].
Once the devices have been detected, the message below will appear. Please select the destination device, and then click on the
[Send] button.
Page 313
The image will be sent.
If the image has been sent successfully, the message below will appear.
Please click on the [OK] button.
The message below will appear if the image transmission was unsuccessful.
Please click on the [OK] button to close the message, and repeat the procedure.
Note
o
When you send images by right-clicking the mouse, the image data that has been sent will be saved in the image transfer shared
folder on the destination device. This is also the case when you send images using icons.
Page 314
Exchanging business card data with a PC or PDA [OPP]
You can exchange business card data with a BluetoothTM wireless technology-enabled PC or PDA.
Business card data are exchanged using "Object Push" under Bluetooth Information Exchanger.
Note

Data compliant with the "vCARD" standard are the only type of business card data able to be sent and received with "Object Push".
Business card data can be used by applications such as Microsoft Outlook.

Business card data can be created in vCARD format by Microsoft Outlook and other similar applications.
→"Creating business card data in the vCARD format"

You can send business card data directly from Microsoft Outlook.
→"Sending business card data from Outlook"

The OPP profile must be supported by the PC or PDA of the other party.
→Selecting a business card and sending it to a PC or PDA (using icons)
→Selecting a business card and sending it to a PC or PDA (by right-clicking the mouse)
→Sending your personal business card
→Receiving a business card from another party
→Exchanging business cards
Procedure
■Selecting a business card and sending it to a PC or PDA (using icons)
Select a business card you wish to send from among all the business card data you have already received through exchanges with your business
or other contacts, and then send it to another party.
1.
Turn on the PC or PDA
Confirm that a BluetoothTM wireless technology connection has been enabled before proceeding.
2.
Double-click on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger icon on the Desktop
Note
o
Alternatively, opening Explorer and clicking on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger folder will produce the same result.
Page 315
The [Bluetooth Information Exchanger] window will appear.
3.
Double-click on the [Object Push] icon
A list of devices will appear in the [Object Push] window.
Note
o
4.
If the desired device does not appear in the list, please confirm that the device has been turned on, and then select [Bluetooth]→
[Search Devices].
A device search will be performed.
Use the mouse to drag and drop the business card you wish to send over the destination icon
In this case, the business card will be sent to a PC named "PC-1".
Page 316
The business card will be sent.
Note
o
When you try to send a business card, a message requesting permission to receive the card may appear on the device belonging
to the other party (i.e., on the receiving end). The content of the message will vary with the software installed on the destination
device, so please be sure to follow the instructions provided. If you are using the BluetoothTM Utility, a message similar to the one
below will appear.
If the business card has been sent successfully, the message below will appear.
Please click on the [OK] button.
The message below will appear if the business card transmission was unsuccessful.
Please click on the [OK] button to close the message, and repeat the procedure.
Memo
o
Data that have been sent will be saved in a folder for exchanged business cards on the destination device.
o
You can configure an associated application (Microsoft Outlook etc) to start automatically when you have received a business
card, allowing you to view the card details.
Page 317
You can use Properties under Bluetooth Information Exchanger to configure whether or not you would like such an application to
start automatically.
■Selecting a business card and sending it to a PC or PDA (by right-clicking the mouse)
1.
Turn on the PC or PDA
Confirm that a BluetoothTM wireless technology connection has been enabled before proceeding.
2.
Right-click on the business card you wish to send, and then click on its destination from [to Bluetooth]
Note
o
If the desired device does not appear in the list, please confirm that the device has been turned on, and then select [to Bluetooth]
→[Search other devices].
Once the devices have been detected, the message below will appear. Please select the destination device, and then click on the
[Send] button.
Page 318
The business card will be sent.
Note
o
When you try to send a business card, a message requesting permission to receive the files may appear on the device belonging
to the other party (i.e., on the receiving end). The content of the message will vary with the software installed on the destination
device, so please be sure to follow the instructions provided.
If you are using the BluetoothTM Utility, a message similar to the one below will appear.
If the business card has been sent successfully, the message below will appear.
Please click on the [OK] button.
The message below will appear if the business card transmission was unsuccessful.
Please click on the [OK] button to close the message, and repeat the procedure.
Note
o
Data that have been sent will be saved in a folder for exchanged business cards on the destination device.
Page 319
■Sending your personal business card
You can prepare a business card bearing your name and other details such as your company and telephone numbers, and then send it to another
party.
Note

Please use Properties under Bluetooth Information Exchanger beforehand to configure which data to use for your own business card.

You can only have one business card registered as your own that is able to be sent.
1.
Turn on the PC or PDA
Confirm that a BluetoothTM wireless technology connection has been enabled before proceeding
2.
Double-click on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger icon on the Desktop
Note
o
Alternatively, opening Explorer and clicking on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger folder will produce the same result.
The [Bluetooth Information Exchanger] window will appear.
3.
Double-click on the [Object Push] icon
A list of devices will appear in the [Object Push] window.
Page 320
Note
o
4.
If the desired device does not appear in the list, please confirm that the device has been turned on, and then select [Bluetooth]→
[Search Devices].
A device search will be performed.
Right-click on the destination icon, and then click on [Send business card To]
In this case, your personal business card will be sent to a PC named "PC-1".
The business card will be sent.
Note
o
When you try to send a business card, a message requesting permission to receive the files may appear on the device belonging
to the other party (i.e., on the receiving end). The content of the message will vary with the software installed on the destination
device, so please be sure to follow the instructions provided. If you are using the BluetoothTMUtility, a message similar to the one
below will appear.
Page 321
o
Business cards that have been sent will be saved in the Inbox of the destination party.
If your business card has been sent successfully, the message below will appear.
Please click on the [OK] button.
The message below will appear if the business card transmission was unsuccessful. Please click on the [OK] button to close the message,
and repeat the procedure.
Note
o
Data that has been sent will be saved in a folder for exchanged business cards on the destination device.
■Acquiring a business card from another party
You can use your PC to acquire a business card from a party containing their details.
1.
Turn on the PC or PDA
Confirm that a BluetoothTM wireless technology connection has been enabled before proceeding
2.
Double-click on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger icon on the Desktop
Note
o
Alternatively, opening Explorer and clicking on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger folder will produce the same result.
Page 322
The [Bluetooth Information Exchanger] window will appear.
3.
Double-click on the [Object Push] icon
A list of devices will appear in the [Object Push] window.
Note
o
4.
If the desired device does not appear in the list, please confirm that the device has been turned on, and then select [Bluetooth]→
Search Devices].
A device search will be performed.
Right-click on the icon of the party whose card you wish to acquire, and then click on [Receive business card]
In this case, the business card of the other party will be acquired from a PC named "PC-1".
The business card will be received.
Note
o
When you try to acquire a business card, a message requesting permission to send the files may appear on the device belonging
to the other party (i.e., on the sending end). The content of the message will vary with the software installed on the destination
device, so please be sure to follow the instructions provided.
If you are using the BluetoothTM Utility, a message similar to the one below will appear.
Page 323
If the business card has been received successfully, the message below will appear.
Please click on the [OK] button.
The message below will appear if the business card was unsuccessfully received.
Please click on the [OK] button to close the message, and repeat the procedure.
Note
o
Business card data that have been received will be saved in the Inbox under "Object Push".
You can use Properties under the Bluetooth Information Exchanger to set the location of the Inbox on the hard drive.
■Exchanging business cards
Simultaneously exchange your business card with one belonging to another party.
1.
Turn on the PC or PDA
Confirm that a BluetoothTM wireless technology connection has been enabled before proceeding.
2.
Double-click on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger icon on the Desktop
Note
o
Alternatively, opening Explorer and clicking on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger folder will produce the same result.
Page 324
The [Bluetooth Information Exchanger] window will appear.
3.
Double-click on the [Object Push] icon
A list of devices will appear in the [Object Push] window.
Note
o
4.
If the desired device does not appear in the list, please confirm that the device has been turned on, and then select [Bluetooth]→
Search Devices].
A device search will be performed.
Right-click on the icon of the party with whom you wish to exchange business cards, and then click on [Object Push]
In this case, the business cards will be exchanged with a PC named "PC-1".
Page 325
The business card from the party who executed the "Exchange business cards" command will be sent first.
Note
o
When you try to send a business card, a message requesting permission to receive the files may appear on the device belonging
to the other party (i.e., on the receiving end). The content of the message will vary with the software installed on the destination
device, so please be sure to follow the instructions provided.
If you are using the BluetoothTM Utility, a message similar to the one below will appear.
A message of confirmation will appear if the card has been successfully sent.
Note
o
Business cards that have been sent will be saved in the Inbox of the destination party.
Once your business card has finished being sent, the program will start receiving the business card belonging to the other party.
Note
o
When a business card is to be received, a message such as the one below may appear on the device belonging to the other party.
Please click on the [Yes] button if you give permission for the business card to be sent.
A message of confirmation will appear if the card has been successfully received.
Note
o
Business cards that have been received will be saved in the "Inbox" under "Object Push".
You can use Properties under the Bluetooth Information Exchanger to set the location of the Inbox on the hard drive.
Page 326
Page 327
Synchronising information using ActiveSync [SPP]
This section describes how to synchronize information on your PDA (calendars, contacts, inboxes etc) with your PC using Microsoft ActiveSync.
When you connect via BluetoothTM wireless technology instead of with a standard cable, you will always be able to synchronise your data without
the hassle of having to connect the cable.
→Connecting using ActiveSync
→Establishing a partnership between ActiveSync and a PDA
→Finishing an ActiveSync connection
→Cancelling a partnership
Important

Please use ActiveSync v.3.7 or higher. Also please establish a partnership between the devices using a USB or infrared link before you
connect via BluetoothTM wireless technology.

Please refer to the ActiveSync Help or other manuals for information on how to use the application.

Microsoft Outlook 2002 or another schedule management tool must also be installed on the PC.
Connecting using ActiveSync
Both the PC and PDA must be set up in order for a connection to be established.
■Preparing the PC
Procedure
1.
On the PC, click on [Start]→[All Programs]→[Microsoft ActiveSync]
The initial ActiveSync set-up window will appear.
It is assumed in the explanation below that no ActiveSync connections have been established with other devices.
2.
Click [File]→[Connection Settings]
Page 328
The [Connection Settings] window will appear.
3.
Place a check next to [Allow serial cable or infrared connection to this COM port], and then select "COM7".
Note
o
In the standard set-up, the port is configured to "COM7" (refer to Steps (3) and (4) under "Preparing the PDA" below). When
using a different port, please also change the port number selected in this window.
■Preparing the PDA
Procedure
1.
Tap on the BluetoothTM wireless technology icon in the bottom right of the screen
Page 329
Important
o
The graphic above shows an example of a PDA operating window.
The connection procedure may be different depending on the manufacturer or model of PDA you use. Please refer to the product
instruction manuals for further details.
The [Bluetooth Settings] window will open.
The message "Connection not registered" will appear if no BluetoothTM wireless technology device has been registered.
Please tap on [OK] to close the message.
2.
Double click on [Tools]→[Search for peripheral components]
Page 330
The application searches for nearby devices.
3.
Tap and hold on the destination PC icon, and then select [Update Services]
A search for services will be carried out, and then a list of service names and their connection status will appear as list in the lower
window.
4.
Tap and hold on "COM7" from the list of service names, and then select "Register ActiveSync".
Page 331
5.
Tap [OK] in the confirmation message window
An ActiveSync connection will be initiated.
Establishing a partnership between ActiveSync and a PDA
Once a connection has been successfully established with a PDA, the procedure for establishing a partnership with the PDA will be started by the
ActiveSync application on the PC.
Performing this set-up procedure will enable data to be synchronised between your PC and PDA.
Procedure
1.
In the [New Partnership (Set Up a Partnership)] window, select "Standard partnership", and then click on the [Next] button
Page 332
The [New Partnership (Specify Data Synchronisation Method)] window will appear.
2.
Select "Synchronise with this PC", and then click on the [Next] button
The [New Partnership (Select Synchronisation Settings)] window will appear.
3.
Select the type of information to be synchronised between your PC and PDA, and then click on the [Next] button
Page 333
The [New Partnership (Completing Setup)] window will appear.
4.
Click on the [Finish] button
When you click on the [Finish] button, ActiveSync will begin to synchronise your information.
[Confirming changes]
↓
↓
(Synchronisation process)
Page 334
[Synchronisation complete]
While the ActiveSync connection is active, synchronisation will be performed whenever information is changed on either the PC or the
PDA.
Once a partnership has been established, every time you start your PC (and PDA) thereafter, a BluetoothTM wireless technology
connection will be opened and ActiveSync will synchronise your information.
Finishing an ActiveSync connection
Follow the procedure below on your PDA if you want to end an ActiveSync connection manually.
Procedure
1.
Tap and hold on "COM7" in the [Bluetooth Settings] window, and select [ActiveSync Release]
Cancelling a partnership
Follow the procedure below from the ActiveSync window on the PC if you want to cancel the partnership between your PC and PDA.
Procedure
1.
Click on [File]→Delete partnership"
Page 335
Click on the [Yes] button when the confirmation message appears.
Note
o
If you wish to create another ActiveSync connection, you will have to repeat the above procedure to re-establish a partnership.
Page 336
Using a BluetoothTM wireless technology-compatible camera [BIP]
By connecting a BluetoothTM wireless technology-compatible digital camera to your PC, you will be able to operate the camera shutter from the PC
and transmit captured images to it as well.
→Connecting the camera
→Taking pictures
→Viewing images saved on your PC
Connecting the camera
Use the "Remote Camera" tool in the BluetoothTM Utility to connect the camera to your PC.
Procedure
1.
Click on [Start ]→[All Programs]→[Bluetooth]→[Remote Camera]
Note
o
2.
In Windows 2000, click on [Start]→[Programs]→[Bluetooth]→[Remote Camera].
Turn on the camera, and set it to be connectable via BluetoothTM wireless technology
Note
o
3.
Different cameras are operated in different ways, depending on the manufacturer and model used. Please refer to the instruction
manual for further details on how to operate your camera.
Click on the [Camera Search...] button
The camera will be detected and its icon displayed.
Page 337
4.
Right-click on the camera icon, and select [Connect]
The camera will be connected, and images from the camera will appear on-screen.
Taking pictures
By placing the mouse cursor over the on-screen image, the camera's operating window will appear.
You can operate the camera from this window.
Procedure
■Taking a single picture
Page 338
1.
Click on the
button in the operating window.
A single image will be captured and sent to the PC.
■Taking several consecutive frames
1.
Click on the
button in the operating window
A succession of images will be captured and sent to the PC.
Note
1.
o
The remote camera shutter cannot be operated while the camera is connected to the PC.
o
The number of consecutive pictures taken can be set to anywhere between 2 and 16
In the [Remote Camera] window, click on [Bluetooth]→[Properties]→[Consecutive Image Settings]
The [Change number of consecutive images] dialog box will appear
2.
Click on the [<][>] buttons to select the number of consecutive images to be captured
Page 339
Important
o
Images are not only sent to the PC, but are stored in the camera's on-board memory as well.
Please be aware of the remaining memory capacity when you are taking a large number of pictures.
o
Large file sizes are common for high-resolution images, and may take some time to be transferred to the PC.
Viewing images saves on your PC
A "Remote Camera" folder will be created in the "Bluetooth" folder under "My Documents" during initial set-up. A folder bearing the same name as
the camera will be created in it, and images will be saved in this folder.
Click the [Explorer] button in the [Remote Camera] window to display the folder where the images have been saved.
Note

This window is an example showing pictures when [Filmstrip] has been selected from the [View] menu in Explorer.
Page 340
Using a headset to communicate [HSP]
This section provides a description of how to use a BluetoothTM wireless technology-compatible wireless headset to communicate (chat) using
Microsoft NetMeeting or other software.
→Registering the headset
→Making a connection to the headset
→Disconnecting from the headset
Registering the headset
Procedure
1.
Right-click on the BluetoothTM wireless technology icon in the tasktray, then click on [Add New Connection Wizard]
Note
o
Alternatively, you can click on [Start]>[All Programs]>[Bluetooth]>[Bluetooth Settings], then click on [New Connection] in the
[Bluetooth Settings] screen that has opened.
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Welcome to the Add New Connection Wizard)] screen will appear.
2.
Turn the headset power on
Once you have turned on the headset, set the mode to enable a connection.
Important
o
3.
The procedure for operating the headset may differ depending on the manufacturer and model.
Please consult your user guide for a detailed description of how to operate the unit.
Confirm that [Express Mode] has been selected, then click on the [Next] button
Page 341
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for Devices)] screen will appear.
Once the device search has been completed, the [Add New Connection Wizard (Select a Device)] screen will appear.
4.
Select the name of the headset device from the list, then click on the [Next] button
Page 342
5.
Answering with the headset
If the service has been properly detected, a screen will appear indicating that the headset is being called, and a tone will accordingly
sound in the headset.
Please press the headset switch.
Important
o
The procedure for operating the headset may differ depending on the manufacturer and model.
Please consult your user guide for a detailed description of how to operate the unit.
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Configuring (Connecting to Voice Circuit))] screen will appear, and device configuration will be
performed.
Note
o
If you are connecting to the headset for the first time, or if another audio device has not yet been registered, the following [Found
New Hardware Wizard] screen will appear, from which you can proceed to install the driver.
If another audio device has already been registered (i.e., the driver has been installed), you can proceed to Step 9 without having
to install the driver.
6.
Click on the [Next] button
The [Install Hardware] screen will appear.
7.
Click on the [Continue Anyway] button
The following screen will appear automatically. You may disregard it and click on the [Continue Anyway] button.
Page 343
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Completing the Found New Hardware Wizard)] screen, which is the final screen of the installation
wizard, will appear.
8.
Click on the [Finish] button
Once driver installation is complete, the [Add New Connection Wizard (Enter Connection Name)] will appear.
9.
Confirm the information you have entered, and click on the [Next] button
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Completing the Add New Connection Wizard)] screen will appear.
Page 344
10. Click on the [Finish] button
The configuration information will be registered, and an icon will be displayed in the [Bluetooth Settings] screen.
Making a connection to the headset
You can make a connection to the headset from an icon that has been registered in [Bluetooth Settings].
Important

Before making a connection to the headset, please check that you have turned on the headset's power, and that it has been enabled for a
BluetoothTM wireless technology connection.
Please ensure that the following audio-related applications have been closed before you connect the headset to your PC.
o
Windows Media Player, BeatJam, InterVideo WinDVD and other music/audio playback software
o
Windows Messenger and other e-conferencing software
If you wish to use these applications, please terminate the headset connection before you launch them.
Procedure
1.
Right-click on the headset icon, then click on [Connect].
2.
Answer with the headset
A screen will appear indicating that the headset is being called, and a tone will accordingly sound in the headset.
Please press the headset switch.
If the connection has been properly established, the icon's appearance will change to indicate a connected state.
Page 345
You may now launch conferencing and voice-recognition software and use the headset.
Disconnecting from the headset
Please follow the steps below to disconnect from the headset.
Procedure
1.
Right-click on the headset icon in the [Bluetooth Settings] screen, then click on [Disconnect].
A message will appear, requesting confirmation that you wish to disconnect. Click on the [Yes] button.
The icon on the [Bluetooth Settings] screen will appear as shown below, indicating that the device has been disconnected.
Page 346
Making a device undiscoverable to other users
For security purposes, you may not wish your device to be detected by other users. The procedure for accomplishing this is provided below.
Procedure
1.
Right-click on the BluetoothTM wireless technology icon in the task tray, and click on [Device Properties & Security]
The [Device Properties] window will appear.
2.
Select [Non-discoverable mode] in [Discoverability mode] under the [Security] tab, and then click on the [OK] button
Your device will now be undetectable by other users, even when they search for other devices.
Note

Other devices are still able to establish connections with your device even if you have enabled the Non-discoverable mode.
Please enable "Non-connectable mode" if you wish to reject connections from other devices.
Related topic: "Bluetooth Manager"
Page 347
Encrypting the content of your transmissions
Since BluetoothTM wireless technology is conducted wirelessly, there is always the possibility that a third party may be able to intercept your
transmissions.
You can use encryption to render the content indecipherable to anyone who manages to intercept it.
Important

Encrypting your transmissions will still not guarantee complete security. Accordingly, please be aware that transmitting data is conducted
with an element of risk for the user.
Procedure
1.
Right-click on the BluetoothTM wireless technology icon in the task tray, and click on [Device Properties & Security].
The [Device Properties] window will appear.
2.
Select [Link Level Enforced Security] in [Security Mode] under the [Security] tab, put a check next to [Encryption], and then click on
the [OK] button
Note

Once you have configured the security mode, a window will appear when you first make a connection to another device, prompting you to
enter a Bluetooth passkey (PIN code).
Please click on the [OK] button after you have entered the passkey.
Page 348

The window in which you enter the passkey will not appear once you have connected more than two times to the device.
Related topic: "Bluetooth Manager"
Page 349
Changing the default connection
The "default connection" refers to the dial-up connection configured for use whenever a connection is made to the Internet.
If several connections have been registered, you can change the default connection by following the procedure below.
Procedure
1.
Start Internet Explorer
2.
Click on [Tools]→[Internet Options...]
The [Internet Options] window will appear.
3.
Click on the [Connections] tab
In this window, "Direct Connection" is set as the default, and "Never dial a connection" has been selected.
Change the settings so that "London A" will always be dialled when you connect to the Internet.
4.
Select "Always dial my default connection"
Page 350
5.
Click on "London A", and then click on the [Set Default] button
"London A" has been changed to the default connection.
Page 351
Note

Alternatively, if you wish to connect to the Internet from a LAN in a company or other environment where a LAN can be accessed, select
"Never dial a connection" if you have a dial-up configuration, but do not want dial-up to occur automatically.

When connecting to the Internet via a LAN, you must enter the appropriate LAN settings under [LAN Settings...].
Page 352
Sending business card data from Outlook
This section describes how to send business card data wirelessly using Microsoft Outlook
Note

The explanation below relates to an example in which Microsoft Outlook 2002 has been used to perform the procedure. Subtle differences may
arise when using other versions of the software.
Sending business card data
You can send business card data directly from the "Contacts" window in Outlook.
Procedure
1.
Start Microsoft Outlook, and open the "Contacts" window
2.
Double-click on the contact whose details you wish to send as a business card
The details of the contact you selected will appear.
Page 353
3.
Click on the [to Bluetooth] from the toolbar
The [Device List] window will appear.
Note
o
4.
If the [to Bluetooth] button does not appear on the toolbar, please refer to Installing business card-sending functionality in
Outlook as an Add-in" below and change the settings accordingly.
Select the destination for the business card data, and then click on the [Send] button
Note
o
If you cannot find the destination device in the list, please click on the [Searching for devices] button to discover it.
The business card will be sent.
If the business card has been sent successfully, the message below will appear.
Page 354
Note
o
If the transmission was unsuccessful, please attempt to send the data once more after having confirmed the operating conditions
(power status, security settings, etc) of the destination device.
■Installing business card-sending functionality in Outlook as an Add-in
You can install one of the functions of the BluetoothTM Utility in Outlook as an "Add-in", which will enable you to send business cards from the
Outlook toolbar.
Procedure
1.
Click on [Tools]-[Options...] in Outlook
The [Options] dialog box will appear.
2.
Select the [Other] tab, and then click on the [Advanced Options...] button in the "General" field
Page 355
The [Advanced Options] dialog box will appear
3.
Click on the [COM Add-Ins...] button
The [COM Add-Ins] dialog box will appear.
4.
Click on the [Add...] button
The [Add Add-In] dialog box will appear.
Page 356
5.
Select "TosBTAddin.dll", and then click on the [OK] button
Note
o
6.
"TosBTAddin.dll" can be found on the hard drive at the address below.
C:\Program Files\Toshiba\Bluetooth Toshiba Stack
Confirm that "Send to Bluetooth" has been added to the list and that a check appears next to it, and then click on the [OK] button
This will complete the Add-in process.
Page 357
Manually creating a virtual Bluetooth COM port
In order for a PC to connect to and communicate with a BluetoothTM wireless technology device, the BluetoothTM Utility will create a gateway for
data to be exchanged between the respective devices. This gateway is known as a "port" (or "virtual COM port").
Since one virtual COM port will be allocated to each device, trouble-free communication will still be possible even if several devices are being used.
When you use the BluetoothTM Utility, a virtual COM port will be automatically created on set-up; however, virtual COM ports can be created
manually if so needed.
Note

Bluetooth Manager must be active in order for you to be able to use Bluetooth Local COM.
Clients and servers
When BluetoothTM wireless technology communications are performed, there will always be a "client/server" relationship between the various
devices. A "client" is a device that sends certain requests to another device, while a "server" is a device that provides a service on receipt of such
requests from another device.
For example, when a PC issues a print command to a wireless printer, the PC functions as the client, while the printer functions as the server.
When a PDA or other device attempts to receive files located on a PC by means of file transfer protocol, the PC functions as the server, while the
PDA functions as the client.
Virtual Bluetooth COM ports can be created both for clients and servers.

Bluetooth virtual COM port for a client
Virtual COM port used when your device is the client, and requests are sent to another device.

Bluetooth virtual COM port for a server
Virtual COM port used when your device is the server, and requests are received from another device.
Creating a virtual COM port
Bluetooth virtual COM ports are created according to the procedure below.
Procedure
1.
Click on the [Printers and Other Hardware] icon in the Control Panel
The [Printers and Other Hardware] window appears.
2.
Double-click on the [Bluetooth Local COM] icon
Page 358
The main Bluetooth Local COM window will appear.
Note
3.
o
Even when the Control Panel appears in Classic view, please simply click on the [Bluetooth Local COM] icon.
o
No such distinction between viewing formats exists in Windows 2000.
Click on the [Add...] button
The [Bluetooth Local COM Wizard] window, from where you can create a virtual COM port, will appear.
Page 359
Start from this window when creating Bluetooth virtual COM ports for either servers or clients.
→Creating a Bluetooth virtual COM port for a client
→Creating a Bluetooth virtual COM port for a server
Deleting a virtual COM port
Please follow the procedure below to delete a virtual COM port when it is no longer needed.
Note

You can only delete virtual COM ports created by the Bluetooth Local COM utility.
1.
Select the port you wish to delete from the [Bluetooth Local COM] window, and then click on the [Delete] button
A message will appear asking you to confirm that you wish to delete the port.
2.
Click on the [Yes] button
The port will be deleted.
3.
Click on the [OK] button
Page 360
Page 361
Bluetooth Settings
This section provides detailed information on the [Bluetooth Settings] window.
Main window
Menu
■[Bluetooth] menu
Category
Description
Add New Connection
Opens the [Add New Connection Wizard] window, and then searches for new devices.
Connect
Connects to selected device.
Disconnect
Disconnects from selected device.
Details
Displays detailed information about selected device.
Delete
Deletes selected device.
Create shortcut on Desktop
Creates a shortcut icon for the selected device on the Desktop.
Rename
Changes the name of the device you have selected.
Change Icon
Changes the icon of the device you have selected.
COM Auto Connect Settings
Opens the [COM Auto Connect Settings] window, and allows you to enable/disable Auto Connect.
Displays the device connection name and port used. Check the box to enable Auto Connect, and remove the check to disable Auto Connect. You
will need to connect manually to use a device in the latter case.
Page 362
AV player selection
files or CDs.
Opens [Select AV Payer] window, and allows you to select the application to be used when you want to play sound
Copyright protection setting
Opens [Copyright protection setting] window, and allows you to connect to a device that is
copyright-protected under the SCMS-T format.
Exit
Closes the [Bluetooth Settings] window.
■[View] menu
Category
Large icons
Small icons
List
Details
Description
Changes the way icons are displayed on a device.
■[Help] menu
Category
Help
Version
Description
Opens the BluetoothTM Utility User Guide.
Displays the version information for Bluetooth Settings.
Device List
Displays a list of devices that have been registered in [Bluetooth Settings].
Function buttons
Page 363
Category
Description
New ConnectionOpens [Add New Connection Wizard] window.
Details...
Shows details of selected device.
Delete
Deletes selected device.
Page 364
One-touch connection to BluetoothTM wireless technology devices
Creating a Shortcut
If you have created a shortcut icon on the Desktop, you can easily establish a connection to a device that has been registered using Bluetooth
Settings without having to open the [Bluetooth Settings] window.
Procedure
1.
Right-click on BluetoothTM wireless technology icon in task tray and click on [Bluetooth Settings]
Note
o
Alternatively, you can click [Start]→[All Programs]→[Bluetooth]→[Bluetooth Settings].
The [Bluetooth Settings] screen will appear, from where you can create a Shortcut entitled "Bluetooth Mouse."
2.
Right-click on the [BT-Mouse-01] icon, and then click on [Create Shortcut on Desktop]
A shortcut icon entitled "BT-Mouse-01" will appear on the Desktop.
■stablishing a connection from the Shortcut
1.
Double-click on the "BT-Mouse-01" icon from the Desktop
The [Bluetooth Settings] window will open.
2.
Turn on the mouse, set it to connectable mode, and then click on the [OK] button in the [Bluetooth Settings] window.
Page 365
The mouse will be connected.
Page 366
Manually connecting to a BluetoothTM wireless technology device
After a keyboard or mouse (HID profile), printer (HCRP or SPP profiles), or other device has been set up for the first time, subsequent connections
will be automatically restored whenever you operate the device, print out a document from the PC, or perform another similar activity.
Should the connection not have been properly restored, please establish a manual connection to the device using the procedure below.
Procedure
1.
Right-click on BluetoothTM wireless technology icon in task tray and click on [Bluetooth Settings]
Note
o
Alternatively, click [Start]→[All Programs]→[Bluetooth]→[Bluetooth Settings].
The [Bluetooth Settings] screen will appear, from where you can create a Shortcut entitled "BT Mouse."
2.
Right-click on the [BT-Mouse-01] icon, and then click on the [Connect] button
The [Bluetooth Settings] window will open.
3.
Turn on the mouse, enable connection mode, and click on the [OK] button in the [Bluetooth Settings] window.
The mouse will be connected.
Page 367
Note
o
If you wish to manually disconnect a device, right-click on its icon and click [Disconnect].
When the following message appears, click on the [Yes] button.
Page 368
Changing a connection icon
You can change a device icon that has been registered on the [Bluetooth Settings] screen.
Procedure
1.
Right-click on the BluetoothTM wireless technology icon in the task tray, and then click on [Bluetooth Settings]
Note
o
Alternatively, click [Start]→[All Programs]→[Bluetooth]→[Bluetooth Settings].
The [Bluetooth Settings] window will appear. Now try to change the icon for "My Mobile."
2.
Right-click on the "My Mobile" icon, and then click on [Change Icon]
A list of available icons will appear.
3.
Select the
icon, and then click on the [OK] button
Page 369
The new icon will appear.
Page 370
Changing a connection icon name
You can change a the name of a device icon that has been registered on the [Bluetooth Settings] screen.
Procedure
1.
Right-click on the BluetoothTM wireless technology icon in the task tray, and then click on [Bluetooth Settings]
Note
o
Alternatively, click [Start]→[All Programs]→[Bluetooth]→[Bluetooth Settings].
The [Bluetooth Settings] window will appear. Now try to change the connection name for "My Mobile" to "Pocket PC."
2.
Right-click on "My Mobile", and then click on [Change Name]
You will now be able to enter a name.
3.
Enter "Pocket PC", and then hit the [Enter] key
The new name will appear.
Page 371
Page 372
Bluetooth Manager
This section provides detailed information on the settings categories in Bluetooth Manager.
Main menu
Category
Description
Bluetooth Settings
Opens [Bluetooth Settings] window.
Wireless File Transfer Open the [Wireless File Transfer] window.
Remote Camera
Open the [Remote Camera] window.
Add New Connection Opens the [Add New Connection Wizard] window.
Device Properties&Security
Displays BluetoothTM wireless technology device information on your PC.
[General] tab
Allows you to confirm the name, address and other settings displayed for other devices.
Note

[Device Name] is the only category able to be changed. If you wish to change the name of a device, enter the new name, and then click on the
[OK] or [Apply] button.

Click on the [Default] button to restore the initial settings.
[Security] tab
Security-related (user) settings can be configured under this tab.
Page 373
Note

Click on the [Default] button to restore the initial settings.
Category
Description
Discoverability mode
Non-discoverable mode Other devices will not be able to detect yours.
Discoverable mode
Other devices will be able to detect yours.
Connectability mode
Non-connectable mode Other devices will not be able to connect to yours.1)
Connectable mode
Other devices will be able to connect to yours.
Pairing mode
Non-pairable mode2)
You will not receive pairing requests initiated from remote devices.
Pairable mode
You will receive pairing requests initiated from remote devices.
Security mode Non-secure mode No security will be enforced.
Link Level Security Enforced3)
Requires Bluetooth passkey (PIN code) to be entered on connection with another device.
Encryption
Encrypts data to be transmitted.
1) Selecting Non-connectable mode will cause connection requests to be rejected from any device, including registered ones. Device detection will
still be possible.
2) Selecting Non-pairable mode will make it impossible to bond with another device in a new connection relationship. Connection will be possible
when a request has been received from a registered device. Device detection will still be possible.
3) Devices to which you have initially connected by entering a PIN code will not require you to do so for future connections. Connection will still
be possible even if Link Level Security has been selected.
Power off
Turns off BluetoothTM wireless technology power.
(Power Off)
Important

Communication will be disabled if the BluetoothTM wireless technology power is switched OFF. The next time you want use it, right-click on
the BluetoothTM wireless technology icon in the Tasktray, and then click [POWER ON].
→
(Power On)
Note
o
The [POWER OFF ([POWER ON]) menu will only appear if the software is supported on your PC's environment.
Page 374
Service Properties
Ensures security against various kinds of access from remote devices.
Here you can enable or disable the following four typical services that are accessed remotely.
Note

This function is designed to provide robust security against access from remote devices. The "enable/disable" controls only relate to access
made from remote devices. You will still be able to access remote devices from your local device, regardless of the individual settings.

Remove the tick from each button to disable the related (server) function.
Category
Description
Bluetooth Information Exchange Service Ticking the box enables a (server) function that allows files, images, and business cards to be
transferred from a remote device using Bluetooth Information Exchanger.
PAN Networking Service Ticking the box enables a (server) function that allows networking to be performed from a remote device using the PAN
Networking Service.
Bluetooth COM Port Service
Ticking the box enables a (server) function that allows COM Service to be performed from a remote location
using the Serial Port Service.
AV Remote Control Service
Ticking the box enables a (server) function that allows remote control to be performed from a remote device
using the AV Remote Control Service.
Help
Exit
Displays the BluetoothTM Utility User Guide.
Exits Bluetooth Manager.
Important

When you exit Bluetooth Manager, BluetoothTM wireless technology communications will be disabled. When you next wish to use
BluetoothTM wireless Technology, please click on [Start]→All Programs]→Bluetooth]→Bluetooth Settings] (in Windows 2000, click on
[Start]→Programs]→Bluetooth]→Bluetooth Settings]).
Page 375
Bluetooth Information Exchanger
This section provides detailed information on the settings categories in Bluetooth Information Exchanger.
Main window
[Bluetooth] menu
Category
Description
Device DiscoveryDetects BluetoothTM wireless technology devices.
Configuration
Allows detailed setting of categories related to Bluetooth Information Exchanger.
-[General] tab
-[Mode] tab
-[Inbox/Business Card] tab
-[Shared folder] tab
-[Image box] tab
-[Associate] tab
-[Transfer mode] tab
-[Service security] tab
-[Service class] tab
-[Information] tab
Page 376
-[Version] tab
Help
Displays BluetoothTM Utility User Guide.
Data exchange folders
Three folders are available for data exchange: "Image transfer", "File transfer" and "Object Push".
Category
Description
Click on the icon to display a list of devices. "Image box" is a folder on your PC used for transferring images.
Click on the icon to display a list of devices. "Shared folder" is a shared folder on your PC used for transferring files.
Click on the icon to display a list of devices. "Inbox" is a folder on your PC used for exchanging business cards.
Page 377
Page 378
Remote Camera
This section provides detailed information on the settings categories in Remote Camera.
Main window
Menu
■[Bluetooth] menu
Category
Description
Device Search Searches for remote cameras.
Properties
[Filter for Search Devices]
The program may discover devices other than digital cameras, depending on which profiles are supported by those devices.
Adjusting the setting to "Loose filtering" will increase the likelihood that devices other than those intended will be detected.
The further you slide the setting towards "Tight filtering", the stricter will be the criteria determining device detection, and the lower the likelihood
will be that irrelevant devices will be included.
Please adjust the filtration level according to the results of the search.
[Multi Shot]
Allows you to set the number of consecutive images captured by your digital camera in the dialog box below (between 2 and 16 inclusive).
Page 379
[Pixel Size]
Images will be sent to your PC after having been automatically converted to the size specified in the dialog box below, regardless of the size of the
original image data.
[Inbox settings]
Opens the "Browse folders..." dialog box and allows you to select the folder where you would like your captured images to be saved.
Exit
Exits Remote Camera.
■[Help] menu
Category
Description
Image monitor version information Displays version information for the image monitor.
List of cameras
A list of cameras that have been registered as remote cameras will be displayed.
[Camera Search...] button
Clicking on this button will execute a search for remote cameras.
Display images
Images transferred to the PC from a remote camera will be displayed.
Page 380
[Explorer...] button
Clicking on this button will display the folders on the hard drive where images that have been transferred to the PC have been stored.
Note

A folder for saving your images will be created automatically.
Camera operation window
Camera images
Images as seen through the lens of your remote camera will be displayed.
Page 381
Display magnification
The size of the operating window display can be adjusted from 100% (1x) to 300% (3x).
Important

Increasing the size of the operating window will impede its ability to display images, and will have an adverse effect on other processes
being performed by your PC. Please adjust the magnification as appropriate for your intended use.
[Explorer...] button
Clicking on this button will display the folders on the hard drive where images that have been transferred to the PC have been stored.
Shutter button (consecutive images)
Clicking this button will cause the camera to take the number of images specified in [Consecutive image settings] under the [Bluetooth] menu and
then send those images to your PC.
Shutter button (single images)
Clicking this button will cause the camera to take one picture and then send the image to your PC.
Page 382
Bluetooth Local COM
This section provides detailed information on the settings categories in Bluetooth Local COM.
Main window
Port
Displays a list of configured ports.
Description
Displays the function of each port.
Ports displayed as "Toshiba BT Port (COMxx)" are TOSHIBA Bluetooth virtual COM ports.
Owner
Displays the application used to create those COM ports.
The following information will appear for ports created by Bluetooth Local COM.
COM port for client
COM port for server
Local COM - Client
Local COM - Server [(name of service supplied by port)]
Function buttons
Category Description
Add
Starts the Add COM Port Wizard.
Note

Delete
There can be up to 64 ports. If COM ports 1 to 64 already exist, you will not be able to add another port.
Deletes selected port.
Note

OK
You can only delete COM ports created by Bluetooth Local COM.
Click on this button to confirm settings information, and close the Bluetooth Local COM window.
Page 383
Wireless File Transfer
This section provides detailed information on the settings categories in Wireless File Transfer.
Main window
Files/folders
Displays a list of files/folders to be sent.
Devices to which data can be sent
Displays other devices to which you are able to send files. Files will be sent to those devices that have been checked.
Name
Displays name of destination devices.
Connection method
Displays method used to connect to other devices.
Note

If a device to which you would like to send data is not listed, you can click on the [Search] button to search for other devices.
Function buttons
Category
Description
Add Displays the window below, from where you can add files and/or folders you would like to send.
Page 384
Delete By selecting a file from the list and clicking on the "Delete" button, you can remove that file (i.e., the file will not be sent).
Search Searches for BluetoothTM wireless technology devices.
Cancel Closes the "Wireless File Transfer" window.
Send Sends a file.
Page 385
Troubleshooting
This section describes possible causes and countermeasures to be considered when your BluetoothTM wireless technology device cannot be
configured properly, functions abnormally, or presents other problems related to its operation.
Basic understanding
The basic concepts to keep in mind when using your device(s) are described in the section, "What you need to know about using BluetoothTM
wireless technology". Should you still encounter problems after having read through this information, please refer to the following list, which has
been arranged according to application.
Troubleshooting by application

General operation of the BluetoothTM Utility

Using a wireless modem station

Using an access point

Using a printer

Using a headset

Using a keyboard or mouse

Using a camera

Using a PDA

Using a mobile telephone
Page 386
General operation of the BluetoothTM Utility
Important

Please refer to "What you need to know about using BluetoothTM wireless technology" for an understanding of the basic concepts to keep
in mind.
Bluetooth Manager
BluetoothTM wireless technology icon does not appear in task tray

If the BluetoothTM wireless technology icon does not appear in the Tasktray, Bluetooth Manager will not be active, and you will be unable
to use any of the functions of the BluetoothTM Utility.
Start the utilities as instructed below to enable Bluetooth Manager to start automatically and allow all functions to be utilized.
Bluetooth Settings
(from Windows XP)
[Start] > [All Programs] > [Bluetooth] > [Bluetooth Settings]
(from Windows 2000)
[Start] > [Programs] > [Bluetooth] > [Bluetooth Settings]
Remote Camera
(from Windows XP)
[Start] > [All Programs] > [Bluetooth] > [Remote Camera]
(from Windows 2000)
[Start] > [Programs] > [Bluetooth] > [Remote Camera]
Wireless File Transfer
(from Windows XP)
[Start] > [All Programs] > [Bluetooth] > [Wireless File Transfer]
(from Windows 2000)
[Start] > [Programs] > [Bluetooth] > [Wireless File Transfer]
Bluetooth Settings
Clicking on the [New Connection] button brings up the message "Unable to prepare Bluetooth."

The wireless communication switch is turned off.
Please switch it on.
Remote device(s) cannot be detected

The other device(s) may have been set to Non-discoverable mode.
Please check the mode settings on the device.
Services on a remote device are undiscoverable

The other device may be using a profile that is not supported by the BluetoothTM Utility
Please check the profile being used on the other device.

The following profiles are compatible with [Bluetooth Settings].
DUN, FAX, LAP, SPP, HID, HCRP, FTP, OPP, HSP, PAN and BIP
Devices running profiles other than those above will not be able to be registered with [Bluetooth Settings].
Bluetooth Information Exchanger
Page 387
An error occurs when you try to send a file using the right-click menu.

Select and right-click on a file, and then you can choose either the FTP or OPP profile to use when you click on [Send to Bluetooth
Device].
If neither profile is supported by the destination device, the file will not be able to be sent from the right-click menu.
The transmission will also fail if you use FTP to send a file to a device that only supports the OPP profile.
Should this occur, please click on [Bluetooth]→[Profiles] under [Bluetooth Information Exchanger] to configure the Transfer mode.
Cannot open shared folder on remote device using [File Transfer].

The other device may have a certain security level enforced (Non-connectable mode etc). Please confirm the security settings of the other
device.
Please enter the correct password if you are asked to enter one.
Remote Camera

See "Using a camera"
Bluetooth Local COM
Cannot add port

A maximum of 64 virtual COM ports can be added. You will be unable to add another port if 64 ports have already been configured.
Page 388
Using a wireless modem station
Important

Please refer to "What you need to know about using BluetoothTM wireless technology" for an understanding of the basic concepts to keep
in mind.
Modem station cannot be detected

If the modem station is connected to and is being used by another device, the modem station will be undetectable even if you search for it.
Cannot connect to modem station

If the modem station is connected to and is being used by another device, no other device will be able to connect to the modem station.
Bluetooth passkey entry failed

The Bluetooth passkey (PIN code) comprises a sequence of alphanumeric characters, with the letters able to be rendered in upper and
lower case.
If [Caps Lock] is on, the Bluetooth passkey may not be able to be entered correctly.
Cannot connect to telephone line

Please ensure that the telephone cable is connected from the socket to the "LINE" terminal on the modem station.
Note

o
If the telephone cable has come loose because it has not been fully inserted into the socket, the resulting poor contact may prevent
data from being transmitted accurately.
o
Communication will be impossible if the interior of the cable has been broken. Please replace the cable with another one.
Please ensure that the two slide switches on the underside of the main unit have been set to the "NORMAL" and "MODEM" positions
respectively.
Cannot connect to the Internet

The telephone number of the connection (i.e., the telephone number for the access point of your Internet service provider) may not be
correct. Please check the telephone number.

The user ID and/or password for the provider with whom you have signed up may have been entered incorrectly. Please check the user ID
and password.

The default connection may have been configured with different settings. Please set the connection configured for mobile telephone use
as the default connection.

When you place a call using a company switchboard or other exchange, the system may require you to enter a "0" before the telephone
number itself. Please check the type of telephone line you are using.
Cannot send or receive faxes

Once you have registered a wireless modem station as your fax server, you will need to enter the fax settings from the [Printer and Faxes]
window in the Control Panel.
Please refer to "Using a modem station for fax transmissions" for information on the configuration procedure.

The telephone number of the fax destination may have been entered incorrectly. Please check the telephone number.
Page 389

If the setting under COM Auto Connect Settings has been set to "Off", a connection will not automatically be established with the modem.
Please connect to the modem manually.

When you place a call using a company switchboard or other exchange, the system may require you to enter a "0" before the telephone
number itself. Please check the type of telephone line you are using.

The fax service may not have been enabled for sending (or receiving).
Please check the settings by following the procedure below.
1.
Open [Printers and Faxes] from the Control Panel, right-click on the [Fax] icon, and then click on [Properties]
The [Fax properties] window will appear.
2.
Select the [Device] tab, right-click on the modem you wish to use, and then click on [Properties]
3.
Select the [Send] tab, and then confirm that "Enable device to send" has been checked.
Page 390
4.
Select the [Receive] tab, and then confirm that "Enable device to receive" has been checked (when you wish to receive faxes)
5.
Click on the [OK] button
Page 391
Using an access point
Important

Please refer to "What you need to know about using BluetoothTM wireless technology" for an understanding of the basic concepts to keep
in mind.
Access point cannot be detected

If the access point is connected to and is being used by another device, the access point will be undetectable even if you search for it.
Cannot connect to access point

If the access point is connected to and is being used by another device, no other device will be able to connect to the access point.
Cannot connect to LAN

The LAN cable may not be properly connected to the access point. Please check the connection status.
Note

o
If the LAN cable has come loose because it has not been fully inserted into the socket, the resulting poor contact may prevent data
from being transmitted accurately.
o
Communication will be impossible if the interior of the LAN cable has been broken. Please replace the cable with another one.
The access point may not have been configured correctly, and may not be able to maintain the connection to the LAN.
Please refer to the product instruction manual for information on how to configure your access point.
Cannot connect to the Internet

If you are using a LAN to connect to the Internet, the LAN environment of the company or location where you are trying to establish the
connection may require you to connect via a proxy server .
Please click here for information on configuring a proxy server.
Page 392
Using a printer
Important

Please refer to "What you need to know about using BluetoothTM wireless technology" for an understanding of the basic concepts to keep
in mind.
Printer cannot be detected

If the printer is connected to and is being used by another device, the printer will be undetectable even if you search for it.
Cannot connect to printer

If the printer is connected to and is being used by another device, no other device will be able to connect to the printer.
Cannot print/garbled print output

The printer driver of the printer you are using may not have been installed correctly. Please refer to your product instruction manual and
re-install the driver.

Please check to see if the printer has run out of paper, ink or other consumable item.

If you are using a printer while several BluetoothTM wireless technology devices are connected to the PC, the devices may not function
normally. Please disconnect the other devices and try to print again.
Page 393
Using a Headset
Important

Please refer to "What you need to know about using BluetoothTM wireless technology" for an understanding of the basic concepts to keep
in mind.
Headset cannot be detected

If the Headset is connected to and is being used by another device, the Headset will be undetectable even if you search for it.
Cannot connect to Headset

If the Headset is connected to and is being used by another device, no other device will be able to connect to the Headset.

A BluetoothTM wireless technology connection will be impossible if the Headset is connected to a power adaptor.
Please remove the power adaptor and re-connect.
Sound cuts out/cannot hear anything

Using a headset with other BluetoothTM wireless technology devices may cause problems such as interruptions in sound, reduced transfer
speed or errors during file transfer, and disconnection of other devices. We strongly recommend using the headset on its own, not in
conjunction with any other device.

Please confirm that the headset is being operated correctly.

Please check the volume settings on your headset and PC.

If Windows Media Player or another audio-related application is active when you try to connect your headset, you may find it impossible
to connect properly to the headset, or even to use it at all.
Please start the audio application after you have established a connection with the headset.
Page 394
Using a keyboard or mouse
Important

Please refer to "What you need to know about using BluetoothTM wireless technology" for an understanding of the basic concepts to keep
in mind.
Keyboard or mouse cannot be detected

If the keyboard or mouse is connected to and is being used by another device, the keyboard or mouse will be undetectable even if you
search for it.
Cannot connect to keyboard or mouse

If the keyboard or mouse is connected to and is being used by another device, no other device will be able to connect to the keyboard or
mouse.
Page 395
Using a camera
Important

Please refer to "What you need to know about using BluetoothTM wireless technology" for an understanding of the basic concepts to keep
in mind.
Camera cannot be detected

If the camera is connected to and is being used by another device, the camera will be undetectable even if you search for it.
Cannot connect to camera

If the camera is connected to and is being used by another device, no other device will be able to connect to the camera.
Images from the camera can be displayed, but no pictures can be taken

The memory card in the camera may be full.
Please make a backup of all your necessary data on alternative media, then delete the images from the memory card, and ascertain how
much free space remains.
Camera images do not appear in window

The camera may not have been set to remote camera mode (image browse mode, configuration mode, etc).
With some devices, the connection will be automatically terminated if you change the settings while in a mode other than remote camera
mode. Please re-connect to the camera when you next wish to use the device in remote camera mode.
Page 396
Using a PDA
Important

Please refer to "What you need to know about using BluetoothTM wireless technology" for an understanding of the basic concepts to keep
in mind.
Cannot make an ActiveSync connection

Please confirm that you have installed ActiveSync v3.7 or higher on your PC.

ActiveSync is installed to COM7 as a default. Please refer to "Synchronising information using ActiveSync" and re-configure your
ActiveSync connection.
If a port other than COM7 has been used, please amend the ActiveSync connection settings accordingly.
Cannot locate a saved file

The type of file sent to your PDA, as well as the profile used to send the file, may affect where folders saved on your PDA are located.
Examples:
Images transferred to your PDA using "Image transfer" > saved in the "Image transfer" folder
Images transferred to your PDA using "File transfer" > saved in the "Shared folder"
Page 397
Using a mobile telephone
Important

Please refer to "What you need to know about using BluetoothTM wireless technology" for an understanding of the basic concepts to keep
in mind.
Mobile telephone cannot be detected

If the mobile telephone is connected to and is being used by another device, the mobile telephone will be undetectable even if you search
for it.
Cannot connect to mobile telephone

If the mobile telephone is connected to and is being used by another device, no other device will be able to connect to the mobile
telephone.
Cannot send images to mobile telephone

Please use the appropriate transfer method, according to the profiles supported by your mobile telephone.
If OPP is supported: right-click on a file to send it
If BIP is supported: use "Image transfer" under Bluetooth Information Exchanger to send images
Cannot connect to the Internet

The telephone number of the connection (i.e., the telephone number for the access point of your Internet service provider) may not be
correct. Please check the telephone number.

The user ID and/or password for the provider with whom you have signed up may have been entered incorrectly. Please check the user ID
and password.

The default connection may have been configured with different settings. Please set the connection configured for mobile telephone use
as the default connection.
Cannot send or receive faxes

Once you have registered a mobile telephone as your fax server, you will need to enter the fax settings from the [Printer and Faxes] window
in the Control Panel.
Please refer to "Using a modem station for fax transmissions" for information on the configuration procedure.

The telephone number of the fax destination may have been entered incorrectly. Please check the telephone number.

If the setting under COM Auto Connect Settings has been set to "Off", a connection will not automatically be established with the modem.
Please connect to the mobile telephone manually.

The fax service may not have been enabled for sending (or receiving).
Please check the settings by following the procedure below.
1.
Open [Printers and Faxes] from the Control Panel, right-click on the [Fax] icon, and then click on [Properties]
Page 398
The [Fax properties] window will appear.
2.
Select the [Device] tab, right-click on the modem you wish to use, and then click on [Properties]
3.
Select the [Send] tab, and then confirm that "Enable device to send" has been checked.
Page 399
4.
Select the [Receive] tab, and then confirm that "Enable device to receive" has been checked when you wish to receive faxes)
5.
Click on the [OK] button
Page 400
Glossary
This glossary provides definitions for BluetoothTM wireless technology-related terminology.
You will be able to look up the meanings of any uncertain terms here.
A2DP Profile
Abbreviation of Advanced Audio Distribution.
A profile allowing you to adjust the sound quality of wireless headsets and other audio devices.
AVRCP Profile
Abbreviation of Audio/Video Remote Control Profile. A profile enabling remote control functions to be sent and received. Remote control
commands can be received by the BluetoothTM Utility.
DHCP
Abbreviation of Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol
DHCP is a function that automatically sets up IP addresses. This function will allow you to avoid having to set up IP addresses on each computer.
DUN Profile
A profile for Dial-up Networking.
This profile enables you to establish a dial-up BluetoothTM wireless technology connection with a wireless modem station, mobile telephone, or
other similar device.
FAX Profile
A profile that enables you to establish a BluetoothTM wireless technology connection with a wireless modem station, mobile telephone, or other
similar device to send or receive a fax.
FTP
Abbreviation of File Transfer Profile.
A profile that enables you to browse folders on a wireless device and transfer files to and from the local device.
Page 401
GAVDP Profile
Abbreviation of Generic Audio-Video Distribution Profile.
HCRP
Abbreviation of Hardcopy Cable Replacement Profile. Unlike SPP (Serial Port Profile), this profile only establishes a connection to a device when
you print.
HID Profile
Abbreviation of Human Interface Device Profile.
A profile that enables you to establish a BluetoothTM wireless technology connection with a wireless mouse, keyboard, or other input device.
LAP
Abbreviation of LAN Access Profile.
A profile that enables you to establish a BluetoothTM wireless technology connection to a LAN access point to access a LAN via PPP.
OPP
Abbreviation of Object Push Profile.
A profile that enables you to exchange business cards with a wireless device.
Passkey
Also known as a PIN code
This is a password consisting of up to 16 alphanumeric characters that enables a connection to be established to a wireless device. You need to
know the passkey in order to connect to a device that requires authentication.
Even when the authentication setting has been disabled in the User Mode settings of the BluetoothTM Utility, the passkey entry dialog box will
automatically appear if authentication is required, enabling you to authenticate a device. A link key will automatically be created once you have
authenticated a device, eliminating the need for a passkey to connect to that device in the future..
Page 402
Pairing
A security function. In order for BluetoothTM wireless technology devices to authenticate each other, a passkey (PIN code) is entered in each
terminal when they are connected for the first time, and a secret 128-bit link key is generated. This action is known as "pairing."
Profile
A specification that guarantees the connection to the service function of a remote BluetoothTM wireless technology device.
For a device to send and receive information to and from another device, both devices must support shared profiles designated for each function,
such as dial-up networking, faxing, printing and human interface devices.
SCMS-T
One of the digital content copyright protection methods used for transmission with A2DP Profile. This method is based on SCMS (Serial Copy
Management System), a digital copy generation management system, and has been authorized by Bluetooth SIG (Special Interest Group). In order
to use the SCMS-T feature, the remote devices must also support SCMS-T.
SPP
Abbreviation of Serial Port Profile.
A profile that enables communication with a device through a virtual serial port configured for a BluetoothTM wireless technology connection. This
profile can be used for printers and printer adapters with PDAs, using a method different from HCRP or ActiveSync..
TCP/IP
Abbreviation of Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol.
Standard communications protocol (convention for enabling data communication) used by the Internet. Using the same protocol enables
computers to exchange data with each other.
vCARD
Common standard for electronic business cards.
Names, (e)mail addresses, telephone numbers and other information are exchanged in the form of electronic business cards (in *.vcf format),
allowing all parties to easily register each other's data in their address books.
The standard is extensively compatible with Microsoft Outlook, Lotus Organizer and other mail/schedule management software.
Page 403
Page 404
Introduction
The Quick Start Guide is aimed at those who wish to get started right away using BluetoothTM wireless technology, and therefore describes the
basic concepts to keep in mind as well as ways to establish connections with devices.
The Quick Start Guide comprises the following items.
What you need to know about using BluetoothTM wireless technology
Describes the basic concepts you need to be aware of when using BluetoothTM wireless technology devices.
It is recommended that you read this section before starting the set-up process.
Trying out your BluetoothTM wireless technology device
Describes the actual procedures used to configure and then use your BluetoothTM wireless technology device. Please read this according to your
desired purpose and device.
Troubleshooting
Describes possible causes and countermeasures to be considered if your BluetoothTM wireless technology device cannot be configured properly,
functions abnormally, or presents other problems related to its operation.
Glossary
Explains the technical jargon used in this guide.
Page 405
Connecting to the Internet using a modem station [DUN]
You can use a BluetoothTM wireless modem to connect to the Internet via a telephone line.
→Setting up the modem station
→Connecting to the Internet
Important

In order to connect to the Internet, you must have already signed up with a provider and obtained a connection ID and password. Please
ensure you have confirmed the ID, password and telephone number of your provider's access point before you begin the set-up process.

Please refer to your instruction manual for information on connecting the modem station to a telephone line.

A Bluetooth passkey (PIN code) is required for you to connect to the modem station. Please make a note of your Bluetooth passkey before
you start the set-up process.
Setting up the modem station
Procedure
1.
Turn on the wireless modem station
2.
Right-click the BluetoothTM wireless technology icon in the task tray, and then click on [Add New Connection]
Note
o
Alternatively, click [Start]→[All Programs]→[Bluetooth]→[Bluetooth Settings], and then click on [New Connection] from the
active [Bluetooth Settings] window.
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Welcome to the Add New Connection Wizard)] window will appear.
3.
Confirm that [Express Mode] has been selected, and then click on the [Next] button
Page 406
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for devices)] window will appear.
4.
Select the device name of the wireless modem station from [Device List], and then click on the [Next] button
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for Services)] window will appear.
Page 407
Once a service has been detected successfully, connection to the device and COM port creation will be performed automatically, after
which the [Add New Connection Wizard (Modem Settings)] window will appear.
5.
If you are connecting to a wireless modem station for the first time, enter the passkey for the modem station under [Bluetooth
Passkey (PIN code)], and then click on the [OK] button
Once the program has finished searching for the devices, the [Add New Connection Wizard (Device Selection)] window will appear.
6.
Click on the [Next] button
Certain modems require you to configure initialization commands separately.
Please click on the [Additional initialization Command Settings] button, enter the initialization commands in the following window, and
then click on the [OK] button.
Page 408
Note
o
7.
Please refer to the modem or mobile phone instruction manual for further details on the initialization commands.
Enter the connection name (optional), telephone number (of your provider's access point), user name and password (as issued by your
provider), and then click on the [Finish] button.
Important
o
The sample entries shown in the window are provided solely for purpose of explanation. Please use your own telephone number,
ID and password according to the arrangement with your provider.
The settings will be registered, and an icon will appear in the [Bluetooth Settings] window.
Connecting to the Internet
You can connect to the Internet by following the procedure below if the connection destination registered when you configured the wireless
modem has been set as the default connection destination.
1.
Start your browser, e-mail application or other application
Important
Page 409
o
2.
Please enter the e-mail settings separately if you are going to use e-mail (the set-up method will vary with the application).
Enter the URL of the Web page you wish to display and then press the [Enter] key, or use the e-mail tool to send/receive items or
perform other activities.
The [Dial-up Connection] window will appear.
3.
Click on the [Connect] button
Important
o
A connection will be automatically established with the modem station if COM Auto Connect is available. If COM Auto Connect
is not available, please manually connect to the modem station.
The following message will appear once you have connected to the Internet.
4.
End the connection
The window below will appear if you double-click on the
icon in the task bar.
Please click on the [Disconnect] button when you want to disconnect from the Internet.
Alternatively, please right-click on the
icon, and then click on [Disconnect].
Page 410
Note

You can start an application to make an automatic connection to the Internet, but you can also make a manual connection using the
connection destination icon.
The procedure is described below.
1.
From the [Bluetooth Settings] window, right-click on the connection destination icon, and then click on [Connect] from the menu
that appears
A window indicating that the connection is being established will appear.
If the connection has been established successfully, the connection icon and task tray will appear as shown below.
You will be able to browse Web pages using your browser and send and receive e-mail.
Page 411
Important
o
2.
Please enter the e-mail settings separately if you are going to use e-mail (the set-up method will vary with the application).
End the connection
Right-click on the icon, and then click [Disconnect] to end the connection.
The following message will appear. Click on the [Yes] button.
When the icon appears as shown below, the connection will have ended.
Page 412
Connecting to the Internet using a mobile telephone [DUN]
This section describes how to connect to the Internet via a telephone line, using a mobile telephone.
→Configuring a mobile telephone for use as a modem
→Connecting to the Internet
Important

In order to connect to the Internet, you must have already signed up with a provider and obtained a connection ID and password. Please
ensure you have confirmed the ID, password and telephone number of your provider's access point before you begin the set-up process.

A Bluetooth passkey (PIN code) is required for you to connect to the mobile telephone. Please make a note of your Bluetooth passkey
before you start the set-up process.
Configuring a mobile telephone for use as a modem
Procedure
1.
Turn on the mobile telephone, and set it to be connectable
Note
o
2.
Please refer to the mobile telephone instruction manual for information on how to operate the device.
Right-click on the BluetoothTM wireless technology icon in the task tray, and then click on [Add New Connection]
Note
o
Alternatively, click [Start]→[All Programs]→[Bluetooth]→[Bluetooth Settings], and then click on [New Connection] from the
active [Bluetooth Settings] window.
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Welcome to the Add New Connection Wizard)] window will appear.
3.
Confirm that [Express Mode] has been selected, and then click on the [Next] button
Page 413
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for devices)] window will appear.
4.
Select the device name of the mobile telephone from [Device List], and then click on the [Next] button
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for Services)] window will appear.
Page 414
Once a service has been detected successfully, connection to the device and COM port creation will be performed automatically, after
which the [Add New Connection Wizard (Modem Settings)] window will appear.
5.
If you are connecting to a mobile telephone for the first time, enter the passkey for the wireless modem station under [Bluetooth
Passkey (PIN code)], and then click on the [OK] button
Once the program has finished searching for the devices, the [Add New Connection Wizard (Device Selection)] window will appear.
6.
Click on the [Next] button
Certain modems require you to configure initialization commands separately.
Please click on the [Additional Initialization Command Settings] button, enter the initialization commands in the following window, and
then click on the [OK] button.
Page 415
Note
o
7.
Please refer to the modem or mobile phone instruction manual for further details on the initialization commands.
Enter the connection name (optional), telephone number (of your provider's access point), user name and password (as issued by your
provider), and then click on the [Finish] button.
Important
o
The sample entries shown in the window are provided solely for purpose of explanation. Please use your own telephone number,
ID and password according to the arrangement with your provider.
The settings will be registered, and an icon will appear in the [Bluetooth Settings] window.
Connecting to the Internet
You can connect to the Internet by following the procedure below if the connection destination registered when you configured the mobile
telephone has been set as the default connection destination.
1.
Start your browser, e-mail application or other application
Important
Page 416
o
2.
Please enter the e-mail settings separately if you are going to use e-mail (the set-up method will vary with the application).
Enter the URL of the Web page you wish to display and then press the [Enter] key, or use the e-mail tool to send/receive items or
perform other activities.
The [Dial-up Connection] window will appear.
3.
Click on the [Connect] button
Important
o
A connection will be automatically established with the mobile telephone if COM Auto Connect is available. If COM Auto
Connect is not available, please manually connect to the mobile telephone.
The following message will appear once you have connected to the Internet.
4.
End the connection
The window below will appear if you double-click on the
icon in the task bar.
Please click on the [Disconnect] button when you want to disconnect from the Internet.
Alternatively, please right-click on the
icon, and then click on [Disconnect].
Page 417
Note

You can start an application to make an automatic connection to the Internet, but you can also make a manual connection using the
connection destination icon.
The procedure is described below.
1.
From the [Bluetooth Settings] window, right-click on the connection destination icon, and then click on [Connect] from the menu
that appears
A window indicating that the connection is being established will appear.
If the connection has been established successfully, the connection icon and task tray will appear as shown below.
You will be able to browse Web pages using your browser and send and receive e-mail.
Page 418
Important
o
2.
Please enter the e-mail settings separately if you are going to use e-mail (the set-up method will vary with the application).
End the connection
Right-click on the icon, and then click [Disconnect] to end a connection.
The following message will appear. Click on the [Yes] button.
When the icon appears as shown below, the connection will have been ended.
Page 419
Connecting to a LAN using an access point (LAP) [LAP]
This section describes how to connect to a network (for example, a company LAN or a personal home network) using a LAP profile-compatible
access point.
Please refer to "Using an access point (PAN) to connect to a LAN if you are using a PAN profile-compatible access point.
→Setting up the access point
→Connecting to a LAN (LAP)
Important

The access point must have been started and a normal connection already established to the network before the access point is set up.
Please refer to the access point instruction manual for information on how to set up the access point.

A Bluetooth passkey (PIN code) is required for you to connect to the access point. Please make a note of your Bluetooth passkey before
you start the set-up process.
Setting up the access point
Procedure
1.
Turn on the access point, and confirm that a connection has been established with the network
2.
Right-click the BluetoothTM wireless technology icon in the task tray, and then click on [Add New Connection]
Note
o
Alternatively, click [Start]→[All Programs]→[Bluetooth]→[Bluetooth Settings], and then click on [New Connection] from the
active [Bluetooth Settings] window.
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Welcome to the Add New Connection Wizard)] window will appear.
3.
Confirm that [Express Mode] has been selected, and then click on the [Next] button
Page 420
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for devices)] window will appear.
Once the program has finished searching for the devices, the [Add New Connection Wizard (Device Selection)] window will appear.
4.
Select the device name of the access point from [Device List], and then click on the [Next] button
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for Services)] window will appear.
Page 421
You will be asked for the Bluetooth passkey in the window that appears.
5.
Enter the passkey under [Bluetooth Passkey (PIN code)], and then click on the [OK] button
Service detection and COM port creation will be performed automatically.
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Create Connection Destination)] window will appear.
6.
Enter the connection name, user name and password, then click on the [Next] button
Note
o
The user name and password are entered here to allow you to connect to the access point.
Page 422
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Confirm Dial-up Settings)] window will appear.
7.
Click on the [Confirm Settings] button
The [Internet Options] window will appear.
8.
Configure the connection method, and then click on the [OK] button
Set the connection destination used for the LAN connection set up in (6) above as the default connection destination, and then select
"Always dial my default connection."
9.
Click on the [Next] button
Page 423
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Connection Name Settings)] window will appear.
10. Enter the type and name of the icon displayed after registration, and then click on the [Next] button
Please click on the [Next] button if you are satisfied with the settings.
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Completing the Add New Connection Wizard)] window will appear.
11. Click on the [Finish] button
The access point icon will be registered in the [Bluetooth Settings] window.
This will complete the access point set-up process.
→"Connecting to a LAN (LAP)"
Page 424
Connecting to a LAN (LAP)
Procedure
1.
Right-click on the connection icon in the [Bluetooth Settings] window, and then click on [Connect]
The [Dial-up Connection] window will appear.
2.
Confirm that "Direct connection" has been selected under [Connection Destination], and then click on the [Connect] button
A connection will be initiated.
Note
o
This is an example of what happens when you use "Direct connection" as a connection name under "Connect to access point." If
a name different from the connection name is used, that name will appear under [Connection Destination].
o
Please simply click on [Settings] if no user name or password have been entered (i.e., if those fields have been left blank)
o
Please change the connection destination if a different connection name (for a dial-up connection) appears in [Connection
Destination].
Related topic→"Changing the default connection destination"
Page 425
Once you connect to the network, Internet Explorer will start automatically, and you will be able to exchange data with other computers on
the network.
Note
o
Please follow the procedure below if you need to set up a proxy server to connect to the Internet (the following procedure is not
necessary if the PC you are going to use has already been set up as a proxy server).
1 Select [Internet Options...] from the [Tools] menu in Internet Explorer
The [Internet Options] window will appear.
2 Click on the [Connections] tab, and then click on the [Settings...] button
3 Enter the IP address and port number of the proxy server under [Proxy Server], and then click on the [OK] button
3.
End the connection
Right-click either on the connection icon under the [Bluetooth Settings] window or on the
[Disconnect].
icon in the task tray, and then click on
Page 426
Click on the "Yes" button in the disconnection confirmation dialog box that appears.
Page 427
Connecting to a LAN using an access point (PAN) [PAN]
This section describes how to connect to a network (for example, a company LAN or a personal home network) using a PAN profile-compatible
access point.
Please refer to "Using an access point (LAP) to connect to a LAN" if you are using a LAP profile-compatible access point.
→Setting up the access point
→Connecting to a LAN (PAN)
Important

The access point must be started and a normal connection already established to the network before the access point is set up. Please refer
to the access point instruction manual for information on how to set up the access point.

A Bluetooth passkey (PIN code) is required for you to connect to the access point. Please make a note of your Bluetooth passkey before
you start the set-up process.
Setting up the access point
Procedure
1.
Turn on the access point, and confirm that a connection has been established with the network
2.
Right-click the BluetoothTM wireless technology icon in the task tray, and then click on [Add New Connection]
Note
o
Alternatively, click [Start]→[All Programs]→[Bluetooth]→[Bluetooth Settings], and then click on [New Connection] from the
active [Bluetooth Settings] window.
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Welcome to the Add New Connection Wizard)] window will appear.
3.
Confirm that [Express Mode] has been selected, and then click on the [Next] button
Page 428
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for devices)] window will appear.
Once the program has finished searching for the devices, the [Add New Connection Wizard (Device Selection)] window will appear.
4.
Select the device name of the access point from [Device List], and then click on the [Next] button
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for Services)] window will appear.
Page 429
You will be asked for the Bluetooth passkey in the window that appears.
5.
Enter the passkey under [Bluetooth Passkey (PIN code)], and then click on the [OK] button
Service detection and COM port creation will be performed automatically.
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Connection Name Settings)] window will appear.
6.
Enter the type and name of the icon displayed after registration, and then click on the [Next] button
Please click on the [Next] button if you are satisfied with the settings.
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Completing the Add New Connection Wizard)] window will appear.
7.
Click on the [Finish] button
Page 430
The access point icon will be registered in the [Bluetooth Settings] window.
This will complete the access point set-up process.
→"Connecting to a LAN (PAN)"
Page 431
Connecting to a LAN (PAN)
Procedure
1.
Right-click on the connection icon in the [Bluetooth Settings] window, and then click on [Connect]
You will be asked for the Bluetooth passkey in the window that appears.
2.
Enter the passkey under [Bluetooth Passkey (PIN code)], and then click on the [OK] button
A connection will be initiated.
Once you have connected to the network, Internet Explorer will start automatically, and you will be able to exchange data with other
computers on the network.
Note
o
Please follow the procedure below if you need to set up a proxy server to connect to the Internet (the following procedure is not
necessary if the PC you are going to use has already been set up as a proxy server).
1 Select [Internet Options...] from the [Tools] menu in Internet Explorer
The [Internet Options] window will appear.
2 Click on the [Connections] tab, and then click on the [LAN Settings...] button
Page 432
3 Enter the IP address and port number of the proxy server under [Proxy Server], and then click on the [OK] button
3.
End the connection
Right-click either on the connection icon under the [Bluetooth Settings] window or on the
[Disconnect].
icon in the task tray, and then click on
Click on the "Yes" button in the disconnection confirmation dialog box that appears.
Page 433
Building a personal area network
[PAN]
You can use the PAN profile to build a network of Bluetooth wireless technology-enabled devices.
TM
→Operating as a server
→Operating as a client
A personal area network comprises a client-server architecture. The device to which other devices connect is called the "server", and a device that
connects to the server is called a "client."
The client-server relationship is not necessarily a fixed one. The first of two devices to establish a connection can be the server when one other
device is present, and can be the client in other instances.
Note

The maximum total number of devices that can be used to constitute a single personal area network is seven: one server and six clients.
A network comprising as many as seven devices could theoretically be built, but an operating environment that involves the use of other
BluetoothTM wireless technology devices, leaving aside other complications, might require the network to comprise fewer components..
By using the PAN profile, you will be able to build a network that uses the same TCP/IP protocol used in regular LANs. Accordingly, the machine
designated as the server can be used for configuration tasks that utilize DHCP, such as assigning IP addresses to clients.
In addition, you will be able to configure folder and file sharing, which will allow data to be browsed by other servers or clients on the network.
Page 434
Important

Please refer to Windows Help for further information on TCP/IP, DHCP and configurations for sharing.
Operating as a server
The following icon will appear in the tasktray when the PAN server function has been activated.
Should the icon not appear, please follow the procedure below to activate the PAN server function.
1.
Right-click the BluetoothTM wireless technology icon in the task tray and make sure the [service property] of Option [Use PAN
Group Ad-hoc Network] is checked.
A message will appear asking you to confirm whether you wish to activate the PAN group ad-hoc network.
2.
Click the [Yes] button
The PAN server will be activated, and an icon will accordingly appear in the tasktray. Other devices that use the PAN profile will now
be able to connect over the network.
Important

When using the device as the server, make sure that all user accounts have a password set for the security reasons.

The IP address of the server is automatically set up when it starts. Please do not change this IP address.

When the device starts as the server, it starts the DHCP server function. We recommend that you should use the IP addresses provided
from this DHCP server for the clients connected. Please do not change these IP addresses.
By clicking on the icon, the [Bluetooth PAN Server] window will appear.
In the graphic below, one client has established a connection.
Page 435
Note

When you try to connect to another server as a client, the task tray icon will disappear, and your machine will not be able to function as a
server in response to connection requests originating from other devices.

During server starting, it is not possible to stop the DHCP server.
Operating as a client
Connecting to a server as a client is performed from the [Bluetooth Settings] window, as described below.
Procedure
1.
Right-click on the BluetoothTM wireless technology icon in the task tray, and click on [Add New Connection]
Note
o
2.
Alternatively, click on [Start]→All Programs]→Bluetooth]→Bluetooth Settings], and then on [New Connection] from the
[Bluetooth Settings] window.
Confirm that [Express Mode] has been selected, and then click on the [Next] button
Page 436
3.
Click on the [Next] button in the advisory dialog box
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for devices)] window will appear.
Once the program has finished searching for the devices, the [Add New Connection Wizard (Device Selection)] window will appear.
4.
Select the name of the device designated as the server from [Device List], and then click on the [Next] button
Page 437
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for Services)] window will appear.
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Confirm Connection Name)] window will appear.
5.
Click on the [Next] button
The registered icon will appear in the [Bluetooth Settings] window.
■onnecting to a server
Procedure
1.
Right-click on the icon in the [Bluetooth Settings] window, and then click on [Connect]
Page 438
Once you have connected, the icon will change to indicate that the device is connected.
■nding a connection to a server
Procedure
1.
Right-click on the icon in the [Bluetooth Settings] window, and then click on [Disconnect]
A message confirming whether you wish to disconnect will appear. Click on the [Yes] button.
Once you have disconnected, the icon will change to indicate that the device is not connected.
Page 439
Page 440
Using a modem station for fax transmissions [FAX]
This section describes how to send a fax using a BluetoothTM wireless modem station.
→Setting up the modem station
→Setting fax information
→Sending a fax
→Receiving a fax
Important

Please refer to the modem station instruction manual for information on how to connect the station to a telephone line.

Please ensure that any drivers used to connect the PC to the modem have been installed.

A Bluetooth passkey (PIN code) is required for you to connect to the modem station. Please make a note of your Bluetooth passkey before
you start the set-up process.

A fax application is required for you to be able to send and receive faxes. The description below is based on a example using Microsoft Fax,
which is installed with Windows XP as standard.
If you are going to use a commercially available fax application, then please refer to the manual that came with the application for information
on how to send and receive faxes.
Setting up the modem station
Set up and register the modem station as a fax service.
Procedure
1.
Turn on the wireless modem station
2.
Right-click on the BluetoothTM wireless technology icon in the task tray, and then click on [Add New Connection]
Note
o
Alternatively, click [Start]→[All Programs]→[Bluetooth]→[Bluetooth Settings], and then click on [New Connection] from the
active [Bluetooth Settings] window.
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Welcome to the Add New Connection Wizard)] window will appear.
Page 441
3.
Select [Custom Mode], and then click on the [Next] button
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for devices)] window will appear.
Once the program has finished searching for the devices, the [Add New Connection Wizard (Select Device)] window will appear.
4.
Select the device name of the wireless modem station from [Device List], and then click on the [Next] button
Page 442
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for Services)] window will appear.
5.
If you are connecting to the wireless modem station for the first time, enter the passkey for the device from the [Bluetooth Passkey
(PIN Code)] window, and then click on the [OK] button
Once the program has finished searching for the services, the [Add New Connection Wizard (Select Service)] window will appear.
6.
Select "Fax" under [Select Service], and then click on the [Next] button
Page 443
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Connecting to Remote Device)] screen will appear.
The COM port and modem registration process will then be automatically performed.
Once the COM port and modem (standard 33600 bps type) registration is complete,
the [Add New Connection Wizard (Setting Connection Name)] screen will appear.
7.
Configure the type and name of the icon to appear after registration,
and click on the [Next] button.
Please click only on the [Next] button once you are satisfied with the configuration.
Page 444
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Completing the Add New Connection Wizard)] screen will appear.
8.
Click on the [Finish] button
The settings will be registered, and the icon will appear on the [Bluetooth Settings] screen.
Setting FAX information
Configure send/receive settings and register fax information.
Procedure
1.
Select [Start]→[Control Panel], and then double-click on the [Printers and Other Hardware] icon
Note
o
If the control panel is displayed in "Classic view", and you use Windows 2000, please start from Step (2).
2.
Double-click on the [Printers and Faxes] icon
The [Printers & Faxes] window will appear.
3.
Click on "Install a local fax printer" in the [Printers and Faxes] window
Page 445
A window showing installed programs will appear, and a Fax icon will have been created in the [Printers and Faxes] screen.
4.
Click on "Send a fax" under "Printer Tasks" on the left side of the window
If you have not yet configured a fax device, the [Fax Configuration Wizard] window will appear. In the window you can enter settings
pertaining to the sender (yourself).
Page 446
Note
o
5.
If the fax configuration information has already been registered, the [Send Fax Wizard] window, which can be viewed under "
Sending a fax" below, will appear instead of the [Fax Configuration Wizard] window.
Enter the sender information, and click on the [Next] button
Note
o
The sender information that you configure here will be automatically appended as header information when you send a fax.
The [Fax Configuration Wizard (Select Device for Sending or Receiving Faxes)] window will appear.
6.
Select a device to be used for fax transmissions, enable the device for sending or receiving, and then click on the [Next] button
Note
o
If [Enable Receive] is selected, the device will be on standby for receiving faxes even if it is not sending or receiving anything,
and therefore will be in continuous connection to the wireless modem (when COM Auto Connect is on).
Please decide whether to select this option based on the desired objective and/or frequency of transmission.
The [Fax Configuration Wizard (Transmitting Subscriber Identification (TSID))] window will appear.
7.
Click on the [Next] button
It is important that you do not change the transmitter subscriber identification.
Page 447
The [Fax Configuration Wizard (Completing the Fax Configuration Wizard)] window will appear.
8.
Click on the [Finish] button
The fax information will be have been registered, and the [Fax Console] window will appear.
This will complete the fax set-up process.
Related topics: "Sending a fax" and "Receiving a fax"
Page 448
Sending a fax
This section describes how to send a fax from the Fax Console.
Important

The Fax service must be enabled for sending in order for you to send a fax.
Please refer to "Using a wireless modem station" under "Troubleshooting" for how to change the send and receive settings once the
service has been configured.
Procedure
1.
Double-click on the [Fax] icon in the Control Panel
The [Fax Console] window will appear.
2.
In the [Fax Console] window, click [File]→[Send fax]
The [Send Fax Wizard (Starting the Send Fax Wizard)] window will appear.
3.
Click on the [Next] button
Page 449
The [Send Fax Wizard (Recipient Information)] window will appear.
4.
Enter the name and fax number of the destination party, and then click on the [Next] button
The [Send Fax Wizard (Preparing the Cover Page)] window will appear.
5.
Specify the cover page template, subject line, and note (body text), and then click on the [Next] button
Page 450
The [Send Fax Wizard (Schedule)] window will appear.
6.
If you wish to send the fax immediately, select "Now", and then click on the [Next] button
The [Send Fax Wizard (Completing the Send Fax Wizard)] window will appear.
7.
Confirm the destination information and transmission details, and then click on the [Finish] button
Page 451
The software will automatically dial the number and send the fax.
Once the fax has been sent, Fax Monitor will revert to standby mode.
Related topic: "Receiving a fax"
Page 452
Receiving a fax
This section describes what to do when a fax arrives after you have established a connection to a modem station.
Important

The Fax service must be enabled for receiving in order for you to receive a fax.
Please refer to "Using a wireless modem station" under "Troubleshooting" for information on how to change the send and receive settings
once the fax service has been configured.

Please ensure you have connected to a modem station before you receive a fax (the device will be connected to the modem if "Enable
Receive" has been selected or COM Auto Connect has been activated).
Procedure
1.
When a fax arrives, the Fax Monitor will start automatically as the fax is received
Once the fax has been received, the Fax Monitor will revert to standby mode.
Note
o
If you have enabled manual fax reception, the message below will appear when a fax arrives.
Click on the message with your mouse to receive the fax.
2.
Double-click on the [Fax] icon in the Control Panel
The [Fax Console] window will appear.
3.
In the [Fax Console] window, double-click on the fax that has arrived
Page 453
An image of the received fax will be displayed.
Related topic: "Sending a fax"
Page 454
Using a mobile telephone for fax transmissions [FAX]
This section describes how to send a fax using a mobile telephone as a modem.
→Setting up the mobile telephone
→Setting fax information
→Sending a fax
→Receiving a fax
Important

Please ensure that any drivers used to connect the PC to the mobile telephone have been installed.

A Bluetooth passkey (PIN code) is required for you to connect to the mobile telephone. Please make a note of your Bluetooth passkey before
you start the set-up process.

A fax application is required for you to be able to send and receive faxes. The description below is based on a example using Microsoft Fax,
which is installed with Windows XP as standard.
If you are going to use a commercially available fax application, then please refer to the manual that came with the application for information
on how to send and receive faxes.
Setting up the mobile telephone
Set up and register the mobile telephone as a fax service.
Procedure
1.
Turn on the mobile telephone, and set it to be connectable
Note
o
2.
Please refer to the instruction manual for information on how to operate the telephone.
Right-click on the BluetoothTM wireless technology icon in the task tray, and then click on [Add New Connection]
Note
o
Alternatively, click [Start]→[All Programs]→[Bluetooth]→[Bluetooth Settings], and then click on [New Connection] from the
active [Bluetooth Settings] window.
Page 455
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Welcome to the Add New Connection Wizard)] window will appear.
3.
Select [Custom Mode], and then click on the [Next] button
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for devices)] window will appear.
Once the program has finished searching for the devices, the [Add New Connection Wizard (Select Device)] window will appear.
4.
Select the device name of the mobile telephone from [Device List], and then click on the [Next] button
Page 456
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for Services)] window will appear.
5.
If you are connecting to the mobile telephone for the first time, enter the passkey for the device from the [Bluetooth Passkey (PIN
Code)] window, and then click on the [OK] button.
Once the program has finished searching for the services, the [Add New Connection Wizard (Select Service)] window will appear.
6.
Select "Fax" under [Select Service], and then click on the [Next] button
Page 457
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Connecting to Remote Device)] screen will appear.
The COM port and modem registration process will then be automatically performed.
Once the COM port and modem (standard 33600 bps type) registration is
complete,
the [Add New Connection Wizard (Setting Connection Name)] screen will appear.
7.
Configure the type and name of the icon to appear after registration, and click on the [Next] button.
Please click only on the [Next] button once you are satisfied with the configuration.
Page 458
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Completing the Add New Connection Wizard)] screen will appear.
8.
Click on the [Finish] button
The settings will be registered, and the icon will appear on the [Bluetooth Settings] screen.
Setting fax information
Configure send/receive settings and register fax information.
Procedure
1.
Select [Start]→Control Panel], and then double-click on the [Printers and Other Hardware] icon
Note
o
If the control panel is displayed in "Classic view", and you use Windows 2000, please start from Step (2).
2.
Double-click on the [Printers and Faxes] icon
The [Printers & Faxes] window will appear.
3.
Click on "Set up faxing" in the [Printers and Faxes] window
Page 459
A window showing installed programs will appear, and a Fax icon will have been created in the [Printers and Faxes] screen.
4.
Click on "Send a fax" under "Printer Tasks" on the left side of the window
If you have not yet configured a fax device, the [Fax Configuration Wizard] window will appear. In the window you can enter settings
pertaining to the sender (yourself).
Page 460
Note
o
5.
If the fax configuration information has already been registered, the [Send Fax Wizard] window, which can be viewed under "
Sending a fax" below, will appear instead of the [Fax Configuration Wizard] window.
Enter the sender information, and click on the [Next] button
Note
o
The sender information that you configure here will be automatically appended as header information when you send a fax.
The [Fax Configuration Wizard (Select Device for Sending or Receiving Faxes)] window will appear.
6.
Select a device to be used for fax transmissions, enable the device for sending or receiving, and then click on the [Next] button
Note
o
If [Enable Receive] is selected, the device will be on standby for receiving faxes even if it is not sending or receiving anything,
and therefore will be in continuous connection to the wireless modem (when COM Auto Connect is on).
Please decide whether to select this option based on to the desired objective and/or frequency of transmission.
The [Fax Configuration Wizard (Transmitting Subscriber Identification (TSID))] window will appear.
7.
Click on the [Next] button
It is important that you do not change the transmitter subscriber identification.
Page 461
The [Fax Configuration Wizard (Completing the Fax Configuration Wizard)] window will appear.
8.
Click on the [Finish] button
The fax information will be have been registered, and the [Fax Console] window will appear.
This will complete the fax set-up process.
Related topics: "Sending a fax" and "Receiving a fax"
Page 462
Sending a fax
This section describes how to send a fax from the Fax Console.
Important

The Fax service must be enabled for sending in order for you to send a fax.
Please refer to "Using a mobile telephone" under "Troubleshooting" for how to change the send and receive settings once the service has
been configured.""
Procedure
1.
Double-click on the [Fax] icon in the Control Panel
The [Fax Console] window will appear.
2.
In the [Fax Console] window, click [File]→[Send fax]
The [Send Fax Wizard (Starting the Send Fax Wizard)] window will appear.
3.
Click on the [Next] button
Page 463
The [Send Fax Wizard (Recipient Information)] window will appear.
4.
Enter the name and fax number of the destination party, and then click on the [Next] button
The [Send Fax Wizard (Preparing the Cover Page)] window will appear.
5.
Specify the cover page template, subject line, and note (body text), and then click on the [Next] button
Page 464
The [Send Fax Wizard (Schedule)] window will appear.
6.
If you wish to send the fax immediately, select "Now", and then click on the [Next] button
The [Send Fax Wizard (Completing the Send Fax Wizard)] window will appear.
7.
Confirm the destination information and transmission details, and then click on the [Finish] button
Page 465
The software will automatically dial the number and send the fax.
Once the fax has been sent, Fax Monitor will revert to standby mode.
Related topic: "Receiving a fax"
Page 466
Receiving a fax
This section describes what to do when a fax arrives after you have established a connection to a modem station.
Important

The Fax service must be enabled for receiving in order for you to receive a fax.
Please refer to "Using a mobile telephone" under "Troubleshooting" for information on how to change the send and receive settings once
the fax service has been configured.

Please ensure you have connected to a modem station before you receive a fax (the device will be connected to the modem if "Enable
Receive" has been selected or COM Auto Connect has been activated).
Procedure
1.
When a fax arrives, the Fax Monitor will start automatically as the fax is received
Once the fax has been received, the Fax Monitor will revert to standby mode.
Note
o
If you have enabled manual fax reception, the message below will appear when a fax arrives.
Click on the message with your mouse to receive the fax.
2.
Double-click on the [Fax] icon in the Control Panel
The [Fax Console] window will appear.
3.
In the [Fax Console] window, double-click on the fax that has arrived
Page 467
An image of the received fax will be displayed.
Related topic: "Sending a fax"
Page 468
Printing
This section describes how to use a BluetoothTM wireless technology-compatible printer for printing.
Types of printer functions
When printing using BluetoothTM wireless technology, the methods for configuring and using the printer will vary with the corresponding profile.
Profile
Bluetooth Settings
Operation
HCRP (*1)
You must register the printer in Bluetooth Settings
Allows you to print from various applications, as with ordinary
cable-connected printers.
→"Printing document and images"
SPP
OPP (*2)
Not required
Allows you to print business card data directly.
→"Printing business card data"
BIP
Not required
Allows you to print image data directly.
→"Printing images directly from a digital camera or other device"
Note

(*1) The majority of BluetoothTM wireless technology-compatible printers support HCRP.
If you have selected Express Mode, HCRP will be chosen as the default profile. If the printer does not support HCRP, then SPP will be the
next choice.

(*2) The printing of business cards using OPP complies exclusively with the business card (vCARD) standard.
Page 469
Printing documents and images [HCRP] [SPP]
This section describes how to print using a BluetoothTM wireless technology-compatible printer.
→Setting up the printer
→Printing
Important

Please ensure that any printer-specific drivers have been installed on the PC before you have established a BluetoothTM wireless
technology connection.

A Bluetooth passkey (PIN code) is required for you to connect to the printer. Please make a note of your Bluetooth passkey before you
start the set-up process.
Setting up the printer
Procedure
1.
Turn on the printer
2.
Right-click on the BluetoothTM wireless technology icon in the task tray, and then click on [Add New Connection]
Note
o
Alternatively, click [Start]→[All Programs]→[Bluetooth]→[Bluetooth Settings], and then click on [New Connection] from the
active [Bluetooth Settings] window.
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Welcome to the Add New Connection Wizard)] window will appear.
3.
Confirm that [Express Mode] has been selected, and then click on the [Next] button
Page 470
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for devices)] window will appear.
Once the program has finished searching for the devices, the [Add New Connection Wizard (Device Selection)] window will appear.
4.
Select the device name of the printer from [Device List], and then click on the [Next] button
Page 471
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for Services)] window will appear.
5.
If you are connecting to the printer for the first time, enter the passkey for the device from the [Bluetooth Passkey (PIN Code)]
window, and then click on the [OK] button.
Once the services have been detected successfully, connection to the device and creation of the HCRP port will be performed
automatically.
If you have not yet installed a printer, a message prompting you to install a printer will appear.
6.
Click on the [OK] button
The [Add Printer Wizard (Starting the Add Printer Wizard)] window will appear.
7.
Click on the [Next] button
Page 472
The [Add Printer Wizard (Local Printer or Network Printer)] window will appear.
8.
Select "Local printer attached to this computer", remove the check next to "Automatically detect and install my Plug and Play
printer", and then click on the [Next] button
The [Add Printer Wizard (Select Printer Port)] window will appear.
9.
Select the desired port, and then click on the [Next] button
Page 473
The [Add Printer Wizard (Install Printer Software)] window will appear.
10. Select the [Manufacturer] and [Printer] as pertains to the printer to be installed, or click on the [Use Device] button, and then
click on the [Next] button
Please install the printer according to the instructions in the windows that follow.
Once installation is complete, a message of confirmation will appear in the [Add New Connection Wizard (Printer Settings)]
window.
11. Click on [Next]
Page 474
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Connection Name Settings)] window will appear.
12. Enter the type and name of the icon displayed after registration, and then click on the [Next] button
Please click on the [Next] button if you are satisfied with the settings.
Note
o
You can change the connection icon and icon name.
→"Changing the connection icon name"
→"Changing the connection icon"
Printing
Try to print from the message pad.
1.
Click [File]→[Print]
The [Print] screen will appear.
2.
Select wireless printer from under [Select Printer], and then click on the [Print] button
Page 475
Printing will commence.
Note

If you have connected to a printer using HCRP or SPP profiles, all future BluetoothTM wireless technology connections to that printer
will be established automatically once you have printed a document from your PC.
Page 476
Printing images directly from a digital camera or other device [BIP]
If you have a printer that supports BIP (Basic Imaging Profile), you can send images directly to a printer to be printed out, without having to
perform any special set-up procedure.
→Printing image files on a printer (using icons)
→Printing image files on a printer (by right-clicking the mouse)
Note

Below is a list of file types (extensions) of images that can be printed out directly.
o
Bitmap (*.bmp)
o
JPEG (*.jpg; *.jpeg)
o
PNG (*.png)
Procedure
■Printing image files on a printer (using icons)
1.
Turn on the printer
2.
Click on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger icon on the Desktop
Note
o
Alternatively, open Explorer and click on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger folder for the same result.
Page 477
The [Bluetooth Information Exchanger] window will appear.
3.
Double-click on the [Image Transfer] icon
A list of devices will appear in the [Image Transfer] window.
Note
o
4.
If your desired printer does not appear in the list, please confirm that the printer has been turned on, and then click on [Bluetooth]
→[Search Devices]
A device search will be performed.
Drag and drop the file to be sent on top of the icon of the destination printer
The file will be sent to the printer.
If the file has been sent to the printer successfully, the message below will appear, and the image will be printed out. Please click on the
[OK] button.
Page 478
The message below will appear if the file transmission was unsuccessful. Please click on the [OK] button to close the message, and
repeat the printing procedure.
Note
o
If the printer does not support the BIP profile, the message below will appear.
■Printing image files to a printer (by right-clicking the mouse)
1.
Turn on the printer
2.
Right-click on the file to be sent, and then click on the destination printer under [to Bluetooth]
Note
o
If your desired device does not appear in the list, please confirm that the device has been turned on, and then click on [to
Bluetooth] →[Search Other Devices]
Once the device has been detected, the message below will appear. Please select the destination device, and click on the [Send]
button.
Page 479
A window indicating that the file is being sent to the printer will appear.
If the file has been sent to the printer successfully, the message below will appear, and the image will be printed out. Please click on the
[OK] button.
The message below will appear if the file transmission was unsuccessful. Please click on the [OK] button to close the message, and repeat
the printing procedure.
Note
o
If the printer does not support the BIP profile, the message below will appear.
Page 480
Printing business card data [OPP]
If you have a printer that supports OPP (Object Push Profile), you can directly send business card data that conforms to the "vCard" standard to a
printer and print it out.
→Printing business card data (using icons)
→Printing business card data (by right-clicking the mouse)
Procedure
■Printing business card data (using icons)
1.
Turn on the printer
2.
Click on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger icon on the Desktop
Note
o
Alternatively, open Explorer and click on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger folder for the same result.
The [Bluetooth Information Exchanger] window will appear.
3.
Double-click on the [Object Push] icon
A list of devices will appear in the [Object Push] window.
Page 481
Here, the image will be sent to the target printer.
Note
o
4.
If your desired printer does not appear in the list, please confirm that the printer has been turned on, and then click on [Bluetooth]
→[Search Devices]
A device search will be performed.
Drag and drop the business card data to be sent on top of the icon of the destination printer
Page 482
The business card will be sent to the printer.
If the business card has been sent to the printer successfully, the message below will appear, and the image will be printed out. Please
click on the [OK] button.
The message below will appear if the business card transmission was unsuccessful. Please click on the [OK] button to close the
message, and repeat the printing procedure.
■Printing business card data (by right-clicking the mouse)
1.
Turn on the printer
2.
Right-click on the business card data to be sent, and then click on the destination printer under [to Bluetooth]
Page 483
Note
o
If your desired device does not appear in the list, please confirm that the device has been turned on, and then click on [to
Bluetooth] →Search Other Devices]
Once the device has been detected, the message below will appear. Please select the destination device, and click on the [Send]
button.
The business card will be sent to the printer.
If the business card has been sent to the printer successfully, the message below will appear, and the image will be printed out. Please
click on the [OK] button.
The message below will appear if the business card transmission was unsuccessful. Please click on the [OK] button to close the message,
and repeat the printing procedure.
Page 484
Page 485
Listening to music using the stereo headphones 【 GAVDP】 【 A2DP】 【 AVRCP】
This section describes how to use the stereo headphones to listen to your favourite music or other audio files stored on your PC.
→Configuring the stereo headphones
→Connecting to the stereo headphones
→Listening to music or other audio files
→Playing music using remote control
→Copyright protection function
Configuring the stereo headphones
Procedure
1.
Right-click on the BluetoothTM wireless technology icon in the task tray, and click on [Add New Connection].
Note
o
Alternatively, click [Start]→All Programs]→Bluetooth]→Bluetooth Settings], and then click on [New Connection] from the
[Bluetooth Settings] screen that has opened.
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Welcome to the Add New Connection Wizard)] will appear.
2.
Switch ON the stereo headphones and activate "Discoverable" mode
Please refer to the user guide for the stereo headphones for further information on how to operate them.
3.
Confirm that [Express Mode] has been selected, and then click on the [Next] button
Page 486
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for Devices)] screen will appear.
Once the search for the devices has ended, the [Add New Connection Wizard (Select Device)] screen will appear.
4.
Select the device name of the stereo headphones from the list, and click on the [Next] button
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for Services)] screen will appear.
Page 487
5.
Configure the type and name of the icon to appear once registration is complete, and click on the [Next] button
Please click the [Next] button once you are satisfied with the configuration.
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Configure Connection Name)] screen will appear.
6.
Click on the [Finish] button
The settings will be registered, and the icon will appear on the [Bluetooth Settings] screen.
Connecting to the stereo headphones
You can connect to the stereo headphones from the icon registered in [Bluetooth Settings]. Please refer to the user guide for information on how to
make a connection from the stereo headphones.
Important

Please close the following audio applications before any connection is made between your stereo headphones and PC.
o
Music/video playback applications
o
e-Conferencing applications
o
Voice-recognition applications
Please finish connecting the stereo headphones before launching any of these applications.
Listening to music or other audio files
1.
Playing music or other audio files on your PC
Important
o
Please confirm the points below if you are unable to hear anything despite having properly connected the stereo headphones.
Click [Start]→All Programs]→Accessories]→Entertainment]→Volume Control].
Remove the tick next to [Mute] if it has been ticked. If the volume is at its lowest setting, please adjust it to an appropriate level.
o
Music playback may be interrupted if other BluetoothTM wireless technology devices are currently connected to your PC. When
you are listening to music, it is recommended that the stereo headphones be the only connected device.
o
488
Music playback may be interrupted if you are some distance away from the PC, or if there are any obstructions betweenPage
you and
the PC.
o
If you are unable to hear any sound out of your stereo headphones while music or audio is currently playing in a related
application, please stop the files being played, open [Sounds and Audio Devices] from the Control Panel, and change the default
device to "Toshiba Bluetooth Wave."
If you are still unable to hear any sound from the stereo headphones even after having set "Toshiba Bluetooth Wave" as the
default device, please re-launch the application.
2.
Finishing listening to music and disconnecting
o
Right-click on the icon for the currently connected mode from [Bluetooth Settings] on your PC, and click on "Disconnect."
A message confirming the disconnection may appear.
o
Click on the "Yes" button after having followed the instructions in the message.
The icon will indicate that the device has been disconnected.
Important
o
Please close the following audio applications before you disconnect the stereo headphones from your PC:

Music/video playback applications

e-Conferencing applications

Voice-recognition applications
Please completely disconnect the stereo headphones before launching any of these applications.
Please refer to the user guide for information on terminating a connection from the stereo headphones.
Playing music using remote control
Music applications and video playback applications installed on your PC (e.g.,"Windows Media Player 9" and "InterVideo WinDVD") may be
operated with the remote control button/switch on your stereo headphones.
The remote control used with the stereo headphones must be compliant with the BluetoothTM wireless technology AVRCP profile. Please refer to
the headphones user guide for further information.
You can configure the application to be operated using the switch/button according to the following procedure.
Procedure
1.
Double-click on the BluetoothTM wireless technology icon in the taskbar
Launches "Bluetooth Settings."
2.
Click on [Bluetooth]→Select AV Player] from the menu bar
The [Select AV Player] screen will appear.
Page 489
3.
Select the application, and click on the [OK] button
The functions and switch/button that can be operated may differ depending on the application used for music/video playback as well as the
version.
The procedure below can be performed in order to change the position where the receive command is displayed or to not have the command
displayed.
Procedure
1.
Double-click on the BluetoothTM wireless technology icon in the taskbar
Launches "Bluetooth Settings."
2.
Click on [Bluetooth]→Select AV Player] from the menu bar.
The [Select AV Player] screen will appear.
3.
Select the appropriate item from the pull-down menu of positions where the receive command is to be displayed, and
then click on the [OK] button.
If the receive command appears but does not function properly, sometimes the problem may be rectified by changing the setting to "Do not
display."
The commands supported by this application are shown below. Please refer to the headphone user guide for commands that are supported by the
stereo headphones. Problems with operation may be encountered with certain versions of "Windows Media Player 9" and "InterVideo WinDVD."
[Windows Media Player 9]

Play

Stop

Pause

Next

Previous

Fast forward

Rewind
[InterVideo WinDVD]

Play

Stop

Pause

Next chapter

Previous chapter

Fast Forward

Fast Backward

Up

Down

Left

Right

Select

Root menu

Angle
Page 490
Copyright protection function
A copyright protection function is supported according to the SCMS-T format as defined in the BluetoothTM wireless technology specifications.
You can only connect to devices that support this function.
Procedure
1.
Double-click on the BluetoothTM wireless technology icon in the task tray.
Launches"Bluetooth Settings."
2.
Select [Bluetooth] from the menu, and click on [Copyright Protection Setting].
The copyright protection dialog will appear.
3.
Tick the box next to "Only connect to devices that are copyright-protected under the SCMS-T format," and click on the OK
button.
Page 491
Using a wireless keyboard [HID]
This section describes how to connect a BluetoothTM wireless technology-compatible keyboard to a PC.
Setting up the wireless keyboard
Procedure
1.
Right-click on the BluetoothTM wireless technology icon in the task tray, and then click on [Add New Connection]
Note
o
Alternatively, click [Start]→[All Programs]→[Bluetooth]→[Bluetooth Settings], and then click on [New Connection] from the
active [Bluetooth Settings] window.
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Welcome to the Add New Connection Wizard)] window will appear.
2.
Confirm that [Express Mode] has been selected, and then click on the [Next] button
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for devices)] window will appear.
Page 492
Once the program has finished searching for the devices, the [Add New Connection Wizard (Device Selection)] window will appear.
3.
Select the device name of the keyboard from [Device List], and then click on the [Next] button
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for Services)] window will appear.
4.
Use the wireless keyboard to enter the numbers that appear in [Bluetooth Passkey (PIN Code)], and then hit the [Enter] key
Page 493
Once the program has detected the services successfully, connection to the device and registration of settings information will be
performed automatically.
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Connection Name Settings)] window will appear.
5.
Enter the type and name of the icon displayed after registration, and then click on the [Next] button
Please click on the [Next] button if you are satisfied with the settings.
Note
o
You can change the connection icon and icon name.
→"Changing a connection icon name"
→"Changing a connection icon"
Page 494
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Completing the Add New Connection Wizard)] window will appear.
6.
Click on the [Finish] button
The settings information will be registered, and an icon will appear in the [Bluetooth Settings] window.
Note

Pressing any key on the wireless keyboard will automatically connect it to the PC thereafter.
Please connect manually if automatic connection is unsuccessful.
Page 495
Using a wireless mouse [HID]
This section describes how to connect a BluetoothTM wireless technology-compatible mouse to a PC.
Setting up the wireless mouse
Procedure
1.
Turn on the wireless mouse, and set it to be connectable
Please refer to the instruction manual for details on how to operate the mouse.
Note
o
2.
If the security mode on your PC has been set to "Enable Link-Level Security," then any mouse not ordinarily requiring a passkey
will require one. If your mouse's user guide does not contain any passkey-related information, please consult the outlet where
you purchased your mouse or the relevant support center.
Right-click on the BluetoothTM wireless technology icon in the task tray, and then click on [Add New Connection]
Note
o
Alternatively, click [Start]→[All Programs]→[Bluetooth]→[Bluetooth Settings], and then click on [New Connection] from the
active [Bluetooth Settings] window.
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Welcome to the Add New Connection Wizard)] window will appear.
3.
Confirm that [Express Mode] has been selected, and then click on the [Next] button
Page 496
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for devices)] window will appear.
Once the program has finished searching for the devices, the [Add New Connection Wizard (Device Selection)] window will appear.
4.
Select the device name of the mouse from [Device List], and then click on the [Next] button
Page 497
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for Services)] window will appear.
A message confirming a device connection will appear.
5.
Click on the [OK] button
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Connection Name Settings)] window will appear.
6.
Enter the type and name of the icon displayed after registration, and then click on the [Next] button
Please click on the [Next] button if you are satisfied with the settings.
Note
o
Please use this window to change the connection name and icon.
- Changing the connection icon name
- Changing the connection icon
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Completing the Add New Connection Wizard)] window will appear.
7.
Click on the [Finish] button
The settings information will be have been registered, and an icon will appear in the [Bluetooth Settings] window.
Page 498
Note
o
Clicking on one of the mouse buttons or otherwise operating it will automatically connect it to the PC thereafter. Please connect
manually if automatic connection is unsuccessful.
Page 499
Exchanging files with a PC or PDA [FTP]
You can send and receive files other than business card data with a PC or PDA that has onboard BluetoothTM wireless technology.
Use "File transfer" in the Bluetooth Information Exchanger to exchange files.
Note

The same operations will be valid as long as the PC and PDA support the FTP profile.

"File transfer" cannot be used to send or receive business card data. Please instead use "Object Push" to perform these activities.
→Sending files to a PC or PDA (using icons)
→Sending files to a PC or PDA (by right-clicking the mouse)
→Receiving files from a PC or PDA
Procedure
■Sending files to a PC or PDA (using icons)
1.
Turn on the PC or PDA
2.
Double-click on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger icon on the Desktop
Note
o
Alternatively, opening Explorer and clicking on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger folder will produce the same result.
Page 500
The [Bluetooth Information Exchanger] window will appear.
3.
Double-click on the [File transfer] icon
A list of devices will appear in the [File transfer] window.
Note
4.
o
If the desired device does not appear in the list, please confirm that the device has been turned on, and then select [Bluetooth]→
[Search Devices].
A device search will be performed.
o
You can also use "Image transfer" when sending individual image files.
Use the mouse to drag and drop the file you wish to send over the destination icon
In this case, the file will be sent to a PC named "PC-1".
Note
o
5.
When using "File transfer", you can send individual files as well as entire folders.
Confirm that the file is being sent
The file will be sent to the PC.
Note
o
When sending files using "File transfer", a message requesting permission to receive the files may appear on the destination
Page 501
(receiving) device. The content of the message will vary with the software that supports the BluetoothTM wireless technology
function on the destination device, so please be sure to follow the instructions provided.
If you are using the BluetoothTM Utility, a message similar to the one below will appear.
If the file has been sent successfully, the message below will appear.
Please click on the [OK] button.
The message below will appear if the file transmission was unsuccessful.
Please click on the [OK] button to close the message, and repeat the procedure.
Note
o
Files that have been sent will be saved in a file transfer shared folder on the destination device.
o
Additionally, with "File transfer", you can open the shared folder on the destination device using Explorer, specify a subfolder,
and then send the file there.
o
You can use Properties in the Bluetooth Information Exchanger to change the location of the "Shared folder" on the hard drive.
■Sending files to a PC or PDA (by right-clicking the mouse)
1.
Turn on the PC or PDA
Confirm that a connection has been enabled before proceeding to the next step.
Page 502
2.
Right-click on the file you wish to send, and then select its destination from [to Bluetooth]
Note
o
If the desired device does not appear in the list, please confirm that the device has been turned on, and then select [to Bluetooth]
→[Search other devices].
Once the devices have been detected, the message below will appear. Please select the destination device, and then click on the
[Send] button.
3.
Confirm that the file is being sent
The file will be sent to the PC.
Note
Page 503
o
When sending files using "File transfer," a message requesting permission to receive the files may appear on the destination
(receiving) device. The content of the message will vary with the software installed on the destination device, so please be sure to
follow the instructions provided.
If you are using the BluetoothTM Utility, a message similar to the one below will appear.
If the file has been sent successfully, the message below will appear.
Please click on the [OK] button.
The message below will appear if the file transmission was unsuccessful.
Please click on the [OK] button to close the message, and then repeat the procedure.
Note
o
Files that have been sent will be saved in a file transfer shared folder on the destination device.
■Receiving files from a PC or PDA
Your PC is able to receive files that have been saved in the shared folder on the destination PC or PDA. Received files will be saved in the shared
folder under "File transfer".
1.
Turn on the PC or PDA
Confirm that a BluetoothTM wireless technology connection has been enabled before proceeding to the next step.
2.
Double-click on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger icon on the Desktop
Note
o
Alternatively, opening Explorer and clicking on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger folder will produce the same result.
Page 504
The [Bluetooth Information Exchanger] window will appear.
3.
Double-click on the [File transfer] icon
A list of devices will appear in the [File transfer] window.
In this case, the file will be received from the PDA named "My Mobile".
4.
Double-click on the [PDA-1] icon
The file saved in the shared folder in "My Mobile" will appear.
5.
Right-click on the file you wish to receive, and then select "Receive file".
Page 505
The file will be received from a PDA.
Note
o
With "File transfer", you can send individual files as well as entire folders.
Please right-click on the folder you wish to receive, and select "Receive folder".
Subsequent operations should be performed in the same manner as when receiving individual files.
If the file has been received successfully, the message below will appear.
Please click on the [OK] button.
The message below will appear if the file transmission was unsuccessful. Please click on the [OK] button to close the message, and repeat
the procedure.
Note
o
The received file will be saved in the "Shared folder" under "File transfer" in the Bluetooth Information Exchanger
Page 506
You can use Properties under the Bluetooth Information Exchanger to specify the location of the "Shared folder" on the hard
drive.
Page 507
Sending images to a mobile telephone [BIP]
You can send image data to a BluetoothTM wireless technology-compatible mobile telephone.
Large images will be automatically reduced to fit on the telephone display screen.
Images are sent using "Image transfer" under Bluetooth Information Exchanger.
Note

The mobile telephone must support the BIP profile.

The following image file formats can be sent and received using "Image transfer":
o
Bitmap (*.bmp)
o
JPEG (*.jpg, *.jpeg)
o
PNG (*.png)
→Sending images to a mobile telephone (using icons)
→Sending images to a mobile telephone (by right-clicking the mouse)
Procedure
■Sending images to a mobile telephone (using icons)
1.
Turn on the PC or PDA
Confirm that a BluetoothTM wireless technology connection has been enabled before proceeding.
2.
Double-click on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger icon on the Desktop
Note
o
Alternatively, opening Explorer and clicking on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger folder will produce the same result.
Page 508
The [Bluetooth Information Exchanger] window will appear.
3.
Double-click on the [Image transfer] icon
A list of devices will appear in the [Image transfer] window.
Note
o
4.
If the desired device does not appear in the list, please confirm that the device has been turned on, and then select [Bluetooth]→
[Search Devices].
A device search will be performed.
Drag and drop the file you wish to send over the destination icon
In this case, the image will be sent to a mobile telephone named "BT-Phone-1".
Page 509
The image will be sent.
If the image has been sent successfully, the message below will appear.
Please click on the [OK] button.
The message below will appear if the image transmission was unsuccessful.
Please click on the [OK] button to close the message, and repeat the procedure.
■Sending images to a mobile telephone (by right-clicking the mouse)
1.
Turn on the mobile telephone
Confirm that a BluetoothTM wireless technology connection has been enabled before proceeding.
2.
Right-click on the file you wish to send, and then click on its destination from [to Bluetooth]
Page 510
Note
o
If the desired device does not appear in the list, please confirm that the device has been turned on, and then select [to Bluetooth]
→[Search other devices].
Once the devices have been detected, the message below will appear. Please select the destination device, and then click on the
[Send] button.
The image will be sent.
If the image has been sent successfully, the message below will appear.
Please click on the [OK] button.
The message below will appear if the image transmission was unsuccessful.
Page 511
Please click on the [OK] button to close the message, and repeat the procedure.
Page 512
Sending images to a PC or PDA [BIP]
You can send image data to a BluetoothTM wireless technology-enabled PC or PDA.
Images are sent using "Image transfer" under Bluetooth Information Exchanger.
Note

The following image file formats can be sent and received using "Image transfer":
o
Bitmap (*.bmp)
o
JPEG (*.jpg, *.jpeg)
o
PNG (*.png)
→Sending images to a PC or PDA (using icons)
→Sending images to a PC or PDA (by right-clicking the mouse)
Procedure
■Sending images to a PC or PDA (using icons)
1.
Turn on the PC or PDA
Confirm that a BluetoothTM wireless technology connection has been enabled before proceeding.
2.
Double-click on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger icon on the Desktop
Note
o
Alternatively, opening Explorer and clicking on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger folder will produce the same result.
Page 513
The [Bluetooth Information Exchanger] window will appear.
3.
Double-click on the [Image transfer] icon
A list of devices will appear in the [Image transfer] window.
Note
o
4.
If the desired device does not appear in the list, please confirm that the device has been turned on, and then select [Bluetooth]→
[Search Devices].
A device search will be performed.
Drag and drop the file you wish to send over the destination icon
In this case, the image will be sent to a PC named "PC-1".
Page 514
The image will be sent.
If the image has been sent successfully, the message below will appear.
Please click on the [OK] button.
The message below will appear if the image transmission was unsuccessful.
Please click on the [OK] button to close the message, and repeat the procedure.
Note
o
Images that have been sent will be saved in an image transfer folder on the destination device.
o
Images received using "Image transfer" in the Bluetooth Information Exchanger will be saved in the "Image Box" in "Image
transfer".
Page 515
o
You can use Properties under the Bluetooth Information Exchanger to change the location of the "Image Box" folder on the hard
drive.
■Sending images to a PC or PDA (by right-clicking the mouse)
1.
Turn on the PC or PDA
Confirm that a BluetoothTM wireless technology connection has been enabled before proceeding
2.
Right-click on the file you wish to send, and then click on its destination from [to Bluetooth]
Note
o
If the desired device does not appear in the list, please confirm that the device has been turned on, and then select [to Bluetooth]
→[Search other devices].
Once the devices have been detected, the message below will appear. Please select the destination device, and then click on the
[Send] button.
Page 516
The image will be sent.
If the image has been sent successfully, the message below will appear.
Please click on the [OK] button.
The message below will appear if the image transmission was unsuccessful.
Please click on the [OK] button to close the message, and repeat the procedure.
Note
o
When you send images by right-clicking the mouse, the image data that has been sent will be saved in the image transfer shared
folder on the destination device. This is also the case when you send images using icons.
Page 517
Exchanging business card data with a PC or PDA [OPP]
You can exchange business card data with a BluetoothTM wireless technology-enabled PC or PDA.
Business card data are exchanged using "Object Push" under Bluetooth Information Exchanger.
Note

Data compliant with the "vCARD" standard are the only type of business card data able to be sent and received with "Object Push".
Business card data can be used by applications such as Microsoft Outlook.

Business card data can be created in vCARD format by Microsoft Outlook and other similar applications.
→"Creating business card data in the vCARD format"

You can send business card data directly from Microsoft Outlook.
→"Sending business card data from Outlook"

The OPP profile must be supported by the PC or PDA of the other party.
→Selecting a business card and sending it to a PC or PDA (using icons)
→Selecting a business card and sending it to a PC or PDA (by right-clicking the mouse)
→Sending your personal business card
→Receiving a business card from another party
→Exchanging business cards
Procedure
■Selecting a business card and sending it to a PC or PDA (using icons)
Select a business card you wish to send from among all the business card data you have already received through exchanges with your business
or other contacts, and then send it to another party.
1.
Turn on the PC or PDA
Confirm that a BluetoothTM wireless technology connection has been enabled before proceeding.
2.
Double-click on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger icon on the Desktop
Note
o
Alternatively, opening Explorer and clicking on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger folder will produce the same result.
Page 518
The [Bluetooth Information Exchanger] window will appear.
3.
Double-click on the [Object Push] icon
A list of devices will appear in the [Object Push] window.
Note
o
4.
If the desired device does not appear in the list, please confirm that the device has been turned on, and then select [Bluetooth]→
[Search Devices].
A device search will be performed.
Use the mouse to drag and drop the business card you wish to send over the destination icon
In this case, the business card will be sent to a PC named "PC-1".
Page 519
The business card will be sent.
Note
o
When you try to send a business card, a message requesting permission to receive the card may appear on the device belonging
to the other party (i.e., on the receiving end). The content of the message will vary with the software installed on the destination
device, so please be sure to follow the instructions provided. If you are using the BluetoothTM Utility, a message similar to the one
below will appear.
If the business card has been sent successfully, the message below will appear.
Please click on the [OK] button.
The message below will appear if the business card transmission was unsuccessful.
Please click on the [OK] button to close the message, and repeat the procedure.
Memo
o
Data that have been sent will be saved in a folder for exchanged business cards on the destination device.
o
You can configure an associated application (Microsoft Outlook etc) to start automatically when you have received a business
card, allowing you to view the card details.
Page 520
You can use Properties under Bluetooth Information Exchanger to configure whether or not you would like such an application to
start automatically.
■Selecting a business card and sending it to a PC or PDA (by right-clicking the mouse)
1.
Turn on the PC or PDA
Confirm that a BluetoothTM wireless technology connection has been enabled before proceeding.
2.
Right-click on the business card you wish to send, and then click on its destination from [to Bluetooth]
Note
o
If the desired device does not appear in the list, please confirm that the device has been turned on, and then select [to Bluetooth]
→[Search other devices].
Once the devices have been detected, the message below will appear. Please select the destination device, and then click on the
[Send] button.
Page 521
The business card will be sent.
Note
o
When you try to send a business card, a message requesting permission to receive the files may appear on the device belonging
to the other party (i.e., on the receiving end). The content of the message will vary with the software installed on the destination
device, so please be sure to follow the instructions provided.
If you are using the BluetoothTM Utility, a message similar to the one below will appear.
If the business card has been sent successfully, the message below will appear.
Please click on the [OK] button.
The message below will appear if the business card transmission was unsuccessful.
Please click on the [OK] button to close the message, and repeat the procedure.
Note
o
Data that have been sent will be saved in a folder for exchanged business cards on the destination device.
Page 522
■Sending your personal business card
You can prepare a business card bearing your name and other details such as your company and telephone numbers, and then send it to another
party.
Note

Please use Properties under Bluetooth Information Exchanger beforehand to configure which data to use for your own business card.

You can only have one business card registered as your own that is able to be sent.
1.
Turn on the PC or PDA
Confirm that a BluetoothTM wireless technology connection has been enabled before proceeding
2.
Double-click on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger icon on the Desktop
Note
o
Alternatively, opening Explorer and clicking on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger folder will produce the same result.
The [Bluetooth Information Exchanger] window will appear.
3.
Double-click on the [Object Push] icon
A list of devices will appear in the [Object Push] window.
Page 523
Note
o
4.
If the desired device does not appear in the list, please confirm that the device has been turned on, and then select [Bluetooth]→
[Search Devices].
A device search will be performed.
Right-click on the destination icon, and then click on [Send business card To]
In this case, your personal business card will be sent to a PC named "PC-1".
The business card will be sent.
Note
o
When you try to send a business card, a message requesting permission to receive the files may appear on the device belonging
to the other party (i.e., on the receiving end). The content of the message will vary with the software installed on the destination
device, so please be sure to follow the instructions provided. If you are using the BluetoothTMUtility, a message similar to the one
below will appear.
Page 524
o
Business cards that have been sent will be saved in the Inbox of the destination party.
If your business card has been sent successfully, the message below will appear.
Please click on the [OK] button.
The message below will appear if the business card transmission was unsuccessful. Please click on the [OK] button to close the message,
and repeat the procedure.
Note
o
Data that has been sent will be saved in a folder for exchanged business cards on the destination device.
■Acquiring a business card from another party
You can use your PC to acquire a business card from a party containing their details.
1.
Turn on the PC or PDA
Confirm that a BluetoothTM wireless technology connection has been enabled before proceeding
2.
Double-click on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger icon on the Desktop
Note
o
Alternatively, opening Explorer and clicking on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger folder will produce the same result.
Page 525
The [Bluetooth Information Exchanger] window will appear.
3.
Double-click on the [Object Push] icon
A list of devices will appear in the [Object Push] window.
Note
o
4.
If the desired device does not appear in the list, please confirm that the device has been turned on, and then select [Bluetooth]→
Search Devices].
A device search will be performed.
Right-click on the icon of the party whose card you wish to acquire, and then click on [Receive business card]
In this case, the business card of the other party will be acquired from a PC named "PC-1".
The business card will be received.
Note
o
When you try to acquire a business card, a message requesting permission to send the files may appear on the device belonging
to the other party (i.e., on the sending end). The content of the message will vary with the software installed on the destination
device, so please be sure to follow the instructions provided.
If you are using the BluetoothTM Utility, a message similar to the one below will appear.
Page 526
If the business card has been received successfully, the message below will appear.
Please click on the [OK] button.
The message below will appear if the business card was unsuccessfully received.
Please click on the [OK] button to close the message, and repeat the procedure.
Note
o
Business card data that have been received will be saved in the Inbox under "Object Push".
You can use Properties under the Bluetooth Information Exchanger to set the location of the Inbox on the hard drive.
■Exchanging business cards
Simultaneously exchange your business card with one belonging to another party.
1.
Turn on the PC or PDA
Confirm that a BluetoothTM wireless technology connection has been enabled before proceeding.
2.
Double-click on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger icon on the Desktop
Note
o
Alternatively, opening Explorer and clicking on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger folder will produce the same result.
Page 527
The [Bluetooth Information Exchanger] window will appear.
3.
Double-click on the [Object Push] icon
A list of devices will appear in the [Object Push] window.
Note
o
4.
If the desired device does not appear in the list, please confirm that the device has been turned on, and then select [Bluetooth]→
Search Devices].
A device search will be performed.
Right-click on the icon of the party with whom you wish to exchange business cards, and then click on [Object Push]
In this case, the business cards will be exchanged with a PC named "PC-1".
Page 528
The business card from the party who executed the "Exchange business cards" command will be sent first.
Note
o
When you try to send a business card, a message requesting permission to receive the files may appear on the device belonging
to the other party (i.e., on the receiving end). The content of the message will vary with the software installed on the destination
device, so please be sure to follow the instructions provided.
If you are using the BluetoothTM Utility, a message similar to the one below will appear.
A message of confirmation will appear if the card has been successfully sent.
Note
o
Business cards that have been sent will be saved in the Inbox of the destination party.
Once your business card has finished being sent, the program will start receiving the business card belonging to the other party.
Note
o
When a business card is to be received, a message such as the one below may appear on the device belonging to the other party.
Please click on the [Yes] button if you give permission for the business card to be sent.
A message of confirmation will appear if the card has been successfully received.
Note
o
Business cards that have been received will be saved in the "Inbox" under "Object Push".
You can use Properties under the Bluetooth Information Exchanger to set the location of the Inbox on the hard drive.
Page 529
Page 530
Using a BluetoothTM wireless technology-compatible camera [BIP]
By connecting a BluetoothTM wireless technology-compatible digital camera to your PC, you will be able to operate the camera shutter from the PC
and transmit captured images to it as well.
→Connecting the camera
→Taking pictures
→Viewing images saved on your PC
Connecting the camera
Use the "Remote Camera" tool in the BluetoothTM Utility to connect the camera to your PC.
Procedure
1.
Click on [Start ]→[All Programs]→[Bluetooth]→[Remote Camera]
Note
o
2.
In Windows 2000, click on [Start]→[Programs]→[Bluetooth]→[Remote Camera].
Turn on the camera, and set it to be connectable via BluetoothTM wireless technology
Note
o
3.
Different cameras are operated in different ways, depending on the manufacturer and model used. Please refer to the instruction
manual for further details on how to operate your camera.
Click on the [Camera Search...] button
The camera will be detected and its icon displayed.
Page 531
4.
Right-click on the camera icon, and select [Connect]
The camera will be connected, and images from the camera will appear on-screen.
Taking pictures
By placing the mouse cursor over the on-screen image, the camera's operating window will appear.
You can operate the camera from this window.
Procedure
■Taking a single picture
Page 532
1.
Click on the
button in the operating window.
A single image will be captured and sent to the PC.
■Taking several consecutive frames
1.
Click on the
button in the operating window
A succession of images will be captured and sent to the PC.
Note
1.
o
The remote camera shutter cannot be operated while the camera is connected to the PC.
o
The number of consecutive pictures taken can be set to anywhere between 2 and 16
In the [Remote Camera] window, click on [Bluetooth]→[Properties]→[Consecutive Image Settings]
The [Change number of consecutive images] dialog box will appear
2.
Click on the [<][>] buttons to select the number of consecutive images to be captured
Page 533
Important
o
Images are not only sent to the PC, but are stored in the camera's on-board memory as well.
Please be aware of the remaining memory capacity when you are taking a large number of pictures.
o
Large file sizes are common for high-resolution images, and may take some time to be transferred to the PC.
Viewing images saves on your PC
A "Remote Camera" folder will be created in the "Bluetooth" folder under "My Documents" during initial set-up. A folder bearing the same name as
the camera will be created in it, and images will be saved in this folder.
Click the [Explorer] button in the [Remote Camera] window to display the folder where the images have been saved.
Note

This window is an example showing pictures when [Filmstrip] has been selected from the [View] menu in Explorer.
Page 534
Synchronising information using ActiveSync [SPP]
This section describes how to synchronize information on your PDA (calendars, contacts, inboxes etc) with your PC using Microsoft ActiveSync.
When you connect via BluetoothTM wireless technology instead of with a standard cable, you will always be able to synchronise your data without
the hassle of having to connect the cable.
→Connecting using ActiveSync
→Establishing a partnership between ActiveSync and a PDA
→Finishing an ActiveSync connection
→Cancelling a partnership
Important

Please use ActiveSync v.3.7 or higher. Also please establish a partnership between the devices using a USB or infrared link before you
connect via BluetoothTM wireless technology.

Please refer to the ActiveSync Help or other manuals for information on how to use the application.

Microsoft Outlook 2002 or another schedule management tool must also be installed on the PC.
Connecting using ActiveSync
Both the PC and PDA must be set up in order for a connection to be established.
■Preparing the PC
Procedure
1.
On the PC, click on [Start]→[All Programs]→[Microsoft ActiveSync]
The initial ActiveSync set-up window will appear.
It is assumed in the explanation below that no ActiveSync connections have been established with other devices.
2.
Click [File]→[Connection Settings]
Page 535
The [Connection Settings] window will appear.
3.
Place a check next to [Allow serial cable or infrared connection to this COM port], and then select "COM7".
Note
o
In the standard set-up, the port is configured to "COM7" (refer to Steps (3) and (4) under "Preparing the PDA" below). When
using a different port, please also change the port number selected in this window.
■Preparing the PDA
Procedure
1.
Tap on the BluetoothTM wireless technology icon in the bottom right of the screen
Page 536
Important
o
The graphic above shows an example of a PDA operating window.
The connection procedure may be different depending on the manufacturer or model of PDA you use. Please refer to the product
instruction manuals for further details.
The [Bluetooth Settings] window will open.
The message "Connection not registered" will appear if no BluetoothTM wireless technology device has been registered.
Please tap on [OK] to close the message.
2.
Double click on [Tools]→[Search for peripheral components]
Page 537
The application searches for nearby devices.
3.
Tap and hold on the destination PC icon, and then select [Update Services]
A search for services will be carried out, and then a list of service names and their connection status will appear as list in the lower
window.
4.
Tap and hold on "COM7" from the list of service names, and then select "Register ActiveSync".
Page 538
5.
Tap [OK] in the confirmation message window
An ActiveSync connection will be initiated.
Establishing a partnership between ActiveSync and a PDA
Once a connection has been successfully established with a PDA, the procedure for establishing a partnership with the PDA will be started by the
ActiveSync application on the PC.
Performing this set-up procedure will enable data to be synchronised between your PC and PDA.
Procedure
1.
In the [New Partnership (Set Up a Partnership)] window, select "Standard partnership", and then click on the [Next] button
Page 539
The [New Partnership (Specify Data Synchronisation Method)] window will appear.
2.
Select "Synchronise with this PC", and then click on the [Next] button
The [New Partnership (Select Synchronisation Settings)] window will appear.
3.
Select the type of information to be synchronised between your PC and PDA, and then click on the [Next] button
Page 540
The [New Partnership (Completing Setup)] window will appear.
4.
Click on the [Finish] button
When you click on the [Finish] button, ActiveSync will begin to synchronise your information.
[Confirming changes]
↓
↓
(Synchronisation process)
Page 541
[Synchronisation complete]
While the ActiveSync connection is active, synchronisation will be performed whenever information is changed on either the PC or the
PDA.
Once a partnership has been established, every time you start your PC (and PDA) thereafter, a BluetoothTM wireless technology
connection will be opened and ActiveSync will synchronise your information.
Finishing an ActiveSync connection
Follow the procedure below on your PDA if you want to end an ActiveSync connection manually.
Procedure
1.
Tap and hold on "COM7" in the [Bluetooth Settings] window, and select [ActiveSync Release]
Cancelling a partnership
Follow the procedure below from the ActiveSync window on the PC if you want to cancel the partnership between your PC and PDA.
Procedure
1.
Click on [File]→Delete partnership"
Page 542
Click on the [Yes] button when the confirmation message appears.
Note
o
If you wish to create another ActiveSync connection, you will have to repeat the above procedure to re-establish a partnership.
Page 543
Using a headset to communicate [HSP]
This section provides a description of how to use a BluetoothTM wireless technology-compatible wireless headset to communicate (chat) using
Microsoft NetMeeting or other software.
→Registering the headset
→Making a connection to the headset
→Disconnecting from the headset
Registering the headset
Procedure
1.
Right-click on the BluetoothTM wireless technology icon in the tasktray, then click on [Add New Connection Wizard]
Note
o
Alternatively, you can click on [Start]>[All Programs]>[Bluetooth]>[Bluetooth Settings], then click on [New Connection] in the
[Bluetooth Settings] screen that has opened.
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Welcome to the Add New Connection Wizard)] screen will appear.
2.
Turn the headset power on
Once you have turned on the headset, set the mode to enable a connection.
Important
o
3.
The procedure for operating the headset may differ depending on the manufacturer and model.
Please consult your user guide for a detailed description of how to operate the unit.
Confirm that [Express Mode] has been selected, then click on the [Next] button
Page 544
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for Devices)] screen will appear.
Once the device search has been completed, the [Add New Connection Wizard (Select a Device)] screen will appear.
4.
Select the name of the headset device from the list, then click on the [Next] button
Page 545
5.
Answering with the headset
If the service has been properly detected, a screen will appear indicating that the headset is being called, and a tone will accordingly
sound in the headset.
Please press the headset switch.
Important
o
The procedure for operating the headset may differ depending on the manufacturer and model.
Please consult your user guide for a detailed description of how to operate the unit.
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Configuring (Connecting to Voice Circuit))] screen will appear, and device configuration will be
performed.
Note
o
If you are connecting to the headset for the first time, or if another audio device has not yet been registered, the following [Found
New Hardware Wizard] screen will appear, from which you can proceed to install the driver.
If another audio device has already been registered (i.e., the driver has been installed), you can proceed to Step 9 without having
to install the driver.
6.
Click on the [Next] button
The [Install Hardware] screen will appear.
7.
Click on the [Continue Anyway] button
The following screen will appear automatically. You may disregard it and click on the [Continue Anyway] button.
Page 546
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Completing the Found New Hardware Wizard)] screen, which is the final screen of the installation
wizard, will appear.
8.
Click on the [Finish] button
Once driver installation is complete, the [Add New Connection Wizard (Enter Connection Name)] will appear.
9.
Confirm the information you have entered, and click on the [Next] button
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Completing the Add New Connection Wizard)] screen will appear.
Page 547
10. Click on the [Finish] button
The configuration information will be registered, and an icon will be displayed in the [Bluetooth Settings] screen.
Making a connection to the headset
You can make a connection to the headset from an icon that has been registered in [Bluetooth Settings].
Important

Before making a connection to the headset, please check that you have turned on the headset's power, and that it has been enabled for a
BluetoothTM wireless technology connection.
Please ensure that the following audio-related applications have been closed before you connect the headset to your PC.
o
Windows Media Player, BeatJam, InterVideo WinDVD and other music/audio playback software
o
Windows Messenger and other e-conferencing software
If you wish to use these applications, please terminate the headset connection before you launch them.
Procedure
1.
Right-click on the headset icon, then click on [Connect].
2.
Answer with the headset
A screen will appear indicating that the headset is being called, and a tone will accordingly sound in the headset.
Please press the headset switch.
If the connection has been properly established, the icon's appearance will change to indicate a connected state.
Page 548
You may now launch conferencing and voice-recognition software and use the headset.
Disconnecting from the headset
Please follow the steps below to disconnect from the headset.
Procedure
1.
Right-click on the headset icon in the [Bluetooth Settings] screen, then click on [Disconnect].
A message will appear, requesting confirmation that you wish to disconnect. Click on the [Yes] button.
The icon on the [Bluetooth Settings] screen will appear as shown below, indicating that the device has been disconnected.
Page 549
Connecting to the Internet using a modem station [DUN]
You can use a BluetoothTM wireless modem to connect to the Internet via a telephone line.
→Setting up the modem station
→Connecting to the Internet
Important

In order to connect to the Internet, you must have already signed up with a provider and obtained a connection ID and password. Please
ensure you have confirmed the ID, password and telephone number of your provider's access point before you begin the set-up process.

Please refer to your instruction manual for information on connecting the modem station to a telephone line.

A Bluetooth passkey (PIN code) is required for you to connect to the modem station. Please make a note of your Bluetooth passkey before
you start the set-up process.
Setting up the modem station
Procedure
1.
Turn on the wireless modem station
2.
Right-click the BluetoothTM wireless technology icon in the task tray, and then click on [Add New Connection]
Note
o
Alternatively, click [Start]→[All Programs]→[Bluetooth]→[Bluetooth Settings], and then click on [New Connection] from the
active [Bluetooth Settings] window.
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Welcome to the Add New Connection Wizard)] window will appear.
3.
Confirm that [Express Mode] has been selected, and then click on the [Next] button
Page 550
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for devices)] window will appear.
4.
Select the device name of the wireless modem station from [Device List], and then click on the [Next] button
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for Services)] window will appear.
Page 551
Once a service has been detected successfully, connection to the device and COM port creation will be performed automatically, after
which the [Add New Connection Wizard (Modem Settings)] window will appear.
5.
If you are connecting to a wireless modem station for the first time, enter the passkey for the modem station under [Bluetooth
Passkey (PIN code)], and then click on the [OK] button
Once the program has finished searching for the devices, the [Add New Connection Wizard (Device Selection)] window will appear.
6.
Click on the [Next] button
Certain modems require you to configure initialization commands separately.
Please click on the [Additional initialization Command Settings] button, enter the initialization commands in the following window, and
then click on the [OK] button.
Page 552
Note
o
7.
Please refer to the modem or mobile phone instruction manual for further details on the initialization commands.
Enter the connection name (optional), telephone number (of your provider's access point), user name and password (as issued by your
provider), and then click on the [Finish] button.
Important
o
The sample entries shown in the window are provided solely for purpose of explanation. Please use your own telephone number,
ID and password according to the arrangement with your provider.
The settings will be registered, and an icon will appear in the [Bluetooth Settings] window.
Connecting to the Internet
You can connect to the Internet by following the procedure below if the connection destination registered when you configured the wireless
modem has been set as the default connection destination.
1.
Start your browser, e-mail application or other application
Important
Page 553
o
2.
Please enter the e-mail settings separately if you are going to use e-mail (the set-up method will vary with the application).
Enter the URL of the Web page you wish to display and then press the [Enter] key, or use the e-mail tool to send/receive items or
perform other activities.
The [Dial-up Connection] window will appear.
3.
Click on the [Connect] button
Important
o
A connection will be automatically established with the modem station if COM Auto Connect is available. If COM Auto Connect
is not available, please manually connect to the modem station.
The following message will appear once you have connected to the Internet.
4.
End the connection
The window below will appear if you double-click on the
icon in the task bar.
Please click on the [Disconnect] button when you want to disconnect from the Internet.
Alternatively, please right-click on the
icon, and then click on [Disconnect].
Page 554
Note

You can start an application to make an automatic connection to the Internet, but you can also make a manual connection using the
connection destination icon.
The procedure is described below.
1.
From the [Bluetooth Settings] window, right-click on the connection destination icon, and then click on [Connect] from the menu
that appears
A window indicating that the connection is being established will appear.
If the connection has been established successfully, the connection icon and task tray will appear as shown below.
You will be able to browse Web pages using your browser and send and receive e-mail.
Page 555
Important
o
2.
Please enter the e-mail settings separately if you are going to use e-mail (the set-up method will vary with the application).
End the connection
Right-click on the icon, and then click [Disconnect] to end the connection.
The following message will appear. Click on the [Yes] button.
When the icon appears as shown below, the connection will have ended.
Page 556
Using a modem station for fax transmissions [FAX]
This section describes how to send a fax using a BluetoothTM wireless modem station.
→Setting up the modem station
→Setting fax information
→Sending a fax
→Receiving a fax
Important

Please refer to the modem station instruction manual for information on how to connect the station to a telephone line.

Please ensure that any drivers used to connect the PC to the modem have been installed.

A Bluetooth passkey (PIN code) is required for you to connect to the modem station. Please make a note of your Bluetooth passkey before
you start the set-up process.

A fax application is required for you to be able to send and receive faxes. The description below is based on a example using Microsoft Fax,
which is installed with Windows XP as standard.
If you are going to use a commercially available fax application, then please refer to the manual that came with the application for information
on how to send and receive faxes.
Setting up the modem station
Set up and register the modem station as a fax service.
Procedure
1.
Turn on the wireless modem station
2.
Right-click on the BluetoothTM wireless technology icon in the task tray, and then click on [Add New Connection]
Note
o
Alternatively, click [Start]→[All Programs]→[Bluetooth]→[Bluetooth Settings], and then click on [New Connection] from the
active [Bluetooth Settings] window.
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Welcome to the Add New Connection Wizard)] window will appear.
Page 557
3.
Select [Custom Mode], and then click on the [Next] button
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for devices)] window will appear.
Once the program has finished searching for the devices, the [Add New Connection Wizard (Select Device)] window will appear.
4.
Select the device name of the wireless modem station from [Device List], and then click on the [Next] button
Page 558
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for Services)] window will appear.
5.
If you are connecting to the wireless modem station for the first time, enter the passkey for the device from the [Bluetooth Passkey
(PIN Code)] window, and then click on the [OK] button
Once the program has finished searching for the services, the [Add New Connection Wizard (Select Service)] window will appear.
6.
Select "Fax" under [Select Service], and then click on the [Next] button
Page 559
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Connecting to Remote Device)] screen will appear.
The COM port and modem registration process will then be automatically performed.
Once the COM port and modem (standard 33600 bps type) registration is complete,
the [Add New Connection Wizard (Setting Connection Name)] screen will appear.
7.
Configure the type and name of the icon to appear after registration,
and click on the [Next] button.
Please click only on the [Next] button once you are satisfied with the configuration.
Page 560
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Completing the Add New Connection Wizard)] screen will appear.
8.
Click on the [Finish] button
The settings will be registered, and the icon will appear on the [Bluetooth Settings] screen.
Setting FAX information
Configure send/receive settings and register fax information.
Procedure
1.
Select [Start]→[Control Panel], and then double-click on the [Printers and Other Hardware] icon
Note
o
If the control panel is displayed in "Classic view", and you use Windows 2000, please start from Step (2).
2.
Double-click on the [Printers and Faxes] icon
The [Printers & Faxes] window will appear.
3.
Click on "Install a local fax printer" in the [Printers and Faxes] window
Page 561
A window showing installed programs will appear, and a Fax icon will have been created in the [Printers and Faxes] screen.
4.
Click on "Send a fax" under "Printer Tasks" on the left side of the window
If you have not yet configured a fax device, the [Fax Configuration Wizard] window will appear. In the window you can enter settings
pertaining to the sender (yourself).
Page 562
Note
o
5.
If the fax configuration information has already been registered, the [Send Fax Wizard] window, which can be viewed under "
Sending a fax" below, will appear instead of the [Fax Configuration Wizard] window.
Enter the sender information, and click on the [Next] button
Note
o
The sender information that you configure here will be automatically appended as header information when you send a fax.
The [Fax Configuration Wizard (Select Device for Sending or Receiving Faxes)] window will appear.
6.
Select a device to be used for fax transmissions, enable the device for sending or receiving, and then click on the [Next] button
Note
o
If [Enable Receive] is selected, the device will be on standby for receiving faxes even if it is not sending or receiving anything,
and therefore will be in continuous connection to the wireless modem (when COM Auto Connect is on).
Please decide whether to select this option based on the desired objective and/or frequency of transmission.
The [Fax Configuration Wizard (Transmitting Subscriber Identification (TSID))] window will appear.
7.
Click on the [Next] button
It is important that you do not change the transmitter subscriber identification.
Page 563
The [Fax Configuration Wizard (Completing the Fax Configuration Wizard)] window will appear.
8.
Click on the [Finish] button
The fax information will be have been registered, and the [Fax Console] window will appear.
This will complete the fax set-up process.
Related topics: "Sending a fax" and "Receiving a fax"
Page 564
Sending a fax
This section describes how to send a fax from the Fax Console.
Important

The Fax service must be enabled for sending in order for you to send a fax.
Please refer to "Using a wireless modem station" under "Troubleshooting" for how to change the send and receive settings once the
service has been configured.
Procedure
1.
Double-click on the [Fax] icon in the Control Panel
The [Fax Console] window will appear.
2.
In the [Fax Console] window, click [File]→[Send fax]
The [Send Fax Wizard (Starting the Send Fax Wizard)] window will appear.
3.
Click on the [Next] button
Page 565
The [Send Fax Wizard (Recipient Information)] window will appear.
4.
Enter the name and fax number of the destination party, and then click on the [Next] button
The [Send Fax Wizard (Preparing the Cover Page)] window will appear.
5.
Specify the cover page template, subject line, and note (body text), and then click on the [Next] button
Page 566
The [Send Fax Wizard (Schedule)] window will appear.
6.
If you wish to send the fax immediately, select "Now", and then click on the [Next] button
The [Send Fax Wizard (Completing the Send Fax Wizard)] window will appear.
7.
Confirm the destination information and transmission details, and then click on the [Finish] button
Page 567
The software will automatically dial the number and send the fax.
Once the fax has been sent, Fax Monitor will revert to standby mode.
Related topic: "Receiving a fax"
Page 568
Receiving a fax
This section describes what to do when a fax arrives after you have established a connection to a modem station.
Important

The Fax service must be enabled for receiving in order for you to receive a fax.
Please refer to "Using a wireless modem station" under "Troubleshooting" for information on how to change the send and receive settings
once the fax service has been configured.

Please ensure you have connected to a modem station before you receive a fax (the device will be connected to the modem if "Enable
Receive" has been selected or COM Auto Connect has been activated).
Procedure
1.
When a fax arrives, the Fax Monitor will start automatically as the fax is received
Once the fax has been received, the Fax Monitor will revert to standby mode.
Note
o
If you have enabled manual fax reception, the message below will appear when a fax arrives.
Click on the message with your mouse to receive the fax.
2.
Double-click on the [Fax] icon in the Control Panel
The [Fax Console] window will appear.
3.
In the [Fax Console] window, double-click on the fax that has arrived
Page 569
An image of the received fax will be displayed.
Related topic: "Sending a fax"
Page 570
Connecting to the Internet using a mobile telephone [DUN]
This section describes how to connect to the Internet via a telephone line, using a mobile telephone.
→Configuring a mobile telephone for use as a modem
→Connecting to the Internet
Important

In order to connect to the Internet, you must have already signed up with a provider and obtained a connection ID and password. Please
ensure you have confirmed the ID, password and telephone number of your provider's access point before you begin the set-up process.

A Bluetooth passkey (PIN code) is required for you to connect to the mobile telephone. Please make a note of your Bluetooth passkey
before you start the set-up process.
Configuring a mobile telephone for use as a modem
Procedure
1.
Turn on the mobile telephone, and set it to be connectable
Note
o
2.
Please refer to the mobile telephone instruction manual for information on how to operate the device.
Right-click on the BluetoothTM wireless technology icon in the task tray, and then click on [Add New Connection]
Note
o
Alternatively, click [Start]→[All Programs]→[Bluetooth]→[Bluetooth Settings], and then click on [New Connection] from the
active [Bluetooth Settings] window.
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Welcome to the Add New Connection Wizard)] window will appear.
3.
Confirm that [Express Mode] has been selected, and then click on the [Next] button
Page 571
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for devices)] window will appear.
4.
Select the device name of the mobile telephone from [Device List], and then click on the [Next] button
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for Services)] window will appear.
Page 572
Once a service has been detected successfully, connection to the device and COM port creation will be performed automatically, after
which the [Add New Connection Wizard (Modem Settings)] window will appear.
5.
If you are connecting to a mobile telephone for the first time, enter the passkey for the wireless modem station under [Bluetooth
Passkey (PIN code)], and then click on the [OK] button
Once the program has finished searching for the devices, the [Add New Connection Wizard (Device Selection)] window will appear.
6.
Click on the [Next] button
Certain modems require you to configure initialization commands separately.
Please click on the [Additional Initialization Command Settings] button, enter the initialization commands in the following window, and
then click on the [OK] button.
Page 573
Note
o
7.
Please refer to the modem or mobile phone instruction manual for further details on the initialization commands.
Enter the connection name (optional), telephone number (of your provider's access point), user name and password (as issued by your
provider), and then click on the [Finish] button.
Important
o
The sample entries shown in the window are provided solely for purpose of explanation. Please use your own telephone number,
ID and password according to the arrangement with your provider.
The settings will be registered, and an icon will appear in the [Bluetooth Settings] window.
Connecting to the Internet
You can connect to the Internet by following the procedure below if the connection destination registered when you configured the mobile
telephone has been set as the default connection destination.
1.
Start your browser, e-mail application or other application
Important
Page 574
o
2.
Please enter the e-mail settings separately if you are going to use e-mail (the set-up method will vary with the application).
Enter the URL of the Web page you wish to display and then press the [Enter] key, or use the e-mail tool to send/receive items or
perform other activities.
The [Dial-up Connection] window will appear.
3.
Click on the [Connect] button
Important
o
A connection will be automatically established with the mobile telephone if COM Auto Connect is available. If COM Auto
Connect is not available, please manually connect to the mobile telephone.
The following message will appear once you have connected to the Internet.
4.
End the connection
The window below will appear if you double-click on the
icon in the task bar.
Please click on the [Disconnect] button when you want to disconnect from the Internet.
Alternatively, please right-click on the
icon, and then click on [Disconnect].
Page 575
Note

You can start an application to make an automatic connection to the Internet, but you can also make a manual connection using the
connection destination icon.
The procedure is described below.
1.
From the [Bluetooth Settings] window, right-click on the connection destination icon, and then click on [Connect] from the menu
that appears
A window indicating that the connection is being established will appear.
If the connection has been established successfully, the connection icon and task tray will appear as shown below.
You will be able to browse Web pages using your browser and send and receive e-mail.
Page 576
Important
o
2.
Please enter the e-mail settings separately if you are going to use e-mail (the set-up method will vary with the application).
End the connection
Right-click on the icon, and then click [Disconnect] to end a connection.
The following message will appear. Click on the [Yes] button.
When the icon appears as shown below, the connection will have been ended.
Page 577
Using a mobile telephone for fax transmissions [FAX]
This section describes how to send a fax using a mobile telephone as a modem.
→Setting up the mobile telephone
→Setting fax information
→Sending a fax
→Receiving a fax
Important

Please ensure that any drivers used to connect the PC to the mobile telephone have been installed.

A Bluetooth passkey (PIN code) is required for you to connect to the mobile telephone. Please make a note of your Bluetooth passkey before
you start the set-up process.

A fax application is required for you to be able to send and receive faxes. The description below is based on a example using Microsoft Fax,
which is installed with Windows XP as standard.
If you are going to use a commercially available fax application, then please refer to the manual that came with the application for information
on how to send and receive faxes.
Setting up the mobile telephone
Set up and register the mobile telephone as a fax service.
Procedure
1.
Turn on the mobile telephone, and set it to be connectable
Note
o
2.
Please refer to the instruction manual for information on how to operate the telephone.
Right-click on the BluetoothTM wireless technology icon in the task tray, and then click on [Add New Connection]
Note
o
Alternatively, click [Start]→[All Programs]→[Bluetooth]→[Bluetooth Settings], and then click on [New Connection] from the
active [Bluetooth Settings] window.
Page 578
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Welcome to the Add New Connection Wizard)] window will appear.
3.
Select [Custom Mode], and then click on the [Next] button
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for devices)] window will appear.
Once the program has finished searching for the devices, the [Add New Connection Wizard (Select Device)] window will appear.
4.
Select the device name of the mobile telephone from [Device List], and then click on the [Next] button
Page 579
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for Services)] window will appear.
5.
If you are connecting to the mobile telephone for the first time, enter the passkey for the device from the [Bluetooth Passkey (PIN
Code)] window, and then click on the [OK] button.
Once the program has finished searching for the services, the [Add New Connection Wizard (Select Service)] window will appear.
6.
Select "Fax" under [Select Service], and then click on the [Next] button
Page 580
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Connecting to Remote Device)] screen will appear.
The COM port and modem registration process will then be automatically performed.
Once the COM port and modem (standard 33600 bps type) registration is
complete,
the [Add New Connection Wizard (Setting Connection Name)] screen will appear.
7.
Configure the type and name of the icon to appear after registration, and click on the [Next] button.
Please click only on the [Next] button once you are satisfied with the configuration.
Page 581
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Completing the Add New Connection Wizard)] screen will appear.
8.
Click on the [Finish] button
The settings will be registered, and the icon will appear on the [Bluetooth Settings] screen.
Setting fax information
Configure send/receive settings and register fax information.
Procedure
1.
Select [Start]→Control Panel], and then double-click on the [Printers and Other Hardware] icon
Note
o
If the control panel is displayed in "Classic view", and you use Windows 2000, please start from Step (2).
2.
Double-click on the [Printers and Faxes] icon
The [Printers & Faxes] window will appear.
3.
Click on "Set up faxing" in the [Printers and Faxes] window
Page 582
A window showing installed programs will appear, and a Fax icon will have been created in the [Printers and Faxes] screen.
4.
Click on "Send a fax" under "Printer Tasks" on the left side of the window
If you have not yet configured a fax device, the [Fax Configuration Wizard] window will appear. In the window you can enter settings
pertaining to the sender (yourself).
Page 583
Note
o
5.
If the fax configuration information has already been registered, the [Send Fax Wizard] window, which can be viewed under "
Sending a fax" below, will appear instead of the [Fax Configuration Wizard] window.
Enter the sender information, and click on the [Next] button
Note
o
The sender information that you configure here will be automatically appended as header information when you send a fax.
The [Fax Configuration Wizard (Select Device for Sending or Receiving Faxes)] window will appear.
6.
Select a device to be used for fax transmissions, enable the device for sending or receiving, and then click on the [Next] button
Note
o
If [Enable Receive] is selected, the device will be on standby for receiving faxes even if it is not sending or receiving anything,
and therefore will be in continuous connection to the wireless modem (when COM Auto Connect is on).
Please decide whether to select this option based on to the desired objective and/or frequency of transmission.
The [Fax Configuration Wizard (Transmitting Subscriber Identification (TSID))] window will appear.
7.
Click on the [Next] button
It is important that you do not change the transmitter subscriber identification.
Page 584
The [Fax Configuration Wizard (Completing the Fax Configuration Wizard)] window will appear.
8.
Click on the [Finish] button
The fax information will be have been registered, and the [Fax Console] window will appear.
This will complete the fax set-up process.
Related topics: "Sending a fax" and "Receiving a fax"
Page 585
Sending a fax
This section describes how to send a fax from the Fax Console.
Important

The Fax service must be enabled for sending in order for you to send a fax.
Please refer to "Using a mobile telephone" under "Troubleshooting" for how to change the send and receive settings once the service has
been configured.""
Procedure
1.
Double-click on the [Fax] icon in the Control Panel
The [Fax Console] window will appear.
2.
In the [Fax Console] window, click [File]→[Send fax]
The [Send Fax Wizard (Starting the Send Fax Wizard)] window will appear.
3.
Click on the [Next] button
Page 586
The [Send Fax Wizard (Recipient Information)] window will appear.
4.
Enter the name and fax number of the destination party, and then click on the [Next] button
The [Send Fax Wizard (Preparing the Cover Page)] window will appear.
5.
Specify the cover page template, subject line, and note (body text), and then click on the [Next] button
Page 587
The [Send Fax Wizard (Schedule)] window will appear.
6.
If you wish to send the fax immediately, select "Now", and then click on the [Next] button
The [Send Fax Wizard (Completing the Send Fax Wizard)] window will appear.
7.
Confirm the destination information and transmission details, and then click on the [Finish] button
Page 588
The software will automatically dial the number and send the fax.
Once the fax has been sent, Fax Monitor will revert to standby mode.
Related topic: "Receiving a fax"
Page 589
Receiving a fax
This section describes what to do when a fax arrives after you have established a connection to a modem station.
Important

The Fax service must be enabled for receiving in order for you to receive a fax.
Please refer to "Using a mobile telephone" under "Troubleshooting" for information on how to change the send and receive settings once
the fax service has been configured.

Please ensure you have connected to a modem station before you receive a fax (the device will be connected to the modem if "Enable
Receive" has been selected or COM Auto Connect has been activated).
Procedure
1.
When a fax arrives, the Fax Monitor will start automatically as the fax is received
Once the fax has been received, the Fax Monitor will revert to standby mode.
Note
o
If you have enabled manual fax reception, the message below will appear when a fax arrives.
Click on the message with your mouse to receive the fax.
2.
Double-click on the [Fax] icon in the Control Panel
The [Fax Console] window will appear.
3.
In the [Fax Console] window, double-click on the fax that has arrived
Page 590
An image of the received fax will be displayed.
Related topic: "Sending a fax"
Page 591
Sending images to a mobile telephone [BIP]
You can send image data to a BluetoothTM wireless technology-compatible mobile telephone.
Large images will be automatically reduced to fit on the telephone display screen.
Images are sent using "Image transfer" under Bluetooth Information Exchanger.
Note

The mobile telephone must support the BIP profile.

The following image file formats can be sent and received using "Image transfer":
o
Bitmap (*.bmp)
o
JPEG (*.jpg, *.jpeg)
o
PNG (*.png)
→Sending images to a mobile telephone (using icons)
→Sending images to a mobile telephone (by right-clicking the mouse)
Procedure
■Sending images to a mobile telephone (using icons)
1.
Turn on the PC or PDA
Confirm that a BluetoothTM wireless technology connection has been enabled before proceeding.
2.
Double-click on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger icon on the Desktop
Note
o
Alternatively, opening Explorer and clicking on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger folder will produce the same result.
Page 592
The [Bluetooth Information Exchanger] window will appear.
3.
Double-click on the [Image transfer] icon
A list of devices will appear in the [Image transfer] window.
Note
o
4.
If the desired device does not appear in the list, please confirm that the device has been turned on, and then select [Bluetooth]→
[Search Devices].
A device search will be performed.
Drag and drop the file you wish to send over the destination icon
In this case, the image will be sent to a mobile telephone named "BT-Phone-1".
Page 593
The image will be sent.
If the image has been sent successfully, the message below will appear.
Please click on the [OK] button.
The message below will appear if the image transmission was unsuccessful.
Please click on the [OK] button to close the message, and repeat the procedure.
■Sending images to a mobile telephone (by right-clicking the mouse)
1.
Turn on the mobile telephone
Confirm that a BluetoothTM wireless technology connection has been enabled before proceeding.
2.
Right-click on the file you wish to send, and then click on its destination from [to Bluetooth]
Page 594
Note
o
If the desired device does not appear in the list, please confirm that the device has been turned on, and then select [to Bluetooth]
→[Search other devices].
Once the devices have been detected, the message below will appear. Please select the destination device, and then click on the
[Send] button.
The image will be sent.
If the image has been sent successfully, the message below will appear.
Please click on the [OK] button.
The message below will appear if the image transmission was unsuccessful.
Page 595
Please click on the [OK] button to close the message, and repeat the procedure.
Page 596
Connecting to a LAN using an access point (LAP) [LAP]
This section describes how to connect to a network (for example, a company LAN or a personal home network) using a LAP profile-compatible
access point.
Please refer to "Using an access point (PAN) to connect to a LAN if you are using a PAN profile-compatible access point.
→Setting up the access point
→Connecting to a LAN (LAP)
Important

The access point must have been started and a normal connection already established to the network before the access point is set up.
Please refer to the access point instruction manual for information on how to set up the access point.

A Bluetooth passkey (PIN code) is required for you to connect to the access point. Please make a note of your Bluetooth passkey before
you start the set-up process.
Setting up the access point
Procedure
1.
Turn on the access point, and confirm that a connection has been established with the network
2.
Right-click the BluetoothTM wireless technology icon in the task tray, and then click on [Add New Connection]
Note
o
Alternatively, click [Start]→[All Programs]→[Bluetooth]→[Bluetooth Settings], and then click on [New Connection] from the
active [Bluetooth Settings] window.
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Welcome to the Add New Connection Wizard)] window will appear.
3.
Confirm that [Express Mode] has been selected, and then click on the [Next] button
Page 597
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for devices)] window will appear.
Once the program has finished searching for the devices, the [Add New Connection Wizard (Device Selection)] window will appear.
4.
Select the device name of the access point from [Device List], and then click on the [Next] button
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for Services)] window will appear.
Page 598
You will be asked for the Bluetooth passkey in the window that appears.
5.
Enter the passkey under [Bluetooth Passkey (PIN code)], and then click on the [OK] button
Service detection and COM port creation will be performed automatically.
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Create Connection Destination)] window will appear.
6.
Enter the connection name, user name and password, then click on the [Next] button
Note
o
The user name and password are entered here to allow you to connect to the access point.
Page 599
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Confirm Dial-up Settings)] window will appear.
7.
Click on the [Confirm Settings] button
The [Internet Options] window will appear.
8.
Configure the connection method, and then click on the [OK] button
Set the connection destination used for the LAN connection set up in (6) above as the default connection destination, and then select
"Always dial my default connection."
9.
Click on the [Next] button
Page 600
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Connection Name Settings)] window will appear.
10. Enter the type and name of the icon displayed after registration, and then click on the [Next] button
Please click on the [Next] button if you are satisfied with the settings.
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Completing the Add New Connection Wizard)] window will appear.
11. Click on the [Finish] button
The access point icon will be registered in the [Bluetooth Settings] window.
This will complete the access point set-up process.
→"Connecting to a LAN (LAP)"
Page 601
Connecting to a LAN (LAP)
Procedure
1.
Right-click on the connection icon in the [Bluetooth Settings] window, and then click on [Connect]
The [Dial-up Connection] window will appear.
2.
Confirm that "Direct connection" has been selected under [Connection Destination], and then click on the [Connect] button
A connection will be initiated.
Note
o
This is an example of what happens when you use "Direct connection" as a connection name under "Connect to access point." If
a name different from the connection name is used, that name will appear under [Connection Destination].
o
Please simply click on [Settings] if no user name or password have been entered (i.e., if those fields have been left blank)
o
Please change the connection destination if a different connection name (for a dial-up connection) appears in [Connection
Destination].
Related topic→"Changing the default connection destination"
Page 602
Once you connect to the network, Internet Explorer will start automatically, and you will be able to exchange data with other computers on
the network.
Note
o
Please follow the procedure below if you need to set up a proxy server to connect to the Internet (the following procedure is not
necessary if the PC you are going to use has already been set up as a proxy server).
1 Select [Internet Options...] from the [Tools] menu in Internet Explorer
The [Internet Options] window will appear.
2 Click on the [Connections] tab, and then click on the [Settings...] button
3 Enter the IP address and port number of the proxy server under [Proxy Server], and then click on the [OK] button
3.
End the connection
Right-click either on the connection icon under the [Bluetooth Settings] window or on the
[Disconnect].
icon in the task tray, and then click on
Page 603
Click on the "Yes" button in the disconnection confirmation dialog box that appears.
Page 604
Connecting to a LAN using an access point (PAN) [PAN]
This section describes how to connect to a network (for example, a company LAN or a personal home network) using a PAN profile-compatible
access point.
Please refer to "Using an access point (LAP) to connect to a LAN" if you are using a LAP profile-compatible access point.
→Setting up the access point
→Connecting to a LAN (PAN)
Important

The access point must be started and a normal connection already established to the network before the access point is set up. Please refer
to the access point instruction manual for information on how to set up the access point.

A Bluetooth passkey (PIN code) is required for you to connect to the access point. Please make a note of your Bluetooth passkey before
you start the set-up process.
Setting up the access point
Procedure
1.
Turn on the access point, and confirm that a connection has been established with the network
2.
Right-click the BluetoothTM wireless technology icon in the task tray, and then click on [Add New Connection]
Note
o
Alternatively, click [Start]→[All Programs]→[Bluetooth]→[Bluetooth Settings], and then click on [New Connection] from the
active [Bluetooth Settings] window.
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Welcome to the Add New Connection Wizard)] window will appear.
3.
Confirm that [Express Mode] has been selected, and then click on the [Next] button
Page 605
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for devices)] window will appear.
Once the program has finished searching for the devices, the [Add New Connection Wizard (Device Selection)] window will appear.
4.
Select the device name of the access point from [Device List], and then click on the [Next] button
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for Services)] window will appear.
Page 606
You will be asked for the Bluetooth passkey in the window that appears.
5.
Enter the passkey under [Bluetooth Passkey (PIN code)], and then click on the [OK] button
Service detection and COM port creation will be performed automatically.
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Connection Name Settings)] window will appear.
6.
Enter the type and name of the icon displayed after registration, and then click on the [Next] button
Please click on the [Next] button if you are satisfied with the settings.
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Completing the Add New Connection Wizard)] window will appear.
7.
Click on the [Finish] button
Page 607
The access point icon will be registered in the [Bluetooth Settings] window.
This will complete the access point set-up process.
→"Connecting to a LAN (PAN)"
Page 608
Connecting to a LAN (PAN)
Procedure
1.
Right-click on the connection icon in the [Bluetooth Settings] window, and then click on [Connect]
You will be asked for the Bluetooth passkey in the window that appears.
2.
Enter the passkey under [Bluetooth Passkey (PIN code)], and then click on the [OK] button
A connection will be initiated.
Once you have connected to the network, Internet Explorer will start automatically, and you will be able to exchange data with other
computers on the network.
Note
o
Please follow the procedure below if you need to set up a proxy server to connect to the Internet (the following procedure is not
necessary if the PC you are going to use has already been set up as a proxy server).
1 Select [Internet Options...] from the [Tools] menu in Internet Explorer
The [Internet Options] window will appear.
2 Click on the [Connections] tab, and then click on the [LAN Settings...] button
Page 609
3 Enter the IP address and port number of the proxy server under [Proxy Server], and then click on the [OK] button
3.
End the connection
Right-click either on the connection icon under the [Bluetooth Settings] window or on the
[Disconnect].
icon in the task tray, and then click on
Click on the "Yes" button in the disconnection confirmation dialog box that appears.
Page 610
Printing
This section describes how to use a BluetoothTM wireless technology-compatible printer for printing.
Types of printer functions
When printing using BluetoothTM wireless technology, the methods for configuring and using the printer will vary with the corresponding profile.
Profile
Bluetooth Settings
Operation
HCRP (*1)
You must register the printer in Bluetooth Settings
Allows you to print from various applications, as with ordinary
cable-connected printers.
→"Printing document and images"
SPP
OPP (*2)
Not required
Allows you to print business card data directly.
→"Printing business card data"
BIP
Not required
Allows you to print image data directly.
→"Printing images directly from a digital camera or other device"
Note

(*1) The majority of BluetoothTM wireless technology-compatible printers support HCRP.
If you have selected Express Mode, HCRP will be chosen as the default profile. If the printer does not support HCRP, then SPP will be the
next choice.

(*2) The printing of business cards using OPP complies exclusively with the business card (vCARD) standard.
Page 611
Printing documents and images [HCRP] [SPP]
This section describes how to print using a BluetoothTM wireless technology-compatible printer.
→Setting up the printer
→Printing
Important

Please ensure that any printer-specific drivers have been installed on the PC before you have established a BluetoothTM wireless
technology connection.

A Bluetooth passkey (PIN code) is required for you to connect to the printer. Please make a note of your Bluetooth passkey before you
start the set-up process.
Setting up the printer
Procedure
1.
Turn on the printer
2.
Right-click on the BluetoothTM wireless technology icon in the task tray, and then click on [Add New Connection]
Note
o
Alternatively, click [Start]→[All Programs]→[Bluetooth]→[Bluetooth Settings], and then click on [New Connection] from the
active [Bluetooth Settings] window.
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Welcome to the Add New Connection Wizard)] window will appear.
3.
Confirm that [Express Mode] has been selected, and then click on the [Next] button
Page 612
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for devices)] window will appear.
Once the program has finished searching for the devices, the [Add New Connection Wizard (Device Selection)] window will appear.
4.
Select the device name of the printer from [Device List], and then click on the [Next] button
Page 613
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for Services)] window will appear.
5.
If you are connecting to the printer for the first time, enter the passkey for the device from the [Bluetooth Passkey (PIN Code)]
window, and then click on the [OK] button.
Once the services have been detected successfully, connection to the device and creation of the HCRP port will be performed
automatically.
If you have not yet installed a printer, a message prompting you to install a printer will appear.
6.
Click on the [OK] button
The [Add Printer Wizard (Starting the Add Printer Wizard)] window will appear.
7.
Click on the [Next] button
Page 614
The [Add Printer Wizard (Local Printer or Network Printer)] window will appear.
8.
Select "Local printer attached to this computer", remove the check next to "Automatically detect and install my Plug and Play
printer", and then click on the [Next] button
The [Add Printer Wizard (Select Printer Port)] window will appear.
9.
Select the desired port, and then click on the [Next] button
Page 615
The [Add Printer Wizard (Install Printer Software)] window will appear.
10. Select the [Manufacturer] and [Printer] as pertains to the printer to be installed, or click on the [Use Device] button, and then
click on the [Next] button
Please install the printer according to the instructions in the windows that follow.
Once installation is complete, a message of confirmation will appear in the [Add New Connection Wizard (Printer Settings)]
window.
11. Click on [Next]
Page 616
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Connection Name Settings)] window will appear.
12. Enter the type and name of the icon displayed after registration, and then click on the [Next] button
Please click on the [Next] button if you are satisfied with the settings.
Note
o
You can change the connection icon and icon name.
→"Changing the connection icon name"
→"Changing the connection icon"
Printing
Try to print from the message pad.
1.
Click [File]→[Print]
The [Print] screen will appear.
2.
Select wireless printer from under [Select Printer], and then click on the [Print] button
Page 617
Printing will commence.
Note

If you have connected to a printer using HCRP or SPP profiles, all future BluetoothTM wireless technology connections to that printer
will be established automatically once you have printed a document from your PC.
Page 618
Printing images directly from a digital camera or other device [BIP]
If you have a printer that supports BIP (Basic Imaging Profile), you can send images directly to a printer to be printed out, without having to
perform any special set-up procedure.
→Printing image files on a printer (using icons)
→Printing image files on a printer (by right-clicking the mouse)
Note

Below is a list of file types (extensions) of images that can be printed out directly.
o
Bitmap (*.bmp)
o
JPEG (*.jpg; *.jpeg)
o
PNG (*.png)
Procedure
■Printing image files on a printer (using icons)
1.
Turn on the printer
2.
Click on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger icon on the Desktop
Note
o
Alternatively, open Explorer and click on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger folder for the same result.
Page 619
The [Bluetooth Information Exchanger] window will appear.
3.
Double-click on the [Image Transfer] icon
A list of devices will appear in the [Image Transfer] window.
Note
o
4.
If your desired printer does not appear in the list, please confirm that the printer has been turned on, and then click on [Bluetooth]
→[Search Devices]
A device search will be performed.
Drag and drop the file to be sent on top of the icon of the destination printer
The file will be sent to the printer.
If the file has been sent to the printer successfully, the message below will appear, and the image will be printed out. Please click on the
[OK] button.
Page 620
The message below will appear if the file transmission was unsuccessful. Please click on the [OK] button to close the message, and
repeat the printing procedure.
Note
o
If the printer does not support the BIP profile, the message below will appear.
■Printing image files to a printer (by right-clicking the mouse)
1.
Turn on the printer
2.
Right-click on the file to be sent, and then click on the destination printer under [to Bluetooth]
Note
o
If your desired device does not appear in the list, please confirm that the device has been turned on, and then click on [to
Bluetooth] →[Search Other Devices]
Once the device has been detected, the message below will appear. Please select the destination device, and click on the [Send]
button.
Page 621
A window indicating that the file is being sent to the printer will appear.
If the file has been sent to the printer successfully, the message below will appear, and the image will be printed out. Please click on the
[OK] button.
The message below will appear if the file transmission was unsuccessful. Please click on the [OK] button to close the message, and repeat
the printing procedure.
Note
o
If the printer does not support the BIP profile, the message below will appear.
Page 622
Printing business card data [OPP]
If you have a printer that supports OPP (Object Push Profile), you can directly send business card data that conforms to the "vCard" standard to a
printer and print it out.
→Printing business card data (using icons)
→Printing business card data (by right-clicking the mouse)
Procedure
■Printing business card data (using icons)
1.
Turn on the printer
2.
Click on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger icon on the Desktop
Note
o
Alternatively, open Explorer and click on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger folder for the same result.
The [Bluetooth Information Exchanger] window will appear.
3.
Double-click on the [Object Push] icon
A list of devices will appear in the [Object Push] window.
Page 623
Here, the image will be sent to the target printer.
Note
o
4.
If your desired printer does not appear in the list, please confirm that the printer has been turned on, and then click on [Bluetooth]
→[Search Devices]
A device search will be performed.
Drag and drop the business card data to be sent on top of the icon of the destination printer
Page 624
The business card will be sent to the printer.
If the business card has been sent to the printer successfully, the message below will appear, and the image will be printed out. Please
click on the [OK] button.
The message below will appear if the business card transmission was unsuccessful. Please click on the [OK] button to close the
message, and repeat the printing procedure.
■Printing business card data (by right-clicking the mouse)
1.
Turn on the printer
2.
Right-click on the business card data to be sent, and then click on the destination printer under [to Bluetooth]
Page 625
Note
o
If your desired device does not appear in the list, please confirm that the device has been turned on, and then click on [to
Bluetooth] →Search Other Devices]
Once the device has been detected, the message below will appear. Please select the destination device, and click on the [Send]
button.
The business card will be sent to the printer.
If the business card has been sent to the printer successfully, the message below will appear, and the image will be printed out. Please
click on the [OK] button.
The message below will appear if the business card transmission was unsuccessful. Please click on the [OK] button to close the message,
and repeat the printing procedure.
Page 626
Page 627
Listening to music using the stereo headphones 【 GAVDP】 【 A2DP】 【 AVRCP】
This section describes how to use the stereo headphones to listen to your favourite music or other audio files stored on your PC.
→Configuring the stereo headphones
→Connecting to the stereo headphones
→Listening to music or other audio files
→Playing music using remote control
→Copyright protection function
Configuring the stereo headphones
Procedure
1.
Right-click on the BluetoothTM wireless technology icon in the task tray, and click on [Add New Connection].
Note
o
Alternatively, click [Start]→All Programs]→Bluetooth]→Bluetooth Settings], and then click on [New Connection] from the
[Bluetooth Settings] screen that has opened.
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Welcome to the Add New Connection Wizard)] will appear.
2.
Switch ON the stereo headphones and activate "Discoverable" mode
Please refer to the user guide for the stereo headphones for further information on how to operate them.
3.
Confirm that [Express Mode] has been selected, and then click on the [Next] button
Page 628
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for Devices)] screen will appear.
Once the search for the devices has ended, the [Add New Connection Wizard (Select Device)] screen will appear.
4.
Select the device name of the stereo headphones from the list, and click on the [Next] button
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for Services)] screen will appear.
Page 629
5.
Configure the type and name of the icon to appear once registration is complete, and click on the [Next] button
Please click the [Next] button once you are satisfied with the configuration.
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Configure Connection Name)] screen will appear.
6.
Click on the [Finish] button
The settings will be registered, and the icon will appear on the [Bluetooth Settings] screen.
Connecting to the stereo headphones
You can connect to the stereo headphones from the icon registered in [Bluetooth Settings]. Please refer to the user guide for information on how to
make a connection from the stereo headphones.
Important

Please close the following audio applications before any connection is made between your stereo headphones and PC.
o
Music/video playback applications
o
e-Conferencing applications
o
Voice-recognition applications
Please finish connecting the stereo headphones before launching any of these applications.
Listening to music or other audio files
1.
Playing music or other audio files on your PC
Important
o
Please confirm the points below if you are unable to hear anything despite having properly connected the stereo headphones.
Click [Start]→All Programs]→Accessories]→Entertainment]→Volume Control].
Remove the tick next to [Mute] if it has been ticked. If the volume is at its lowest setting, please adjust it to an appropriate level.
o
Music playback may be interrupted if other BluetoothTM wireless technology devices are currently connected to your PC. When
you are listening to music, it is recommended that the stereo headphones be the only connected device.
o
630
Music playback may be interrupted if you are some distance away from the PC, or if there are any obstructions betweenPage
you and
the PC.
o
If you are unable to hear any sound out of your stereo headphones while music or audio is currently playing in a related
application, please stop the files being played, open [Sounds and Audio Devices] from the Control Panel, and change the default
device to "Toshiba Bluetooth Wave."
If you are still unable to hear any sound from the stereo headphones even after having set "Toshiba Bluetooth Wave" as the
default device, please re-launch the application.
2.
Finishing listening to music and disconnecting
o
Right-click on the icon for the currently connected mode from [Bluetooth Settings] on your PC, and click on "Disconnect."
A message confirming the disconnection may appear.
o
Click on the "Yes" button after having followed the instructions in the message.
The icon will indicate that the device has been disconnected.
Important
o
Please close the following audio applications before you disconnect the stereo headphones from your PC:

Music/video playback applications

e-Conferencing applications

Voice-recognition applications
Please completely disconnect the stereo headphones before launching any of these applications.
Please refer to the user guide for information on terminating a connection from the stereo headphones.
Playing music using remote control
Music applications and video playback applications installed on your PC (e.g.,"Windows Media Player 9" and "InterVideo WinDVD") may be
operated with the remote control button/switch on your stereo headphones.
The remote control used with the stereo headphones must be compliant with the BluetoothTM wireless technology AVRCP profile. Please refer to
the headphones user guide for further information.
You can configure the application to be operated using the switch/button according to the following procedure.
Procedure
1.
Double-click on the BluetoothTM wireless technology icon in the taskbar
Launches "Bluetooth Settings."
2.
Click on [Bluetooth]→Select AV Player] from the menu bar
The [Select AV Player] screen will appear.
Page 631
3.
Select the application, and click on the [OK] button
The functions and switch/button that can be operated may differ depending on the application used for music/video playback as well as the
version.
The procedure below can be performed in order to change the position where the receive command is displayed or to not have the command
displayed.
Procedure
1.
Double-click on the BluetoothTM wireless technology icon in the taskbar
Launches "Bluetooth Settings."
2.
Click on [Bluetooth]→Select AV Player] from the menu bar.
The [Select AV Player] screen will appear.
3.
Select the appropriate item from the pull-down menu of positions where the receive command is to be displayed, and
then click on the [OK] button.
If the receive command appears but does not function properly, sometimes the problem may be rectified by changing the setting to "Do not
display."
The commands supported by this application are shown below. Please refer to the headphone user guide for commands that are supported by the
stereo headphones. Problems with operation may be encountered with certain versions of "Windows Media Player 9" and "InterVideo WinDVD."
[Windows Media Player 9]

Play

Stop

Pause

Next

Previous

Fast forward

Rewind
[InterVideo WinDVD]

Play

Stop

Pause

Next chapter

Previous chapter

Fast Forward

Fast Backward

Up

Down

Left

Right

Select

Root menu

Angle
Page 632
Copyright protection function
A copyright protection function is supported according to the SCMS-T format as defined in the BluetoothTM wireless technology specifications.
You can only connect to devices that support this function.
Procedure
1.
Double-click on the BluetoothTM wireless technology icon in the task tray.
Launches"Bluetooth Settings."
2.
Select [Bluetooth] from the menu, and click on [Copyright Protection Setting].
The copyright protection dialog will appear.
3.
Tick the box next to "Only connect to devices that are copyright-protected under the SCMS-T format," and click on the OK
button.
Page 633
Using a wireless keyboard [HID]
This section describes how to connect a BluetoothTM wireless technology-compatible keyboard to a PC.
Setting up the wireless keyboard
Procedure
1.
Right-click on the BluetoothTM wireless technology icon in the task tray, and then click on [Add New Connection]
Note
o
Alternatively, click [Start]→[All Programs]→[Bluetooth]→[Bluetooth Settings], and then click on [New Connection] from the
active [Bluetooth Settings] window.
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Welcome to the Add New Connection Wizard)] window will appear.
2.
Confirm that [Express Mode] has been selected, and then click on the [Next] button
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for devices)] window will appear.
Page 634
Once the program has finished searching for the devices, the [Add New Connection Wizard (Device Selection)] window will appear.
3.
Select the device name of the keyboard from [Device List], and then click on the [Next] button
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for Services)] window will appear.
4.
Use the wireless keyboard to enter the numbers that appear in [Bluetooth Passkey (PIN Code)], and then hit the [Enter] key
Page 635
Once the program has detected the services successfully, connection to the device and registration of settings information will be
performed automatically.
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Connection Name Settings)] window will appear.
5.
Enter the type and name of the icon displayed after registration, and then click on the [Next] button
Please click on the [Next] button if you are satisfied with the settings.
Note
o
You can change the connection icon and icon name.
→"Changing a connection icon name"
→"Changing a connection icon"
Page 636
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Completing the Add New Connection Wizard)] window will appear.
6.
Click on the [Finish] button
The settings information will be registered, and an icon will appear in the [Bluetooth Settings] window.
Note

Pressing any key on the wireless keyboard will automatically connect it to the PC thereafter.
Please connect manually if automatic connection is unsuccessful.
Page 637
Using a wireless mouse [HID]
This section describes how to connect a BluetoothTM wireless technology-compatible mouse to a PC.
Setting up the wireless mouse
Procedure
1.
Turn on the wireless mouse, and set it to be connectable
Please refer to the instruction manual for details on how to operate the mouse.
Note
o
2.
If the security mode on your PC has been set to "Enable Link-Level Security," then any mouse not ordinarily requiring a passkey
will require one. If your mouse's user guide does not contain any passkey-related information, please consult the outlet where
you purchased your mouse or the relevant support center.
Right-click on the BluetoothTM wireless technology icon in the task tray, and then click on [Add New Connection]
Note
o
Alternatively, click [Start]→[All Programs]→[Bluetooth]→[Bluetooth Settings], and then click on [New Connection] from the
active [Bluetooth Settings] window.
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Welcome to the Add New Connection Wizard)] window will appear.
3.
Confirm that [Express Mode] has been selected, and then click on the [Next] button
Page 638
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for devices)] window will appear.
Once the program has finished searching for the devices, the [Add New Connection Wizard (Device Selection)] window will appear.
4.
Select the device name of the mouse from [Device List], and then click on the [Next] button
Page 639
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for Services)] window will appear.
A message confirming a device connection will appear.
5.
Click on the [OK] button
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Connection Name Settings)] window will appear.
6.
Enter the type and name of the icon displayed after registration, and then click on the [Next] button
Please click on the [Next] button if you are satisfied with the settings.
Note
o
Please use this window to change the connection name and icon.
- Changing the connection icon name
- Changing the connection icon
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Completing the Add New Connection Wizard)] window will appear.
7.
Click on the [Finish] button
The settings information will be have been registered, and an icon will appear in the [Bluetooth Settings] window.
Page 640
Note
o
Clicking on one of the mouse buttons or otherwise operating it will automatically connect it to the PC thereafter. Please connect
manually if automatic connection is unsuccessful.
Page 641
Exchanging files with a PC or PDA [FTP]
You can send and receive files other than business card data with a PC or PDA that has onboard BluetoothTM wireless technology.
Use "File transfer" in the Bluetooth Information Exchanger to exchange files.
Note

The same operations will be valid as long as the PC and PDA support the FTP profile.

"File transfer" cannot be used to send or receive business card data. Please instead use "Object Push" to perform these activities.
→Sending files to a PC or PDA (using icons)
→Sending files to a PC or PDA (by right-clicking the mouse)
→Receiving files from a PC or PDA
Procedure
■Sending files to a PC or PDA (using icons)
1.
Turn on the PC or PDA
2.
Double-click on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger icon on the Desktop
Note
o
Alternatively, opening Explorer and clicking on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger folder will produce the same result.
Page 642
The [Bluetooth Information Exchanger] window will appear.
3.
Double-click on the [File transfer] icon
A list of devices will appear in the [File transfer] window.
Note
4.
o
If the desired device does not appear in the list, please confirm that the device has been turned on, and then select [Bluetooth]→
[Search Devices].
A device search will be performed.
o
You can also use "Image transfer" when sending individual image files.
Use the mouse to drag and drop the file you wish to send over the destination icon
In this case, the file will be sent to a PC named "PC-1".
Note
o
5.
When using "File transfer", you can send individual files as well as entire folders.
Confirm that the file is being sent
The file will be sent to the PC.
Note
o
When sending files using "File transfer", a message requesting permission to receive the files may appear on the destination
Page 643
(receiving) device. The content of the message will vary with the software that supports the BluetoothTM wireless technology
function on the destination device, so please be sure to follow the instructions provided.
If you are using the BluetoothTM Utility, a message similar to the one below will appear.
If the file has been sent successfully, the message below will appear.
Please click on the [OK] button.
The message below will appear if the file transmission was unsuccessful.
Please click on the [OK] button to close the message, and repeat the procedure.
Note
o
Files that have been sent will be saved in a file transfer shared folder on the destination device.
o
Additionally, with "File transfer", you can open the shared folder on the destination device using Explorer, specify a subfolder,
and then send the file there.
o
You can use Properties in the Bluetooth Information Exchanger to change the location of the "Shared folder" on the hard drive.
■Sending files to a PC or PDA (by right-clicking the mouse)
1.
Turn on the PC or PDA
Confirm that a connection has been enabled before proceeding to the next step.
Page 644
2.
Right-click on the file you wish to send, and then select its destination from [to Bluetooth]
Note
o
If the desired device does not appear in the list, please confirm that the device has been turned on, and then select [to Bluetooth]
→[Search other devices].
Once the devices have been detected, the message below will appear. Please select the destination device, and then click on the
[Send] button.
3.
Confirm that the file is being sent
The file will be sent to the PC.
Note
Page 645
o
When sending files using "File transfer," a message requesting permission to receive the files may appear on the destination
(receiving) device. The content of the message will vary with the software installed on the destination device, so please be sure to
follow the instructions provided.
If you are using the BluetoothTM Utility, a message similar to the one below will appear.
If the file has been sent successfully, the message below will appear.
Please click on the [OK] button.
The message below will appear if the file transmission was unsuccessful.
Please click on the [OK] button to close the message, and then repeat the procedure.
Note
o
Files that have been sent will be saved in a file transfer shared folder on the destination device.
■Receiving files from a PC or PDA
Your PC is able to receive files that have been saved in the shared folder on the destination PC or PDA. Received files will be saved in the shared
folder under "File transfer".
1.
Turn on the PC or PDA
Confirm that a BluetoothTM wireless technology connection has been enabled before proceeding to the next step.
2.
Double-click on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger icon on the Desktop
Note
o
Alternatively, opening Explorer and clicking on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger folder will produce the same result.
Page 646
The [Bluetooth Information Exchanger] window will appear.
3.
Double-click on the [File transfer] icon
A list of devices will appear in the [File transfer] window.
In this case, the file will be received from the PDA named "My Mobile".
4.
Double-click on the [PDA-1] icon
The file saved in the shared folder in "My Mobile" will appear.
5.
Right-click on the file you wish to receive, and then select "Receive file".
Page 647
The file will be received from a PDA.
Note
o
With "File transfer", you can send individual files as well as entire folders.
Please right-click on the folder you wish to receive, and select "Receive folder".
Subsequent operations should be performed in the same manner as when receiving individual files.
If the file has been received successfully, the message below will appear.
Please click on the [OK] button.
The message below will appear if the file transmission was unsuccessful. Please click on the [OK] button to close the message, and repeat
the procedure.
Note
o
The received file will be saved in the "Shared folder" under "File transfer" in the Bluetooth Information Exchanger
Page 648
You can use Properties under the Bluetooth Information Exchanger to specify the location of the "Shared folder" on the hard
drive.
Page 649
Sending images to a PC or PDA [BIP]
You can send image data to a BluetoothTM wireless technology-enabled PC or PDA.
Images are sent using "Image transfer" under Bluetooth Information Exchanger.
Note

The following image file formats can be sent and received using "Image transfer":
o
Bitmap (*.bmp)
o
JPEG (*.jpg, *.jpeg)
o
PNG (*.png)
→Sending images to a PC or PDA (using icons)
→Sending images to a PC or PDA (by right-clicking the mouse)
Procedure
■Sending images to a PC or PDA (using icons)
1.
Turn on the PC or PDA
Confirm that a BluetoothTM wireless technology connection has been enabled before proceeding.
2.
Double-click on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger icon on the Desktop
Note
o
Alternatively, opening Explorer and clicking on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger folder will produce the same result.
Page 650
The [Bluetooth Information Exchanger] window will appear.
3.
Double-click on the [Image transfer] icon
A list of devices will appear in the [Image transfer] window.
Note
o
4.
If the desired device does not appear in the list, please confirm that the device has been turned on, and then select [Bluetooth]→
[Search Devices].
A device search will be performed.
Drag and drop the file you wish to send over the destination icon
In this case, the image will be sent to a PC named "PC-1".
Page 651
The image will be sent.
If the image has been sent successfully, the message below will appear.
Please click on the [OK] button.
The message below will appear if the image transmission was unsuccessful.
Please click on the [OK] button to close the message, and repeat the procedure.
Note
o
Images that have been sent will be saved in an image transfer folder on the destination device.
o
Images received using "Image transfer" in the Bluetooth Information Exchanger will be saved in the "Image Box" in "Image
transfer".
Page 652
o
You can use Properties under the Bluetooth Information Exchanger to change the location of the "Image Box" folder on the hard
drive.
■Sending images to a PC or PDA (by right-clicking the mouse)
1.
Turn on the PC or PDA
Confirm that a BluetoothTM wireless technology connection has been enabled before proceeding
2.
Right-click on the file you wish to send, and then click on its destination from [to Bluetooth]
Note
o
If the desired device does not appear in the list, please confirm that the device has been turned on, and then select [to Bluetooth]
→[Search other devices].
Once the devices have been detected, the message below will appear. Please select the destination device, and then click on the
[Send] button.
Page 653
The image will be sent.
If the image has been sent successfully, the message below will appear.
Please click on the [OK] button.
The message below will appear if the image transmission was unsuccessful.
Please click on the [OK] button to close the message, and repeat the procedure.
Note
o
When you send images by right-clicking the mouse, the image data that has been sent will be saved in the image transfer shared
folder on the destination device. This is also the case when you send images using icons.
Page 654
Exchanging business card data with a PC or PDA [OPP]
You can exchange business card data with a BluetoothTM wireless technology-enabled PC or PDA.
Business card data are exchanged using "Object Push" under Bluetooth Information Exchanger.
Note

Data compliant with the "vCARD" standard are the only type of business card data able to be sent and received with "Object Push".
Business card data can be used by applications such as Microsoft Outlook.

Business card data can be created in vCARD format by Microsoft Outlook and other similar applications.
→"Creating business card data in the vCARD format"

You can send business card data directly from Microsoft Outlook.
→"Sending business card data from Outlook"

The OPP profile must be supported by the PC or PDA of the other party.
→Selecting a business card and sending it to a PC or PDA (using icons)
→Selecting a business card and sending it to a PC or PDA (by right-clicking the mouse)
→Sending your personal business card
→Receiving a business card from another party
→Exchanging business cards
Procedure
■Selecting a business card and sending it to a PC or PDA (using icons)
Select a business card you wish to send from among all the business card data you have already received through exchanges with your business
or other contacts, and then send it to another party.
1.
Turn on the PC or PDA
Confirm that a BluetoothTM wireless technology connection has been enabled before proceeding.
2.
Double-click on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger icon on the Desktop
Note
o
Alternatively, opening Explorer and clicking on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger folder will produce the same result.
Page 655
The [Bluetooth Information Exchanger] window will appear.
3.
Double-click on the [Object Push] icon
A list of devices will appear in the [Object Push] window.
Note
o
4.
If the desired device does not appear in the list, please confirm that the device has been turned on, and then select [Bluetooth]→
[Search Devices].
A device search will be performed.
Use the mouse to drag and drop the business card you wish to send over the destination icon
In this case, the business card will be sent to a PC named "PC-1".
Page 656
The business card will be sent.
Note
o
When you try to send a business card, a message requesting permission to receive the card may appear on the device belonging
to the other party (i.e., on the receiving end). The content of the message will vary with the software installed on the destination
device, so please be sure to follow the instructions provided. If you are using the BluetoothTM Utility, a message similar to the one
below will appear.
If the business card has been sent successfully, the message below will appear.
Please click on the [OK] button.
The message below will appear if the business card transmission was unsuccessful.
Please click on the [OK] button to close the message, and repeat the procedure.
Memo
o
Data that have been sent will be saved in a folder for exchanged business cards on the destination device.
o
You can configure an associated application (Microsoft Outlook etc) to start automatically when you have received a business
card, allowing you to view the card details.
Page 657
You can use Properties under Bluetooth Information Exchanger to configure whether or not you would like such an application to
start automatically.
■Selecting a business card and sending it to a PC or PDA (by right-clicking the mouse)
1.
Turn on the PC or PDA
Confirm that a BluetoothTM wireless technology connection has been enabled before proceeding.
2.
Right-click on the business card you wish to send, and then click on its destination from [to Bluetooth]
Note
o
If the desired device does not appear in the list, please confirm that the device has been turned on, and then select [to Bluetooth]
→[Search other devices].
Once the devices have been detected, the message below will appear. Please select the destination device, and then click on the
[Send] button.
Page 658
The business card will be sent.
Note
o
When you try to send a business card, a message requesting permission to receive the files may appear on the device belonging
to the other party (i.e., on the receiving end). The content of the message will vary with the software installed on the destination
device, so please be sure to follow the instructions provided.
If you are using the BluetoothTM Utility, a message similar to the one below will appear.
If the business card has been sent successfully, the message below will appear.
Please click on the [OK] button.
The message below will appear if the business card transmission was unsuccessful.
Please click on the [OK] button to close the message, and repeat the procedure.
Note
o
Data that have been sent will be saved in a folder for exchanged business cards on the destination device.
Page 659
■Sending your personal business card
You can prepare a business card bearing your name and other details such as your company and telephone numbers, and then send it to another
party.
Note

Please use Properties under Bluetooth Information Exchanger beforehand to configure which data to use for your own business card.

You can only have one business card registered as your own that is able to be sent.
1.
Turn on the PC or PDA
Confirm that a BluetoothTM wireless technology connection has been enabled before proceeding
2.
Double-click on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger icon on the Desktop
Note
o
Alternatively, opening Explorer and clicking on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger folder will produce the same result.
The [Bluetooth Information Exchanger] window will appear.
3.
Double-click on the [Object Push] icon
A list of devices will appear in the [Object Push] window.
Page 660
Note
o
4.
If the desired device does not appear in the list, please confirm that the device has been turned on, and then select [Bluetooth]→
[Search Devices].
A device search will be performed.
Right-click on the destination icon, and then click on [Send business card To]
In this case, your personal business card will be sent to a PC named "PC-1".
The business card will be sent.
Note
o
When you try to send a business card, a message requesting permission to receive the files may appear on the device belonging
to the other party (i.e., on the receiving end). The content of the message will vary with the software installed on the destination
device, so please be sure to follow the instructions provided. If you are using the BluetoothTMUtility, a message similar to the one
below will appear.
Page 661
o
Business cards that have been sent will be saved in the Inbox of the destination party.
If your business card has been sent successfully, the message below will appear.
Please click on the [OK] button.
The message below will appear if the business card transmission was unsuccessful. Please click on the [OK] button to close the message,
and repeat the procedure.
Note
o
Data that has been sent will be saved in a folder for exchanged business cards on the destination device.
■Acquiring a business card from another party
You can use your PC to acquire a business card from a party containing their details.
1.
Turn on the PC or PDA
Confirm that a BluetoothTM wireless technology connection has been enabled before proceeding
2.
Double-click on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger icon on the Desktop
Note
o
Alternatively, opening Explorer and clicking on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger folder will produce the same result.
Page 662
The [Bluetooth Information Exchanger] window will appear.
3.
Double-click on the [Object Push] icon
A list of devices will appear in the [Object Push] window.
Note
o
4.
If the desired device does not appear in the list, please confirm that the device has been turned on, and then select [Bluetooth]→
Search Devices].
A device search will be performed.
Right-click on the icon of the party whose card you wish to acquire, and then click on [Receive business card]
In this case, the business card of the other party will be acquired from a PC named "PC-1".
The business card will be received.
Note
o
When you try to acquire a business card, a message requesting permission to send the files may appear on the device belonging
to the other party (i.e., on the sending end). The content of the message will vary with the software installed on the destination
device, so please be sure to follow the instructions provided.
If you are using the BluetoothTM Utility, a message similar to the one below will appear.
Page 663
If the business card has been received successfully, the message below will appear.
Please click on the [OK] button.
The message below will appear if the business card was unsuccessfully received.
Please click on the [OK] button to close the message, and repeat the procedure.
Note
o
Business card data that have been received will be saved in the Inbox under "Object Push".
You can use Properties under the Bluetooth Information Exchanger to set the location of the Inbox on the hard drive.
■Exchanging business cards
Simultaneously exchange your business card with one belonging to another party.
1.
Turn on the PC or PDA
Confirm that a BluetoothTM wireless technology connection has been enabled before proceeding.
2.
Double-click on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger icon on the Desktop
Note
o
Alternatively, opening Explorer and clicking on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger folder will produce the same result.
Page 664
The [Bluetooth Information Exchanger] window will appear.
3.
Double-click on the [Object Push] icon
A list of devices will appear in the [Object Push] window.
Note
o
4.
If the desired device does not appear in the list, please confirm that the device has been turned on, and then select [Bluetooth]→
Search Devices].
A device search will be performed.
Right-click on the icon of the party with whom you wish to exchange business cards, and then click on [Object Push]
In this case, the business cards will be exchanged with a PC named "PC-1".
Page 665
The business card from the party who executed the "Exchange business cards" command will be sent first.
Note
o
When you try to send a business card, a message requesting permission to receive the files may appear on the device belonging
to the other party (i.e., on the receiving end). The content of the message will vary with the software installed on the destination
device, so please be sure to follow the instructions provided.
If you are using the BluetoothTM Utility, a message similar to the one below will appear.
A message of confirmation will appear if the card has been successfully sent.
Note
o
Business cards that have been sent will be saved in the Inbox of the destination party.
Once your business card has finished being sent, the program will start receiving the business card belonging to the other party.
Note
o
When a business card is to be received, a message such as the one below may appear on the device belonging to the other party.
Please click on the [Yes] button if you give permission for the business card to be sent.
A message of confirmation will appear if the card has been successfully received.
Note
o
Business cards that have been received will be saved in the "Inbox" under "Object Push".
You can use Properties under the Bluetooth Information Exchanger to set the location of the Inbox on the hard drive.
Page 666
Page 667
Building a personal area network
[PAN]
You can use the PAN profile to build a network of Bluetooth wireless technology-enabled devices.
TM
→Operating as a server
→Operating as a client
A personal area network comprises a client-server architecture. The device to which other devices connect is called the "server", and a device that
connects to the server is called a "client."
The client-server relationship is not necessarily a fixed one. The first of two devices to establish a connection can be the server when one other
device is present, and can be the client in other instances.
Note

The maximum total number of devices that can be used to constitute a single personal area network is seven: one server and six clients.
A network comprising as many as seven devices could theoretically be built, but an operating environment that involves the use of other
BluetoothTM wireless technology devices, leaving aside other complications, might require the network to comprise fewer components..
By using the PAN profile, you will be able to build a network that uses the same TCP/IP protocol used in regular LANs. Accordingly, the machine
designated as the server can be used for configuration tasks that utilize DHCP, such as assigning IP addresses to clients.
In addition, you will be able to configure folder and file sharing, which will allow data to be browsed by other servers or clients on the network.
Page 668
Important

Please refer to Windows Help for further information on TCP/IP, DHCP and configurations for sharing.
Operating as a server
The following icon will appear in the tasktray when the PAN server function has been activated.
Should the icon not appear, please follow the procedure below to activate the PAN server function.
1.
Right-click the BluetoothTM wireless technology icon in the task tray and make sure the [service property] of Option [Use PAN
Group Ad-hoc Network] is checked.
A message will appear asking you to confirm whether you wish to activate the PAN group ad-hoc network.
2.
Click the [Yes] button
The PAN server will be activated, and an icon will accordingly appear in the tasktray. Other devices that use the PAN profile will now
be able to connect over the network.
Important

When using the device as the server, make sure that all user accounts have a password set for the security reasons.

The IP address of the server is automatically set up when it starts. Please do not change this IP address.

When the device starts as the server, it starts the DHCP server function. We recommend that you should use the IP addresses provided
from this DHCP server for the clients connected. Please do not change these IP addresses.
By clicking on the icon, the [Bluetooth PAN Server] window will appear.
In the graphic below, one client has established a connection.
Page 669
Note

When you try to connect to another server as a client, the task tray icon will disappear, and your machine will not be able to function as a
server in response to connection requests originating from other devices.

During server starting, it is not possible to stop the DHCP server.
Operating as a client
Connecting to a server as a client is performed from the [Bluetooth Settings] window, as described below.
Procedure
1.
Right-click on the BluetoothTM wireless technology icon in the task tray, and click on [Add New Connection]
Note
o
2.
Alternatively, click on [Start]→All Programs]→Bluetooth]→Bluetooth Settings], and then on [New Connection] from the
[Bluetooth Settings] window.
Confirm that [Express Mode] has been selected, and then click on the [Next] button
Page 670
3.
Click on the [Next] button in the advisory dialog box
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for devices)] window will appear.
Once the program has finished searching for the devices, the [Add New Connection Wizard (Device Selection)] window will appear.
4.
Select the name of the device designated as the server from [Device List], and then click on the [Next] button
Page 671
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for Services)] window will appear.
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Confirm Connection Name)] window will appear.
5.
Click on the [Next] button
The registered icon will appear in the [Bluetooth Settings] window.
■onnecting to a server
Procedure
1.
Right-click on the icon in the [Bluetooth Settings] window, and then click on [Connect]
Page 672
Once you have connected, the icon will change to indicate that the device is connected.
■nding a connection to a server
Procedure
1.
Right-click on the icon in the [Bluetooth Settings] window, and then click on [Disconnect]
A message confirming whether you wish to disconnect will appear. Click on the [Yes] button.
Once you have disconnected, the icon will change to indicate that the device is not connected.
Page 673
Page 674
Exchanging files with a PC or PDA [FTP]
You can send and receive files other than business card data with a PC or PDA that has onboard BluetoothTM wireless technology.
Use "File transfer" in the Bluetooth Information Exchanger to exchange files.
Note

The same operations will be valid as long as the PC and PDA support the FTP profile.

"File transfer" cannot be used to send or receive business card data. Please instead use "Object Push" to perform these activities.
→Sending files to a PC or PDA (using icons)
→Sending files to a PC or PDA (by right-clicking the mouse)
→Receiving files from a PC or PDA
Procedure
■Sending files to a PC or PDA (using icons)
1.
Turn on the PC or PDA
2.
Double-click on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger icon on the Desktop
Note
o
Alternatively, opening Explorer and clicking on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger folder will produce the same result.
Page 675
The [Bluetooth Information Exchanger] window will appear.
3.
Double-click on the [File transfer] icon
A list of devices will appear in the [File transfer] window.
Note
4.
o
If the desired device does not appear in the list, please confirm that the device has been turned on, and then select [Bluetooth]→
[Search Devices].
A device search will be performed.
o
You can also use "Image transfer" when sending individual image files.
Use the mouse to drag and drop the file you wish to send over the destination icon
In this case, the file will be sent to a PC named "PC-1".
Note
o
5.
When using "File transfer", you can send individual files as well as entire folders.
Confirm that the file is being sent
The file will be sent to the PC.
Note
o
When sending files using "File transfer", a message requesting permission to receive the files may appear on the destination
Page 676
(receiving) device. The content of the message will vary with the software that supports the BluetoothTM wireless technology
function on the destination device, so please be sure to follow the instructions provided.
If you are using the BluetoothTM Utility, a message similar to the one below will appear.
If the file has been sent successfully, the message below will appear.
Please click on the [OK] button.
The message below will appear if the file transmission was unsuccessful.
Please click on the [OK] button to close the message, and repeat the procedure.
Note
o
Files that have been sent will be saved in a file transfer shared folder on the destination device.
o
Additionally, with "File transfer", you can open the shared folder on the destination device using Explorer, specify a subfolder,
and then send the file there.
o
You can use Properties in the Bluetooth Information Exchanger to change the location of the "Shared folder" on the hard drive.
■Sending files to a PC or PDA (by right-clicking the mouse)
1.
Turn on the PC or PDA
Confirm that a connection has been enabled before proceeding to the next step.
Page 677
2.
Right-click on the file you wish to send, and then select its destination from [to Bluetooth]
Note
o
If the desired device does not appear in the list, please confirm that the device has been turned on, and then select [to Bluetooth]
→[Search other devices].
Once the devices have been detected, the message below will appear. Please select the destination device, and then click on the
[Send] button.
3.
Confirm that the file is being sent
The file will be sent to the PC.
Note
Page 678
o
When sending files using "File transfer," a message requesting permission to receive the files may appear on the destination
(receiving) device. The content of the message will vary with the software installed on the destination device, so please be sure to
follow the instructions provided.
If you are using the BluetoothTM Utility, a message similar to the one below will appear.
If the file has been sent successfully, the message below will appear.
Please click on the [OK] button.
The message below will appear if the file transmission was unsuccessful.
Please click on the [OK] button to close the message, and then repeat the procedure.
Note
o
Files that have been sent will be saved in a file transfer shared folder on the destination device.
■Receiving files from a PC or PDA
Your PC is able to receive files that have been saved in the shared folder on the destination PC or PDA. Received files will be saved in the shared
folder under "File transfer".
1.
Turn on the PC or PDA
Confirm that a BluetoothTM wireless technology connection has been enabled before proceeding to the next step.
2.
Double-click on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger icon on the Desktop
Note
o
Alternatively, opening Explorer and clicking on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger folder will produce the same result.
Page 679
The [Bluetooth Information Exchanger] window will appear.
3.
Double-click on the [File transfer] icon
A list of devices will appear in the [File transfer] window.
In this case, the file will be received from the PDA named "My Mobile".
4.
Double-click on the [PDA-1] icon
The file saved in the shared folder in "My Mobile" will appear.
5.
Right-click on the file you wish to receive, and then select "Receive file".
Page 680
The file will be received from a PDA.
Note
o
With "File transfer", you can send individual files as well as entire folders.
Please right-click on the folder you wish to receive, and select "Receive folder".
Subsequent operations should be performed in the same manner as when receiving individual files.
If the file has been received successfully, the message below will appear.
Please click on the [OK] button.
The message below will appear if the file transmission was unsuccessful. Please click on the [OK] button to close the message, and repeat
the procedure.
Note
o
The received file will be saved in the "Shared folder" under "File transfer" in the Bluetooth Information Exchanger
Page 681
You can use Properties under the Bluetooth Information Exchanger to specify the location of the "Shared folder" on the hard
drive.
Page 682
Sending images to a PC or PDA [BIP]
You can send image data to a BluetoothTM wireless technology-enabled PC or PDA.
Images are sent using "Image transfer" under Bluetooth Information Exchanger.
Note

The following image file formats can be sent and received using "Image transfer":
o
Bitmap (*.bmp)
o
JPEG (*.jpg, *.jpeg)
o
PNG (*.png)
→Sending images to a PC or PDA (using icons)
→Sending images to a PC or PDA (by right-clicking the mouse)
Procedure
■Sending images to a PC or PDA (using icons)
1.
Turn on the PC or PDA
Confirm that a BluetoothTM wireless technology connection has been enabled before proceeding.
2.
Double-click on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger icon on the Desktop
Note
o
Alternatively, opening Explorer and clicking on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger folder will produce the same result.
Page 683
The [Bluetooth Information Exchanger] window will appear.
3.
Double-click on the [Image transfer] icon
A list of devices will appear in the [Image transfer] window.
Note
o
4.
If the desired device does not appear in the list, please confirm that the device has been turned on, and then select [Bluetooth]→
[Search Devices].
A device search will be performed.
Drag and drop the file you wish to send over the destination icon
In this case, the image will be sent to a PC named "PC-1".
Page 684
The image will be sent.
If the image has been sent successfully, the message below will appear.
Please click on the [OK] button.
The message below will appear if the image transmission was unsuccessful.
Please click on the [OK] button to close the message, and repeat the procedure.
Note
o
Images that have been sent will be saved in an image transfer folder on the destination device.
o
Images received using "Image transfer" in the Bluetooth Information Exchanger will be saved in the "Image Box" in "Image
transfer".
Page 685
o
You can use Properties under the Bluetooth Information Exchanger to change the location of the "Image Box" folder on the hard
drive.
■Sending images to a PC or PDA (by right-clicking the mouse)
1.
Turn on the PC or PDA
Confirm that a BluetoothTM wireless technology connection has been enabled before proceeding
2.
Right-click on the file you wish to send, and then click on its destination from [to Bluetooth]
Note
o
If the desired device does not appear in the list, please confirm that the device has been turned on, and then select [to Bluetooth]
→[Search other devices].
Once the devices have been detected, the message below will appear. Please select the destination device, and then click on the
[Send] button.
Page 686
The image will be sent.
If the image has been sent successfully, the message below will appear.
Please click on the [OK] button.
The message below will appear if the image transmission was unsuccessful.
Please click on the [OK] button to close the message, and repeat the procedure.
Note
o
When you send images by right-clicking the mouse, the image data that has been sent will be saved in the image transfer shared
folder on the destination device. This is also the case when you send images using icons.
Page 687
Exchanging business card data with a PC or PDA [OPP]
You can exchange business card data with a BluetoothTM wireless technology-enabled PC or PDA.
Business card data are exchanged using "Object Push" under Bluetooth Information Exchanger.
Note

Data compliant with the "vCARD" standard are the only type of business card data able to be sent and received with "Object Push".
Business card data can be used by applications such as Microsoft Outlook.

Business card data can be created in vCARD format by Microsoft Outlook and other similar applications.
→"Creating business card data in the vCARD format"

You can send business card data directly from Microsoft Outlook.
→"Sending business card data from Outlook"

The OPP profile must be supported by the PC or PDA of the other party.
→Selecting a business card and sending it to a PC or PDA (using icons)
→Selecting a business card and sending it to a PC or PDA (by right-clicking the mouse)
→Sending your personal business card
→Receiving a business card from another party
→Exchanging business cards
Procedure
■Selecting a business card and sending it to a PC or PDA (using icons)
Select a business card you wish to send from among all the business card data you have already received through exchanges with your business
or other contacts, and then send it to another party.
1.
Turn on the PC or PDA
Confirm that a BluetoothTM wireless technology connection has been enabled before proceeding.
2.
Double-click on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger icon on the Desktop
Note
o
Alternatively, opening Explorer and clicking on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger folder will produce the same result.
Page 688
The [Bluetooth Information Exchanger] window will appear.
3.
Double-click on the [Object Push] icon
A list of devices will appear in the [Object Push] window.
Note
o
4.
If the desired device does not appear in the list, please confirm that the device has been turned on, and then select [Bluetooth]→
[Search Devices].
A device search will be performed.
Use the mouse to drag and drop the business card you wish to send over the destination icon
In this case, the business card will be sent to a PC named "PC-1".
Page 689
The business card will be sent.
Note
o
When you try to send a business card, a message requesting permission to receive the card may appear on the device belonging
to the other party (i.e., on the receiving end). The content of the message will vary with the software installed on the destination
device, so please be sure to follow the instructions provided. If you are using the BluetoothTM Utility, a message similar to the one
below will appear.
If the business card has been sent successfully, the message below will appear.
Please click on the [OK] button.
The message below will appear if the business card transmission was unsuccessful.
Please click on the [OK] button to close the message, and repeat the procedure.
Memo
o
Data that have been sent will be saved in a folder for exchanged business cards on the destination device.
o
You can configure an associated application (Microsoft Outlook etc) to start automatically when you have received a business
card, allowing you to view the card details.
Page 690
You can use Properties under Bluetooth Information Exchanger to configure whether or not you would like such an application to
start automatically.
■Selecting a business card and sending it to a PC or PDA (by right-clicking the mouse)
1.
Turn on the PC or PDA
Confirm that a BluetoothTM wireless technology connection has been enabled before proceeding.
2.
Right-click on the business card you wish to send, and then click on its destination from [to Bluetooth]
Note
o
If the desired device does not appear in the list, please confirm that the device has been turned on, and then select [to Bluetooth]
→[Search other devices].
Once the devices have been detected, the message below will appear. Please select the destination device, and then click on the
[Send] button.
Page 691
The business card will be sent.
Note
o
When you try to send a business card, a message requesting permission to receive the files may appear on the device belonging
to the other party (i.e., on the receiving end). The content of the message will vary with the software installed on the destination
device, so please be sure to follow the instructions provided.
If you are using the BluetoothTM Utility, a message similar to the one below will appear.
If the business card has been sent successfully, the message below will appear.
Please click on the [OK] button.
The message below will appear if the business card transmission was unsuccessful.
Please click on the [OK] button to close the message, and repeat the procedure.
Note
o
Data that have been sent will be saved in a folder for exchanged business cards on the destination device.
Page 692
■Sending your personal business card
You can prepare a business card bearing your name and other details such as your company and telephone numbers, and then send it to another
party.
Note

Please use Properties under Bluetooth Information Exchanger beforehand to configure which data to use for your own business card.

You can only have one business card registered as your own that is able to be sent.
1.
Turn on the PC or PDA
Confirm that a BluetoothTM wireless technology connection has been enabled before proceeding
2.
Double-click on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger icon on the Desktop
Note
o
Alternatively, opening Explorer and clicking on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger folder will produce the same result.
The [Bluetooth Information Exchanger] window will appear.
3.
Double-click on the [Object Push] icon
A list of devices will appear in the [Object Push] window.
Page 693
Note
o
4.
If the desired device does not appear in the list, please confirm that the device has been turned on, and then select [Bluetooth]→
[Search Devices].
A device search will be performed.
Right-click on the destination icon, and then click on [Send business card To]
In this case, your personal business card will be sent to a PC named "PC-1".
The business card will be sent.
Note
o
When you try to send a business card, a message requesting permission to receive the files may appear on the device belonging
to the other party (i.e., on the receiving end). The content of the message will vary with the software installed on the destination
device, so please be sure to follow the instructions provided. If you are using the BluetoothTMUtility, a message similar to the one
below will appear.
Page 694
o
Business cards that have been sent will be saved in the Inbox of the destination party.
If your business card has been sent successfully, the message below will appear.
Please click on the [OK] button.
The message below will appear if the business card transmission was unsuccessful. Please click on the [OK] button to close the message,
and repeat the procedure.
Note
o
Data that has been sent will be saved in a folder for exchanged business cards on the destination device.
■Acquiring a business card from another party
You can use your PC to acquire a business card from a party containing their details.
1.
Turn on the PC or PDA
Confirm that a BluetoothTM wireless technology connection has been enabled before proceeding
2.
Double-click on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger icon on the Desktop
Note
o
Alternatively, opening Explorer and clicking on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger folder will produce the same result.
Page 695
The [Bluetooth Information Exchanger] window will appear.
3.
Double-click on the [Object Push] icon
A list of devices will appear in the [Object Push] window.
Note
o
4.
If the desired device does not appear in the list, please confirm that the device has been turned on, and then select [Bluetooth]→
Search Devices].
A device search will be performed.
Right-click on the icon of the party whose card you wish to acquire, and then click on [Receive business card]
In this case, the business card of the other party will be acquired from a PC named "PC-1".
The business card will be received.
Note
o
When you try to acquire a business card, a message requesting permission to send the files may appear on the device belonging
to the other party (i.e., on the sending end). The content of the message will vary with the software installed on the destination
device, so please be sure to follow the instructions provided.
If you are using the BluetoothTM Utility, a message similar to the one below will appear.
Page 696
If the business card has been received successfully, the message below will appear.
Please click on the [OK] button.
The message below will appear if the business card was unsuccessfully received.
Please click on the [OK] button to close the message, and repeat the procedure.
Note
o
Business card data that have been received will be saved in the Inbox under "Object Push".
You can use Properties under the Bluetooth Information Exchanger to set the location of the Inbox on the hard drive.
■Exchanging business cards
Simultaneously exchange your business card with one belonging to another party.
1.
Turn on the PC or PDA
Confirm that a BluetoothTM wireless technology connection has been enabled before proceeding.
2.
Double-click on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger icon on the Desktop
Note
o
Alternatively, opening Explorer and clicking on the Bluetooth Information Exchanger folder will produce the same result.
Page 697
The [Bluetooth Information Exchanger] window will appear.
3.
Double-click on the [Object Push] icon
A list of devices will appear in the [Object Push] window.
Note
o
4.
If the desired device does not appear in the list, please confirm that the device has been turned on, and then select [Bluetooth]→
Search Devices].
A device search will be performed.
Right-click on the icon of the party with whom you wish to exchange business cards, and then click on [Object Push]
In this case, the business cards will be exchanged with a PC named "PC-1".
Page 698
The business card from the party who executed the "Exchange business cards" command will be sent first.
Note
o
When you try to send a business card, a message requesting permission to receive the files may appear on the device belonging
to the other party (i.e., on the receiving end). The content of the message will vary with the software installed on the destination
device, so please be sure to follow the instructions provided.
If you are using the BluetoothTM Utility, a message similar to the one below will appear.
A message of confirmation will appear if the card has been successfully sent.
Note
o
Business cards that have been sent will be saved in the Inbox of the destination party.
Once your business card has finished being sent, the program will start receiving the business card belonging to the other party.
Note
o
When a business card is to be received, a message such as the one below may appear on the device belonging to the other party.
Please click on the [Yes] button if you give permission for the business card to be sent.
A message of confirmation will appear if the card has been successfully received.
Note
o
Business cards that have been received will be saved in the "Inbox" under "Object Push".
You can use Properties under the Bluetooth Information Exchanger to set the location of the Inbox on the hard drive.
Page 699
Page 700
Synchronising information using ActiveSync [SPP]
This section describes how to synchronize information on your PDA (calendars, contacts, inboxes etc) with your PC using Microsoft ActiveSync.
When you connect via BluetoothTM wireless technology instead of with a standard cable, you will always be able to synchronise your data without
the hassle of having to connect the cable.
→Connecting using ActiveSync
→Establishing a partnership between ActiveSync and a PDA
→Finishing an ActiveSync connection
→Cancelling a partnership
Important

Please use ActiveSync v.3.7 or higher. Also please establish a partnership between the devices using a USB or infrared link before you
connect via BluetoothTM wireless technology.

Please refer to the ActiveSync Help or other manuals for information on how to use the application.

Microsoft Outlook 2002 or another schedule management tool must also be installed on the PC.
Connecting using ActiveSync
Both the PC and PDA must be set up in order for a connection to be established.
■Preparing the PC
Procedure
1.
On the PC, click on [Start]→[All Programs]→[Microsoft ActiveSync]
The initial ActiveSync set-up window will appear.
It is assumed in the explanation below that no ActiveSync connections have been established with other devices.
2.
Click [File]→[Connection Settings]
Page 701
The [Connection Settings] window will appear.
3.
Place a check next to [Allow serial cable or infrared connection to this COM port], and then select "COM7".
Note
o
In the standard set-up, the port is configured to "COM7" (refer to Steps (3) and (4) under "Preparing the PDA" below). When
using a different port, please also change the port number selected in this window.
■Preparing the PDA
Procedure
1.
Tap on the BluetoothTM wireless technology icon in the bottom right of the screen
Page 702
Important
o
The graphic above shows an example of a PDA operating window.
The connection procedure may be different depending on the manufacturer or model of PDA you use. Please refer to the product
instruction manuals for further details.
The [Bluetooth Settings] window will open.
The message "Connection not registered" will appear if no BluetoothTM wireless technology device has been registered.
Please tap on [OK] to close the message.
2.
Double click on [Tools]→[Search for peripheral components]
Page 703
The application searches for nearby devices.
3.
Tap and hold on the destination PC icon, and then select [Update Services]
A search for services will be carried out, and then a list of service names and their connection status will appear as list in the lower
window.
4.
Tap and hold on "COM7" from the list of service names, and then select "Register ActiveSync".
Page 704
5.
Tap [OK] in the confirmation message window
An ActiveSync connection will be initiated.
Establishing a partnership between ActiveSync and a PDA
Once a connection has been successfully established with a PDA, the procedure for establishing a partnership with the PDA will be started by the
ActiveSync application on the PC.
Performing this set-up procedure will enable data to be synchronised between your PC and PDA.
Procedure
1.
In the [New Partnership (Set Up a Partnership)] window, select "Standard partnership", and then click on the [Next] button
Page 705
The [New Partnership (Specify Data Synchronisation Method)] window will appear.
2.
Select "Synchronise with this PC", and then click on the [Next] button
The [New Partnership (Select Synchronisation Settings)] window will appear.
3.
Select the type of information to be synchronised between your PC and PDA, and then click on the [Next] button
Page 706
The [New Partnership (Completing Setup)] window will appear.
4.
Click on the [Finish] button
When you click on the [Finish] button, ActiveSync will begin to synchronise your information.
[Confirming changes]
↓
↓
(Synchronisation process)
Page 707
[Synchronisation complete]
While the ActiveSync connection is active, synchronisation will be performed whenever information is changed on either the PC or the
PDA.
Once a partnership has been established, every time you start your PC (and PDA) thereafter, a BluetoothTM wireless technology
connection will be opened and ActiveSync will synchronise your information.
Finishing an ActiveSync connection
Follow the procedure below on your PDA if you want to end an ActiveSync connection manually.
Procedure
1.
Tap and hold on "COM7" in the [Bluetooth Settings] window, and select [ActiveSync Release]
Cancelling a partnership
Follow the procedure below from the ActiveSync window on the PC if you want to cancel the partnership between your PC and PDA.
Procedure
1.
Click on [File]→Delete partnership"
Page 708
Click on the [Yes] button when the confirmation message appears.
Note
o
If you wish to create another ActiveSync connection, you will have to repeat the above procedure to re-establish a partnership.
Page 709
Using a BluetoothTM wireless technology-compatible camera [BIP]
By connecting a BluetoothTM wireless technology-compatible digital camera to your PC, you will be able to operate the camera shutter from the PC
and transmit captured images to it as well.
→Connecting the camera
→Taking pictures
→Viewing images saved on your PC
Connecting the camera
Use the "Remote Camera" tool in the BluetoothTM Utility to connect the camera to your PC.
Procedure
1.
Click on [Start ]→[All Programs]→[Bluetooth]→[Remote Camera]
Note
o
2.
In Windows 2000, click on [Start]→[Programs]→[Bluetooth]→[Remote Camera].
Turn on the camera, and set it to be connectable via BluetoothTM wireless technology
Note
o
3.
Different cameras are operated in different ways, depending on the manufacturer and model used. Please refer to the instruction
manual for further details on how to operate your camera.
Click on the [Camera Search...] button
The camera will be detected and its icon displayed.
Page 710
4.
Right-click on the camera icon, and select [Connect]
The camera will be connected, and images from the camera will appear on-screen.
Taking pictures
By placing the mouse cursor over the on-screen image, the camera's operating window will appear.
You can operate the camera from this window.
Procedure
■Taking a single picture
Page 711
1.
Click on the
button in the operating window.
A single image will be captured and sent to the PC.
■Taking several consecutive frames
1.
Click on the
button in the operating window
A succession of images will be captured and sent to the PC.
Note
1.
o
The remote camera shutter cannot be operated while the camera is connected to the PC.
o
The number of consecutive pictures taken can be set to anywhere between 2 and 16
In the [Remote Camera] window, click on [Bluetooth]→[Properties]→[Consecutive Image Settings]
The [Change number of consecutive images] dialog box will appear
2.
Click on the [<][>] buttons to select the number of consecutive images to be captured
Page 712
Important
o
Images are not only sent to the PC, but are stored in the camera's on-board memory as well.
Please be aware of the remaining memory capacity when you are taking a large number of pictures.
o
Large file sizes are common for high-resolution images, and may take some time to be transferred to the PC.
Viewing images saves on your PC
A "Remote Camera" folder will be created in the "Bluetooth" folder under "My Documents" during initial set-up. A folder bearing the same name as
the camera will be created in it, and images will be saved in this folder.
Click the [Explorer] button in the [Remote Camera] window to display the folder where the images have been saved.
Note

This window is an example showing pictures when [Filmstrip] has been selected from the [View] menu in Explorer.
Page 713
Using a headset to communicate [HSP]
This section provides a description of how to use a BluetoothTM wireless technology-compatible wireless headset to communicate (chat) using
Microsoft NetMeeting or other software.
→Registering the headset
→Making a connection to the headset
→Disconnecting from the headset
Registering the headset
Procedure
1.
Right-click on the BluetoothTM wireless technology icon in the tasktray, then click on [Add New Connection Wizard]
Note
o
Alternatively, you can click on [Start]>[All Programs]>[Bluetooth]>[Bluetooth Settings], then click on [New Connection] in the
[Bluetooth Settings] screen that has opened.
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Welcome to the Add New Connection Wizard)] screen will appear.
2.
Turn the headset power on
Once you have turned on the headset, set the mode to enable a connection.
Important
o
3.
The procedure for operating the headset may differ depending on the manufacturer and model.
Please consult your user guide for a detailed description of how to operate the unit.
Confirm that [Express Mode] has been selected, then click on the [Next] button
Page 714
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Searching for Devices)] screen will appear.
Once the device search has been completed, the [Add New Connection Wizard (Select a Device)] screen will appear.
4.
Select the name of the headset device from the list, then click on the [Next] button
Page 715
5.
Answering with the headset
If the service has been properly detected, a screen will appear indicating that the headset is being called, and a tone will accordingly
sound in the headset.
Please press the headset switch.
Important
o
The procedure for operating the headset may differ depending on the manufacturer and model.
Please consult your user guide for a detailed description of how to operate the unit.
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Configuring (Connecting to Voice Circuit))] screen will appear, and device configuration will be
performed.
Note
o
If you are connecting to the headset for the first time, or if another audio device has not yet been registered, the following [Found
New Hardware Wizard] screen will appear, from which you can proceed to install the driver.
If another audio device has already been registered (i.e., the driver has been installed), you can proceed to Step 9 without having
to install the driver.
6.
Click on the [Next] button
The [Install Hardware] screen will appear.
7.
Click on the [Continue Anyway] button
The following screen will appear automatically. You may disregard it and click on the [Continue Anyway] button.
Page 716
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Completing the Found New Hardware Wizard)] screen, which is the final screen of the installation
wizard, will appear.
8.
Click on the [Finish] button
Once driver installation is complete, the [Add New Connection Wizard (Enter Connection Name)] will appear.
9.
Confirm the information you have entered, and click on the [Next] button
The [Add New Connection Wizard (Completing the Add New Connection Wizard)] screen will appear.
Page 717
10. Click on the [Finish] button
The configuration information will be registered, and an icon will be displayed in the [Bluetooth Settings] screen.
Making a connection to the headset
You can make a connection to the headset from an icon that has been registered in [Bluetooth Settings].
Important

Before making a connection to the headset, please check that you have turned on the headset's power, and that it has been enabled for a
BluetoothTM wireless technology connection.
Please ensure that the following audio-related applications have been closed before you connect the headset to your PC.
o
Windows Media Player, BeatJam, InterVideo WinDVD and other music/audio playback software
o
Windows Messenger and other e-conferencing software
If you wish to use these applications, please terminate the headset connection before you launch them.
Procedure
1.
Right-click on the headset icon, then click on [Connect].
2.
Answer with the headset
A screen will appear indicating that the headset is being called, and a tone will accordingly sound in the headset.
Please press the headset switch.
If the connection has been properly established, the icon's appearance will change to indicate a connected state.
Page 718
You may now launch conferencing and voice-recognition software and use the headset.
Disconnecting from the headset
Please follow the steps below to disconnect from the headset.
Procedure
1.
Right-click on the headset icon in the [Bluetooth Settings] screen, then click on [Disconnect].
A message will appear, requesting confirmation that you wish to disconnect. Click on the [Yes] button.
The icon on the [Bluetooth Settings] screen will appear as shown below, indicating that the device has been disconnected.
Page 719
Troubleshooting
This section describes possible causes and countermeasures to be considered when your BluetoothTM wireless technology device cannot be
configured properly, functions abnormally, or presents other problems related to its operation.
Basic understanding
The basic concepts to keep in mind when using your device(s) are described in the section, "What you need to know about using BluetoothTM
wireless technology". Should you still encounter problems after having read through this information, please refer to the following list, which has
been arranged according to application.
Troubleshooting by application

General operation of the BluetoothTM Utility

Using a wireless modem station

Using an access point

Using a printer

Using a headset

Using a keyboard or mouse

Using a camera

Using a PDA

Using a mobile telephone
Page 720
General operation of the BluetoothTM Utility
Important

Please refer to "What you need to know about using BluetoothTM wireless technology" for an understanding of the basic concepts to keep
in mind.
Bluetooth Manager
BluetoothTM wireless technology icon does not appear in task tray

If the BluetoothTM wireless technology icon does not appear in the Tasktray, Bluetooth Manager will not be active, and you will be unable
to use any of the functions of the BluetoothTM Utility.
Start the utilities as instructed below to enable Bluetooth Manager to start automatically and allow all functions to be utilized.
Bluetooth Settings
(from Windows XP)
[Start] > [All Programs] > [Bluetooth] > [Bluetooth Settings]
(from Windows 2000)
[Start] > [Programs] > [Bluetooth] > [Bluetooth Settings]
Remote Camera
(from Windows XP)
[Start] > [All Programs] > [Bluetooth] > [Remote Camera]
(from Windows 2000)
[Start] > [Programs] > [Bluetooth] > [Remote Camera]
Wireless File Transfer
(from Windows XP)
[Start] > [All Programs] > [Bluetooth] > [Wireless File Transfer]
(from Windows 2000)
[Start] > [Programs] > [Bluetooth] > [Wireless File Transfer]
Bluetooth Settings
Clicking on the [New Connection] button brings up the message "Unable to prepare Bluetooth."

The wireless communication switch is turned off.
Please switch it on.
Remote device(s) cannot be detected

The other device(s) may have been set to Non-discoverable mode.
Please check the mode settings on the device.
Services on a remote device are undiscoverable

The other device may be using a profile that is not supported by the BluetoothTM Utility
Please check the profile being used on the other device.

The following profiles are compatible with [Bluetooth Settings].
DUN, FAX, LAP, SPP, HID, HCRP, FTP, OPP, HSP, PAN and BIP
Devices running profiles other than those above will not be able to be registered with [Bluetooth Settings].
Bluetooth Information Exchanger
Page 721
An error occurs when you try to send a file using the right-click menu.

Select and right-click on a file, and then you can choose either the FTP or OPP profile to use when you click on [Send to Bluetooth
Device].
If neither profile is supported by the destination device, the file will not be able to be sent from the right-click menu.
The transmission will also fail if you use FTP to send a file to a device that only supports the OPP profile.
Should this occur, please click on [Bluetooth]→[Profiles] under [Bluetooth Information Exchanger] to configure the Transfer mode.
Cannot open shared folder on remote device using [File Transfer].

The other device may have a certain security level enforced (Non-connectable mode etc). Please confirm the security settings of the other
device.
Please enter the correct password if you are asked to enter one.
Remote Camera

See "Using a camera"
Bluetooth Local COM
Cannot add port

A maximum of 64 virtual COM ports can be added. You will be unable to add another port if 64 ports have already been configured.
Page 722
Using a wireless modem station
Important

Please refer to "What you need to know about using BluetoothTM wireless technology" for an understanding of the basic concepts to keep
in mind.
Modem station cannot be detected

If the modem station is connected to and is being used by another device, the modem station will be undetectable even if you search for it.
Cannot connect to modem station

If the modem station is connected to and is being used by another device, no other device will be able to connect to the modem station.
Bluetooth passkey entry failed

The Bluetooth passkey (PIN code) comprises a sequence of alphanumeric characters, with the letters able to be rendered in upper and
lower case.
If [Caps Lock] is on, the Bluetooth passkey may not be able to be entered correctly.
Cannot connect to telephone line

Please ensure that the telephone cable is connected from the socket to the "LINE" terminal on the modem station.
Note

o
If the telephone cable has come loose because it has not been fully inserted into the socket, the resulting poor contact may prevent
data from being transmitted accurately.
o
Communication will be impossible if the interior of the cable has been broken. Please replace the cable with another one.
Please ensure that the two slide switches on the underside of the main unit have been set to the "NORMAL" and "MODEM" positions
respectively.
Cannot connect to the Internet

The telephone number of the connection (i.e., the telephone number for the access point of your Internet service provider) may not be
correct. Please check the telephone number.

The user ID and/or password for the provider with whom you have signed up may have been entered incorrectly. Please check the user ID
and password.

The default connection may have been configured with different settings. Please set the connection configured for mobile telephone use
as the default connection.

When you place a call using a company switchboard or other exchange, the system may require you to enter a "0" before the telephone
number itself. Please check the type of telephone line you are using.
Cannot send or receive faxes

Once you have registered a wireless modem station as your fax server, you will need to enter the fax settings from the [Printer and Faxes]
window in the Control Panel.
Please refer to "Using a modem station for fax transmissions" for information on the configuration procedure.

The telephone number of the fax destination may have been entered incorrectly. Please check the telephone number.
Page 723

If the setting under COM Auto Connect Settings has been set to "Off", a connection will not automatically be established with the modem.
Please connect to the modem manually.

When you place a call using a company switchboard or other exchange, the system may require you to enter a "0" before the telephone
number itself. Please check the type of telephone line you are using.

The fax service may not have been enabled for sending (or receiving).
Please check the settings by following the procedure below.
1.
Open [Printers and Faxes] from the Control Panel, right-click on the [Fax] icon, and then click on [Properties]
The [Fax properties] window will appear.
2.
Select the [Device] tab, right-click on the modem you wish to use, and then click on [Properties]
3.
Select the [Send] tab, and then confirm that "Enable device to send" has been checked.
Page 724
4.
Select the [Receive] tab, and then confirm that "Enable device to receive" has been checked (when you wish to receive faxes)
5.
Click on the [OK] button
Page 725
Using an access point
Important

Please refer to "What you need to know about using BluetoothTM wireless technology" for an understanding of the basic concepts to keep
in mind.
Access point cannot be detected

If the access point is connected to and is being used by another device, the access point will be undetectable even if you search for it.
Cannot connect to access point

If the access point is connected to and is being used by another device, no other device will be able to connect to the access point.
Cannot connect to LAN

The LAN cable may not be properly connected to the access point. Please check the connection status.
Note

o
If the LAN cable has come loose because it has not been fully inserted into the socket, the resulting poor contact may prevent data
from being transmitted accurately.
o
Communication will be impossible if the interior of the LAN cable has been broken. Please replace the cable with another one.
The access point may not have been configured correctly, and may not be able to maintain the connection to the LAN.
Please refer to the product instruction manual for information on how to configure your access point.
Cannot connect to the Internet

If you are using a LAN to connect to the Internet, the LAN environment of the company or location where you are trying to establish the
connection may require you to connect via a proxy server .
Please click here for information on configuring a proxy server.
Page 726
Using a printer
Important

Please refer to "What you need to know about using BluetoothTM wireless technology" for an understanding of the basic concepts to keep
in mind.
Printer cannot be detected

If the printer is connected to and is being used by another device, the printer will be undetectable even if you search for it.
Cannot connect to printer

If the printer is connected to and is being used by another device, no other device will be able to connect to the printer.
Cannot print/garbled print output

The printer driver of the printer you are using may not have been installed correctly. Please refer to your product instruction manual and
re-install the driver.

Please check to see if the printer has run out of paper, ink or other consumable item.

If you are using a printer while several BluetoothTM wireless technology devices are connected to the PC, the devices may not function
normally. Please disconnect the other devices and try to print again.
Page 727
Using a Headset
Important

Please refer to "What you need to know about using BluetoothTM wireless technology" for an understanding of the basic concepts to keep
in mind.
Headset cannot be detected

If the Headset is connected to and is being used by another device, the Headset will be undetectable even if you search for it.
Cannot connect to Headset

If the Headset is connected to and is being used by another device, no other device will be able to connect to the Headset.

A BluetoothTM wireless technology connection will be impossible if the Headset is connected to a power adaptor.
Please remove the power adaptor and re-connect.
Sound cuts out/cannot hear anything

Using a headset with other BluetoothTM wireless technology devices may cause problems such as interruptions in sound, reduced transfer
speed or errors during file transfer, and disconnection of other devices. We strongly recommend using the headset on its own, not in
conjunction with any other device.

Please confirm that the headset is being operated correctly.

Please check the volume settings on your headset and PC.

If Windows Media Player or another audio-related application is active when you try to connect your headset, you may find it impossible
to connect properly to the headset, or even to use it at all.
Please start the audio application after you have established a connection with the headset.
Page 728
Using a keyboard or mouse
Important

Please refer to "What you need to know about using BluetoothTM wireless technology" for an understanding of the basic concepts to keep
in mind.
Keyboard or mouse cannot be detected

If the keyboard or mouse is connected to and is being used by another device, the keyboard or mouse will be undetectable even if you
search for it.
Cannot connect to keyboard or mouse

If the keyboard or mouse is connected to and is being used by another device, no other device will be able to connect to the keyboard or
mouse.
Page 729
Using a camera
Important

Please refer to "What you need to know about using BluetoothTM wireless technology" for an understanding of the basic concepts to keep
in mind.
Camera cannot be detected

If the camera is connected to and is being used by another device, the camera will be undetectable even if you search for it.
Cannot connect to camera

If the camera is connected to and is being used by another device, no other device will be able to connect to the camera.
Images from the camera can be displayed, but no pictures can be taken

The memory card in the camera may be full.
Please make a backup of all your necessary data on alternative media, then delete the images from the memory card, and ascertain how
much free space remains.
Camera images do not appear in window

The camera may not have been set to remote camera mode (image browse mode, configuration mode, etc).
With some devices, the connection will be automatically terminated if you change the settings while in a mode other than remote camera
mode. Please re-connect to the camera when you next wish to use the device in remote camera mode.
Page 730
Using a PDA
Important

Please refer to "What you need to know about using BluetoothTM wireless technology" for an understanding of the basic concepts to keep
in mind.
Cannot make an ActiveSync connection

Please confirm that you have installed ActiveSync v3.7 or higher on your PC.

ActiveSync is installed to COM7 as a default. Please refer to "Synchronising information using ActiveSync" and re-configure your
ActiveSync connection.
If a port other than COM7 has been used, please amend the ActiveSync connection settings accordingly.
Cannot locate a saved file

The type of file sent to your PDA, as well as the profile used to send the file, may affect where folders saved on your PDA are located.
Examples:
Images transferred to your PDA using "Image transfer" > saved in the "Image transfer" folder
Images transferred to your PDA using "File transfer" > saved in the "Shared folder"
Page 731
Using a mobile telephone
Important

Please refer to "What you need to know about using BluetoothTM wireless technology" for an understanding of the basic concepts to keep
in mind.
Mobile telephone cannot be detected

If the mobile telephone is connected to and is being used by another device, the mobile telephone will be undetectable even if you search
for it.
Cannot connect to mobile telephone

If the mobile telephone is connected to and is being used by another device, no other device will be able to connect to the mobile
telephone.
Cannot send images to mobile telephone

Please use the appropriate transfer method, according to the profiles supported by your mobile telephone.
If OPP is supported: right-click on a file to send it
If BIP is supported: use "Image transfer" under Bluetooth Information Exchanger to send images
Cannot connect to the Internet

The telephone number of the connection (i.e., the telephone number for the access point of your Internet service provider) may not be
correct. Please check the telephone number.

The user ID and/or password for the provider with whom you have signed up may have been entered incorrectly. Please check the user ID
and password.

The default connection may have been configured with different settings. Please set the connection configured for mobile telephone use
as the default connection.
Cannot send or receive faxes

Once you have registered a mobile telephone as your fax server, you will need to enter the fax settings from the [Printer and Faxes] window
in the Control Panel.
Please refer to "Using a modem station for fax transmissions" for information on the configuration procedure.

The telephone number of the fax destination may have been entered incorrectly. Please check the telephone number.

If the setting under COM Auto Connect Settings has been set to "Off", a connection will not automatically be established with the modem.
Please connect to the mobile telephone manually.

The fax service may not have been enabled for sending (or receiving).
Please check the settings by following the procedure below.
1.
Open [Printers and Faxes] from the Control Panel, right-click on the [Fax] icon, and then click on [Properties]
Page 732
The [Fax properties] window will appear.
2.
Select the [Device] tab, right-click on the modem you wish to use, and then click on [Properties]
3.
Select the [Send] tab, and then confirm that "Enable device to send" has been checked.
Page 733
4.
Select the [Receive] tab, and then confirm that "Enable device to receive" has been checked when you wish to receive faxes)
5.
Click on the [OK] button
Page 734
Glossary
This glossary provides definitions for BluetoothTM wireless technology-related terminology.
You will be able to look up the meanings of any uncertain terms here.
A2DP Profile
Abbreviation of Advanced Audio Distribution.
A profile allowing you to adjust the sound quality of wireless headsets and other audio devices.
AVRCP Profile
Abbreviation of Audio/Video Remote Control Profile. A profile enabling remote control functions to be sent and received. Remote control
commands can be received by the BluetoothTM Utility.
DHCP
Abbreviation of Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol
DHCP is a function that automatically sets up IP addresses. This function will allow you to avoid having to set up IP addresses on each computer.
DUN Profile
A profile for Dial-up Networking.
This profile enables you to establish a dial-up BluetoothTM wireless technology connection with a wireless modem station, mobile telephone, or
other similar device.
FAX Profile
A profile that enables you to establish a BluetoothTM wireless technology connection with a wireless modem station, mobile telephone, or other
similar device to send or receive a fax.
FTP
Abbreviation of File Transfer Profile.
A profile that enables you to browse folders on a wireless device and transfer files to and from the local device.
Page 735
GAVDP Profile
Abbreviation of Generic Audio-Video Distribution Profile.
HCRP
Abbreviation of Hardcopy Cable Replacement Profile. Unlike SPP (Serial Port Profile), this profile only establishes a connection to a device when
you print.
HID Profile
Abbreviation of Human Interface Device Profile.
A profile that enables you to establish a BluetoothTM wireless technology connection with a wireless mouse, keyboard, or other input device.
LAP
Abbreviation of LAN Access Profile.
A profile that enables you to establish a BluetoothTM wireless technology connection to a LAN access point to access a LAN via PPP.
OPP
Abbreviation of Object Push Profile.
A profile that enables you to exchange business cards with a wireless device.
Passkey
Also known as a PIN code
This is a password consisting of up to 16 alphanumeric characters that enables a connection to be established to a wireless device. You need to
know the passkey in order to connect to a device that requires authentication.
Even when the authentication setting has been disabled in the User Mode settings of the BluetoothTM Utility, the passkey entry dialog box will
automatically appear if authentication is required, enabling you to authenticate a device. A link key will automatically be created once you have
authenticated a device, eliminating the need for a passkey to connect to that device in the future..
Page 736
Pairing
A security function. In order for BluetoothTM wireless technology devices to authenticate each other, a passkey (PIN code) is entered in each
terminal when they are connected for the first time, and a secret 128-bit link key is generated. This action is known as "pairing."
Profile
A specification that guarantees the connection to the service function of a remote BluetoothTM wireless technology device.
For a device to send and receive information to and from another device, both devices must support shared profiles designated for each function,
such as dial-up networking, faxing, printing and human interface devices.
SCMS-T
One of the digital content copyright protection methods used for transmission with A2DP Profile. This method is based on SCMS (Serial Copy
Management System), a digital copy generation management system, and has been authorized by Bluetooth SIG (Special Interest Group). In order
to use the SCMS-T feature, the remote devices must also support SCMS-T.
SPP
Abbreviation of Serial Port Profile.
A profile that enables communication with a device through a virtual serial port configured for a BluetoothTM wireless technology connection. This
profile can be used for printers and printer adapters with PDAs, using a method different from HCRP or ActiveSync..
TCP/IP
Abbreviation of Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol.
Standard communications protocol (convention for enabling data communication) used by the Internet. Using the same protocol enables
computers to exchange data with each other.
vCARD
Common standard for electronic business cards.
Names, (e)mail addresses, telephone numbers and other information are exchanged in the form of electronic business cards (in *.vcf format),
allowing all parties to easily register each other's data in their address books.
The standard is extensively compatible with Microsoft Outlook, Lotus Organizer and other mail/schedule management software.
Page 737
Page 738
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement